Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


LebanonWley  College 

of  Pennsylvania 


Undergraduate 

and 

Graduate 

Catalog 

1989  -  1990 


Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 


'J         '  ■ 

I 


^. 

*»»- 

ii: 


Lebanon  Wley  College 

of  Pennsylvania 


Undergraduate 

and 

Graduate 

Catalog 

1989  -  1990 


Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Academic  Calendar 

1989-1990    4 

1990-1991    5 

Campus  Map 6 

Mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  7 

Undergraduate  Information 

Admissions 8 

Continuing  Education   10 

Undergraduate  Academic  Regulations  &  Procedures 

Degrees    11 

Academic  Procedures   12 

Non-Traditional  Credit   15 

Grading  System  17 

Special  Programs  21 

Undergraduate  Academic  Programs 

General  Education  22 

Leadership  Studies  Program  24 

Honors  Program   26 

Internships    28 

Independent  Study  30 

Tutorial  Study   32 

Special  Topics  Courses  32 

Departmental  Programs  32 

Undergraduate  Degree  Requirements 
and  Course  Descriptions  63 

Graduate  Academic  Programs 

Admissions 134 

Academic  Procedures   135 

Degree  Requirements   139 

Course  Descriptions    139 

Directory 

Board  of  Trustees   142 

Administration   146 

Faculty   153 

Accreditation   164 


1989-1990  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


FIRST  SEMESTER 


August 

24 

Thursday,  8:00  a.m. 

Residence  halls  open  new  students 

24 

Thursday,  10:00  a.m. 

Freshman  Experience 

24 

Thursday,  2:00  p.m. 

Opening  Convocation 

27 

Sunday,  Noon 

Residence  halls  open 

28 

Monday,  9:00  a.m. 

Add/Drop  Day 

28 

Monday,  6:00  p.m. 

Classes  begin 

October 

9 

Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

Mid-term  grades  due 

20 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Change  of  registration  deadline 

November 

17 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

27 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Classes  resume 

December 

8 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

Classes  end 

11 

-15 

Monday-Friday 

Final  examinations 

15 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

Semester  ends 

SECOND  SEMESTER 


January 

14 

Sunday,  Noon 

Residence  halls  open 

15 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Classes  start 

15 

Monday,  8:30-Noon, 

Add/Drop  at 

26 

1:00-4:00  p.m. 

Registrar's  office 

February 

Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

Mid-term  grades  due 

March 

9 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Change  of  Registration  Deadline 

9 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

Spring  vacation  begins 

19 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Classes  resume 

April 

11 

Wednesday,  9:30  p.m. 

Easter  vacation  begins 

16 

Monday,  7:00  p.m. 

Classes  resume 

May 

3 

Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 

Classes  end 

5-10 

Saturday-Thursday 

Final  examinations 

10 

Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 

Semester  ends 

12 

Saturday,  9:00  a.m. 

Baccalaureate  Service 

12 

Saturday,  11:00  a.m. 

121st  Annual  Commencement 

1990-1991  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


FIRST  SEMESTER 


August 

23 

Thursday,  8:00  a.m. 

23 

Thursday,  10:00  a.m. 

23 

Thursday,  2:00  p.m. 

26 

Sunday,  Noon 

27 

Monday,  9:00-11:00  a.m 

27 

Monday,  6:00  p.m. 

28 

Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 

October 

8 

Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

19 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

November    23 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

December 

3 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

7 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

0-14 

Monday-Friday 

14 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

Residence  halls  open 

Freshman  Experience 

Opening  Convocation 

Residence  halls  open 

Add/Drop  Day 

Evening  classes  begin 

Day  Classes  begin 

Mid-term  grades  due 

Change  of  registration  deadline 

Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

Classes  resume 

Classes  end 

Final  examinations 

Semester  ends 


SECOND  SEMESTER 


January 

13 

Sunday,  Noon 

Residence  halls  open 

14 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Classes  begin 

14 

Monday,  8:30-noon, 

Add/Drop  at 

25 

1:00-4:00  p.m. 

Registrar's  office 

February 

Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

Mid-term  grades  due 

March 

8 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

Change  of  registration  deadline 

15 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

Spring  vacation  begins 

April 

2 

Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 

Day  classes  resume 

May 

2 

Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 

Classes  end 

3-9 

Friday-Thursday 

Final  examinations 

9 

Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 

Semester  ends 

11 

Saturday,  9:00  a.m. 

Baccalaureate  Service 

11 

Saturday,  11:00  a.m. 

122nd  Commencement 

The 
Campus 


•«- To  Palmyra,  Henhey     •Traffic  Light 


To  Lebanon,  Reading  ^ 


SOUTH  CAMPUS  ENTRANCE 


WEST  MAIN  STREET 


10. 


EAST  MAIN  STREET 


ACADEMIC  AND 
ADMINISTRATIVE  QUADRANGLE 

1.  Classroom  and  Administration  Building:  Business 
Office,  Continuing  Education  Center.  Dean  of 
Faculty,  History  and  American  Studies,  Media 
Services,  Political  Science  and  Economics,  Presi- 
dent, Registrar's  Office,  Secretary  of  the  College, 
Vice  President  for  Administration,  and  Women's 
Counselling  Center  (Management  and  Mathemat- 
ical Sciences,  Fall  Semester,  1989) 

2.  Blair  Center:  Dance,  Education,  Music,  Music 
Education,  and  Sound  Recording  Technology 
Studios 

3.  Miller  Chapel:  Chaplain,  Philosophy  and  Religion, 
and  Student  Activities 

4.  Academic  Center:  Computer  Services,  Manage- 
ment and  Mathematical  Sciences  (Spring  Semester, 
1990) 

5.  Art  Studios 

6.  Garber  Science  Center:  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Physics,  Psychology,  and  ROTC 

7.  Gossard  Library 

8.  Carnegie  Building:  Admissions,  Career  Planning 
and  Placement,  Dean  of  Students,  and  Financial 
Aid  Office 

9.  Laughlin  Hall:  Advancement,  Alumni  and  Parents 
Services,  and  Communications 
Wagner  House:  First  Year  Experience,  Leadership 
Studies,  Sociology  and  Social  Work  (124  College 
Avenue) 

English  House  (112  College  Avenue) 

Foreign  Language  House  (104  College  Avenue) 

Pencil  Building:  Business  and  Industry  Center 


RESIDENTIAL  QUADRANGLE 

14.  Allan  W.  Mund  College  Center:  Conference 
Services,  Dining  Halls,  Little  Theatre,  Residential 
Life  Programs,  Snack  Shop,  and  Student  Activities 

15.  Mary  Capp  Green  Residence  Hall 

16.  Vickroy  Residence  Hall 

17.  Keister  Residence  Hall 

18.  Hammond  Residence  Hall 

19.  Funkhouser  Residence  Hall 

20.  Silver  Residence  Hall 

2 1 .  North  College  Residence  Hall 

22.  Shroyer  Health  Center 

23.  Centre  Residence  Hall 

SPORTS  AND  RECREATION 
COMPLEX 

24.  Lynch  Memorial  Intercollegiate  Athletics  and 
Physical  Education  Center 

25.  Arnold  Sports  and  Recreation  Complex 

26.  Edward  H.  Arnold  Sports  Center:  Athletics, 
Recreation,  and  Pool 

27.  Football  Stadium  and  AU-Weather  Track 

28.  Soccer  Field 

29.  Baseball  Field 

30.  Field  Hockey  Field 

3 1 .  Tennis  Courts 

32.  Arnold  Parking  Lot 

OTHER  FACILITIES 

33.  Kreiderheim:  President's  Residence 

34.  Main  Campus  Entrance 

35.  South  Campus  Entrance 

36.  Bollinger  Plaza 

37.  Heating  Plant 

38.  West  Parking  Lot 

39.  Mund  Parking  Lot 

40.  East  Parking  Lot  (Tour) 

41.  Annville  United  Methodist  Church 

42.  Special  Services  (Security)  Office 

43.  Maintenance  Center 


THE  MISSION  OF  THE  COLLEGE 


The  Mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  arises  directly  from  its  origins  as  a 
church  related  college.  We  emphasize  that  fact  by  maintaining  affiliation 
with  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  by  affirming  the  Judeo-Christian 
tradition  as  the  perspective  for  our  policies. 

The  best  way  to  understand  the  mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to 
focus  on  what  it  is  we  hope  for  our  students.  We  want  our  students: 

to  develop  a  genuine  concern  for  cooperative  living  and  community 
service; 

to  attain  a  heightened  sense  of  moral  and  spiritual  values  through  a 
deepened  awareness  of  how  people  have  thought  of  themselves  in  rela- 
tion to  nature,  to  society,  and  to  God; 

to  appreciate  the  close  and  unmistakable  relationship  among  rational 
thought,  creative  imagination,  and  moral  commitment;  and 

to  deal  candidly  and  intelligently  with  the  past,  the  present,  and  the 
future  and  their  interrelationship. 

This  assertion  of  hope  for  our  students  possesses  three  distinctive 
characteristics.  (1)  While  this  is  not  a  list  of  priorities  in  rank  order,  neither 
is  it  a  mere  coincidence  that  cooperation  with  and  service  to  others  comes 
first.  (2)  Moral  commitment  is  not  affirmed  as  one  of  a  laundry  list  of 
qualities  nor  does  it  appear  as  an  afterthought.  Rather  it  is  inherent  or 
explicit  in  all  the  desired  outcomes.  (3)  The  broad  description  of  our  pro- 
gram which  these  objectives  implies  identifies  qualities  which  we  attempt  to 
achieve  through  both  general  education  and  major  study,  but  the  stress 
throughout  is  on  interrelationships,  not  on  knowledge  in  isolation,  skills  in 
isolation,  individual  achievement  or  development  in  isolation.  We  want  our 
students  to  be  as  knowledgeable,  as  aesthetically  sensitive,  as  skillful  as 
possible,  but  we  want  more  than  that  for  them. 

The  motto  of  the  College,  taken  from  the  Gospel  of  John  is  "You  shall 
know  the  truth  and  the  truth  shall  make  you  free."  But  our  aim  is  not  mere- 
ly to  free  our  students /row  ignorance,  superstition,  prejudice,  narrowness  of 
vision.  It  is  also  to  free  them  for  a  life  of  service  to  others.  That  purpose  we 
affirm  in  the  concept  of  leadership  which  gives  focus  to  the  ideals  of  educa- 
tion by  reiterating  the  central  value  of  the  liberal  arts  tradition  in  a 
democratic  society:  to  prepare  people  to  make  a  difference,  to  contribute 
significantly  to  their  various  communities. 


UNDERGRADUATE  INFORMATION 

Admissions  For  Day  Students 
High  School  Preparation 

All  admission  candidates  should  have  completed  16  credit  units  and 
graduated  from  an  accredited  secondary  school,  or  present  an  equivalency 
certificate  (G.E.D.)-  Of  the  16  units,  4  should  be  in  English,  2  in  foreign 
language,  2  in  mathematics,  1  in  science  and  1  in  social  studies. 

Application  Procedure 

A  candidate  for  admission  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  must  submit  a  com- 
pleted application  form  with  the  required  application  fee,  Scholastic  Aptitude 
or  American  College  Test  results  and  an  official  transcript  of  high  school 
grades.  Students  planning  to  transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  must  submit  official 
transcripts  of  completed  college  or  university  work.  Lebanon  Valley  College 
does  not  require  the  College  Board  Achievement  Test.  However,  Achieve- 
ment Tests  in  foreign  language  are  recommended  for  students  seeking  ad- 
vanced placement. 

All  candidates  are  required  to  visit  campus  for  a  personal  interview.  Ap- 
plicants for  admission  into  music,  sacred  music  or  music  education  programs 
are  required  to  audition  on  campus;  audition  applications  are  available  from 
the  Admissions  Office. 

Early  Decision  Admissions  Policy 

An  Early  Decision  applicant  will  be  expected  to  complete  an  application 
stating  his/her  intention  to  seek  consideration  as  an  Early  Decision  candidate. 
The  application  must  be  accompanied  by  the  required  non-refundable 
application  fee  no  later  than  November  15.  An  Early  Decision  applicant  will 
be  notified  of  the  Admissions  Committee  decision  by  December  1 .  A  student 
accepted  as  an  Early  Decision  candidate  must  confirm  his/her  acceptance  by 
submitting  a  non-refundable  deposit  no  later  than  January  1 .  An  applicant 
not  accepted  under  the  Early  Decision  program  will  be  considered  for  admis- 
sion under  the  regular  admission  program. 

For  further  information  contact: 

Admissions  Office 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  PA  17003-0501 
(717)  867-6181 


Student  Finances 

Payment  for  tuition,  room,  board,  and  other  charges  is  due  by  a  published 
deadline  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  Students  failing  to  meet 
this  deadline  will  be  required  to  make  special  arrangements  with  the  Business 
Office  before  their  course  registrations  will  be  processed.  Questions  about 
student  finances  should  be  addressed  to  the  Business  Office. 

Refund  Policy 

Students  withdrawing  from  a  course,  or  the  school,  will  receive  a  refund 
prorated  according  to  the  following  schedule. 

Time  Period  Refund 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  80% 

During  the  third  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  third  week  of  classes  0% 

Summer  School 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  second  week  of  classes  0% 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges. 

Deferred  Payment 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  deferred  payment  plan  for  those  families 
who,  after  exploring  other  options,  are  unable  to  meet  the  College's  prepay- 
ment requirements.  Two  agents  have  been  appointed  to  process  deferred  pay- 
ment applications  for  Lebanon  Valley  College: 

Academic  Management  Services  IPP/HES  Trust 

Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island  02861  c/o  Municipal  Services  Dept. 

Phone:  1-800-556-6684  Dauphin  Deposit  Bank  and  Trust  Co. 

P.O.  Box  2937 
Harrisburg,  PA  17105 

The  College  has  no  financial  interest  in  either  of  these  plans  and  offers  them 
as  a  convenience  to  students  and  parents.  Students  who  are  receiving  monthly 
Social  Security  or  Veteran's  Education  Benefits  may  defer  the  amount 
covered  by  these  benefits. 


Continuing  Education  Center 

Lebanon  Valley  College's  Continuing  Education  Center  offers  credit  pro- 
grams on  four  levels:  certificate,  associate,  baccalaureate,  and  diploma.  Cer- 
tificates are  starter  programs  that  approximate  the  beginning  of  a  four-year 
college  experience,  ideal  spring-boards  from  which  to  go  on  for  an  associate 
or  bachelor's  degree.  Diploma  programs  are  intended  for  persons  who  have 
already  been  awarded  a  bachelor's  degree  in  one  discipline  and  desire  to 
study  another  discipline  in  some  depth  and  breadth. 

A  second  bachelor's  degree  may  be  awarded  to  adult  students  who  already 
have  received  a  bachelor  of  arts  or  sciences  from  LVC  or  another  accredited 
college  or  university.  In  such  cases,  students  only  must  complete  the  major 
requirements  for  the  second  degree  or  a  minimum  of  thirty  credits, 
whichever  is  greater. 

Courses  in  the  Continuing  Education  Center  are  offered  on  the  Annville 
campus  in  evenings,  on  weekends  and  in  summer  sessions. 

The  Continuing  Education  Center  publishes  course  schedules  twice  yearly  in 
June  and  October.  The  summer  session  schedule  is  distributed  annually  in 
March.  To  obtain  copies  of  course  schedules  or  get  detailed  information  on 
all  academic  programs  for  adults  call  717-867-6213  or  write  Continuing 
Education  Center,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  PA  17003-0501. 

A  candidate  for  admission  to  any  of  Lebanon  Valley  College's  Continuing 
Education  degree  programs  must  submit  a  completed  application  form  with 
the  required  application  fee.  An  official  high  school  transcript  is  required. 
Adult  students  planning  to  transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  also  must  submit  of- 
ficial transcripts  of  any  completed  college  or  university  courses.  Official 
transcripts  relating  to  military  or  business  courses  also  may  prove  to  be 
useful.  Personal  interviews  are  not  required,  but  are  strongly  recommended. 
To  arrange  an  admissions  interview  call  717-867-6213,  or  1-800-445-6181. 
Decisions  on  all  adult  student  applications  usually  are  made  within  one 
month  after  the  last  required  transcript  is  received. 


10 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS  AND  PROCEDURES 


Attendance  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  privilege  not  a  right.  To  provide 
the  necessary  atmosphere  in  which  teaching  and  learning  can  occur,  the  Col- 
lege expects  that  the  conduct  of  all  campus  citizens  will  conform  to  accepted 
standards.  The  College  has  the  right  to  require  the  withdrawal  of  any  student 
whose  actions  are  inimical  to  the  purposes  of  the  institution.  The  following 
academic  regulations  are  announcements  and  do  not  constitute  a  contract  be- 
tween the  student  and  the  College.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to  change 
these  regulations  and  procedures  as  it  deems  necessary  for  the  accomplish- 
ment of  its  purposes,  but  wherever  possible,  a  student  will  proceed  to 
graduation  under  the  regulations  in  effect  at  the  time  of  his/her  entrance  at 
the  College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate  Degrees 

Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  eight  baccalaureate  degrees.  Bachelor  of 
Arts  for  students  completing  requirements  in  the  following  major  programs: 
American  studies,  economics,  English,  foreign  language,  French,  general 
studies,  German,  history,  music,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology, 
religion,  sociology,  Spanish  and  certain  individualized  majors. 

Bachelor  of  Science  for  students  completing  requirements  in  the  following 
major  programs:  accounting,  actuarial  science,  health  care  management, 
biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry,  computer  information  systems,  computer 
science,  cooperative  engineering,  cooperative  forestry,  economics,  elementary 
education,  general  studies,  hotel  management,  international  business,  man- 
agement, mathematics,  music  education,  physics,  psychobiology,  and  certain 
individualized  majors.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Medical  Technology,  Bachelor  of  Music,  Bachelor  of  Music  in 
Sacred  Music,  Bachelor  of  Music  in  Sound  Recording  Technology,  and 
Bachelor  of  Social  Work  for  students  completing  requirements  for  the  appro- 
priate major  program. 

Associate  Degrees 

Through  the  Continuing  Education  Center  adult  students  may  earn  the 
Associate  of  Science  degree  in  accounting,  general  studies  or  management  or 
the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  general  studies. 


11 


Academic  Procedures 

Limit  of  Hours 

To  be  classified  as  full  time,  a  student  must  take  at  least  twelve  credit  hours 
in  a  semester.  Seventeen  credit  hours  is  the  maximum  permitted  without  ap- 
proval from  the  student's  advisor  and  permission  of  the  Registrar.  Audited 
courses  are  counted  in  determining  the  course  load,  but  physical  education 
and  music  organizations  are  not.  To  be  permitted  to  take  more  than  17 
credits  the  student  should  have  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0  or 
higher,  or  be  enrolled  in  the  Honors  Program,  or  be  a  senior.  Students  shall 
pay  the  prevailing  tuition  rate  for  each  credit  hour  beyond  17  (not  counting 
physical  education  and  music  organizations). 

Transfer  Credit 

A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing  after  having  attended  another  ac- 
credited institution  shall  send  an  official  transcript  to  the  Dean  of  Admis- 
sions. If  requested,  the  student  must  provide  copies  of  the  appropriate 
catalogs  for  the  years  of  attendance  at  the  other  institution  or  institutions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided  the  grades  are  C-  (1.7)  or  better 
and  the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work  offered  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Grades  thus  transferred  count  for  credit  hours  only,  not  for  quality 
points. 

A  candidate  for  admission  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited college  can  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  coursework  at  the 
previously  attended  institution.  Coursework  in  the  major  field,  however,  for 
which  the  applicant  has  received  a  D  shall  not  be  counted  toward  fulfilling 
the  major  requirement. 

Because  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution,  consideration  of 
full  acceptance  of  the  associate  degree  will  be  granted  with  the  understanding 
that  the  candidate  has  followed  a  basic  course  of  study  compatible  with  the 
curriculum  and  academic  programs  of  the  College  and  has  been  enrolled  in  a 
transfer  program. 

Registration  and  Preregistration 

Students  are  required  to  register  for  courses  on  designated  days  of  each 
semester.  Students  who  register  later  than  the  designated  times  shall  be 
charged  a  fee.  Students  desiring  to  register  later  than  one  week  after  the 
opening  of  the  semester  will  be  admitted  only  by  special  permission  of  the 
Registrar. 


12 


Change  of  Registration 

Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail  elections,  changes  of  course  hours 
credit,  changes  from  credit  to  audit  and  vice  versa,  must  be  approved  by 
signature  of  the  advisor.  In  most  instances,  registration  for  a  course  shall  not 
be  permitted  after  the  course  has  been  in  session  for  one  full  week.  With  the 
permission  of  the  advisor,  a  student  may  withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time 
through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes  (see  grading  policy).  A  fee  is 
charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at  the  student's  request  after 
Add/Drop  Day. 

Auditing  Courses 

Students  may  register  to  audit  courses  with  the  approval  of  their  academic 
advisor.  Audited  courses  are  counted  in  considering  the  course  load  relative 
to  the  limit  of  hours.  No  grade  or  credit  is  given  for  an  audited  course,  but 
the  registrar  will  record  the  audit  on  the  transcript  if  the  student  attends  regu- 
larly. A  change  of  registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  from  audit  to  credit 
must  be  accomplished  by  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes. 

Pass/Fail 

After  attaining  sophomore  standing  (28  credit  hours)  a  student  may  elect  to 
take  up  to  two  courses  per  semester  and  one  per  summer  session  on  pass/fail 
basis;  however,  only  six  such  courses  can  be  counted  toward  graduation 
requirements.  No  courses  taken  pass/fail  may  be  used  to  meet  either  general 
education,  major  requirements,  or  pre-  or  co-requisites  for  classes.  A  student 
may  select  or  cancel  a  pass/fail  registration  any  time  during  the  first  eight 
weeks  of  a  semester. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

A  student  receiving  a  grade  of  D-l-  or  lower  in  a  course  may  repeat  that 
course  once  for  a  higher  grade.  For  purposes  of  graduation  requirements 
semester  hours  credit  count  only  once.  For  purposes  of  cumulative  point 
average  only  the  higher  grade  counts;  but  the  lower  grade  remains  on  the 
permanent  record  card.  If  a  course  failed  at  Lebanon  Valley  is  repeated  at 
another  institution  the  credit  may  be  transferred,  but  the  original  grade 
remains  part  of  the  cumulative  point  average. 


13 


Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  carry 
courses  concurrently  at  any  other  institution  without  prior  consent  of  his  or 
her  advisor  and  the  Registrar. 

External  Summer  Courses 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  obtain  credit  for 
courses  taken  during  the  summer  in  another  college,  unless  such  courses 
have  prior  approval  of  his  or  her  advisor  and  the  Registrar. 

Attendance  Policy 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  requirements  for 
each  course,  including  regular  class  attendance.  At  the  opening  of  each 
semester  the  instructors  shall  clearly  inform  students  of  class  attendance 
regulations.  Violations  of  those  regulations  shall  make  the  student  liable  to 
receive  a  grade  of  F  in  the  course.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  instruc- 
tor and  the  approval  of  the  Registrar  a  grade  of  W  will  be  assigned  during 
the  eight  weeks  of  the  semester,  and  an  F  will  be  assigned  after  that  date. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  students  from  the  necessity  of  fulfilling  all 
course  requirements. 

Advanced  Placement 

Advanced  Placement  with  credit  for  appropriate  courses  shall  be  granted  to 
entering  students  who  make  scores  of  4  or  5  on  College  Board  Advanced 
Placement  examinations.  For  scores  of  3,  final  determination  is  made  by  the 
appropriate  department.  Advanced  Placement  without  credit  may  be  granted 
on  the  basis  of  the  Achievement  Tests  of  the  College  Board  examinations  or 
such  other  proficiency  tests  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Registrar  and  by 
the  chairperson  of  the  department. 

Second  Bachelor's  Degrees 

A  person  who  has  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College 
or  another  accredited  college  or  university  may  earn  a  second  bachelor's 
degree  by  meeting  the  following  requirements: 

1 .  A  minimum  of  30  additional  undergraduate  credits  must  be  completed 
successfully  at  Lebanon  Valley. 

2.  All  graduation  requirements  for  the  major  of  the  second  degree  must  be 
met  satisfactorily. 

3.  Course  work  completed  successfully  as  part  of  the  first  degree  program 
may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  graduation  requirements  of  the  second  major. 


14 


4.  No  course  already  taken  in  the  first  degree  program  may  be  repeated  in 
the  second  degree  program. 

5.  Teacher  Certification  credits  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  second  degree. 

6.  Graduates  from  other  accredited  colleges  or  universities  shall  not  be 
required  to  meet  any  Lebanon  Valley  general  education  requirements. 

7.  No  courses  in  the  second  degree  program  may  be  met  satisfactorily 
through  such  non-traditional  means  as  Challenge  Examinations,  CLEP,  or 
Credit  for  Life  Experience. 

8.  No  internships  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  30  credit  rule,  unless  such 
internship  is  required  in  the  second  degree  major  program. 

9.  No  courses  in  the  second  degree  program  may  be  taken  Pass/Fail. 

Undergraduate  Non-Traditional  Credit 

Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  the  ability  of  superior  students  to  master 
specific  areas  of  study  on  their  own  initiative  and  provides  programs  to 
allow  these  students  the  opportunity  to  gain  credit.  Any  matriculated  student 
may  earn  a  maximum  of  30  credits  toward  a  bachelor's  degree  or  a  maximum 
of  15  credits  toward  an  associate's  degree  through  non-traditional  means  (ex- 
periential credit,  advanced  placement,  CLEP,  challenge  examinations). 

Challenge  Exams  Policy 

Only  the  courses  listed  in  the  College  curriculum  may  be  challenged  for 
credit.  Full-time  students  should  request  challenge  examinations  through  their 
academic  advisors.  Part-time  students  and  those  students  enrolled  through  the 
Continuing  Education  program  should  make  application  or  challenge  exams 
through  the  Continuing  Education  Center.  All  requests  must  be  approved  by 
the  Registrar  and  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  course  is 
listed. 

Challenge  exams  are  considered  to  be  comprehensive  examinations  in  the 
subject  area  and  are  graded  Pass/Fail.  The  grading  criteria  for  passing  a 
challenge  exam  shall  be  determined  by  each  department.  There  is  a  fee  for 
each  challenge  examination.  This  fee  is  for  preparation  and  grading  of  the 
examination  and  is  charged  without  regard  to  the  test  results.  Challenge 
exams  may  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have  received  any  grade  in  a 
course  equivalent  to  or  more  advanced  than  the  course  for  which  the  student 
is  requesting  credit  by  examination.  Challenge  exams  may  not  be  used  for 
the  purpose  of  acquiring  credit  for  a  course  previously  failed.  Practicums, 
internships,  seminars,  research  courses,  independent  study,  and  courses  with 
required  laboratory  components  are  not  subject  to  credit  by  examination. 


15 


CLEP  (College  Level  Examination  Program)  Policy 

Credit  shall  be  granted  to  those  students  who  score  well  on  CLEP  examina- 
tions that  are  approved  by  the  College.  To  receive  credit,  a  student  must 
score  above  the  50th  percentile  on  the  objective  section  and  above  a  C,  as 
determined  by  the  appropriate  academic  department,  on  the  essay  section. 

A  maximum  of  6  credits  shall  be  awarded  for  each  examination;  of  these 
credits,  only  3  may  be  applied  to  the  general  education  requirements  in  the 
appropriate  area.  Credit  shall  be  granted  only  to  students  who  have 
matriculated  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Requests  for  CLEP  credit  must  be 
approved  by  the  Registrar  before  the  student  has  completed  30  credits. 

Credit  for  Life  Experience  Policy 

Lebanon  Valley  College  provides  for  the  awarding  of  undergraduate 
academic  credit  for  knowledge  acquired  through  non-academic  experience  in 
subjects  in  the  College  curriculum.  The  experience  should  have  a  direct  rela- 
tion to  the  material  taught  in  a  course  in  the  College  curriculum  and  should 
extend  over  a  sufficient  period  to  provide  substantive  knowledge  in  the  rele- 
vant area.  Matriculated  students  who  believe  they  qualify  for  such  credit  may 
petition  the  appropriate  department  through  their  academic  advisors.  Students 
enrolled  in  the  Continuing  Education  program  must  petition  through  the  Con- 
tinuing Education  Center.  This  petition  must  (1)  detail  the  relevant  experi- 
ence in  question,  (2)  provide  appropriate  supporting  evidence,  (3)  note  the 
equivalent  College  course  by  department  and  number,  and  (4)  state  the  num- 
ber of  credit  hours  sought.  The  appropriate  department  will  consult  with  the 
academic  advisor  or  the  Continuing  Education  Center  to  determine  the  best 
means  (interview,  examination,  portfolio,  etc.)  for  evaluating  the  experience. 

Approval  of  experiential  credit  for  full-time  students  must  be  made  in  writing 
over  the  signatures  of  the  academic  advisor,  the  appropriate  department 
chairperson,  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  Approval  of  experiential  credit  for 
students  enrolled  through  the  Continuing  Education  program  must  be  made 
in  writing  over  the  signatures  of  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education,  the 
appropriate  department  chairperson,  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

Experiential  credit  cannot  exceed  six  credit  hours  in  one  academic  year  and 
cannot  exceed  a  maximum  of  twelve  credit  hours  in  the  degree  program. 


16 


Grading  Systems  and  Grade  Point  Averages 

Student  work  is  graded  A  (distinguished  performance),  B  (superior  work),  C 
(satisfactory  achievement),  D  (requirements  and  standards  met  at  a  minimum 
level),  F  (course  requirements  not  met).  For  each  credit  hour  in  a  course, 
students  receive  the  following  quality  points: 


A 

4.0 

A- 

3.7 

B  + 

3.3 

B 

3.0 

B- 

2.7 

C  + 

2.3 

c 

2.0 

c- 

1.7 

D  + 

1.3 

D 

1.0 

D- 

.7 

F 

0 

F  carries  no  credit  or  quality  points,  but  grades  of  F  are  used  in  calculating 
the  grade  point  averages.  The  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  calculated 
by  dividing  the  quality  points  by  the  credit  hours  completed. 

Candidates  for  a  degree  must  obtain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of 
2.0,  and  a  major  grade  point  average  of  2.0.  Only  grades  in  courses  taken  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  and  the  LVC-Washington  Semester  programs  are 
used  to  determine  grade  point  averages. 

Students  in  the  classes  of  1990,  1991  and  1992  and  all  continuing  education 
degree  candidates  admitted  before  July  1,  1989  must  meet  graduation  re- 
quirements by  earning  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.75  and  a  major 
grade  point  average  of  2.0.  Students  in  the  class  of  1993  and  all  continuing 
education  candidates  admitted  after  July  1,  1989  meet  graduation 
requirements  of  earning  a  grade  point  average  of  2.0. 

A  student  may  not  take  a  course  that  has  a  prerequisite  course  he/she  has 
failed. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades,  the  symbols  I,  W,  WP,  and  WF  are  used.  I 
indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  (certain  required  work  postponed  by  the 
student  for  substantial  reason  with  the  prior  consent  of  the  instructor),  but 
otherwise  satisfactory.  This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first  eight 
weeks  of  the  next  semester,  or  the  I  will  be  changed  to  an  F.  Appeals  for  an 
extension  of  time  must  be  presented  to  the  registrar  by  the  first  week  of  the 
next  semester.  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  through  the  eighth 


17 


week  of  semester  classes.  In  case  of  withdrawal  from  a  course  thereafter 
through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes,  the  symbol  WP  is  used  if  the  work 
has  been  satisfactory  and  WF  if  unsatisfactory.  The  grade  of  WF  is 
calculated  as  an  F  in  the  grade  point  averages.  For  physical  education  a 
grade  of  either  S  (satisfactory)  or  U  (unsatisfactory)  is  recorded. 

Once  a  grade  has  been  recorded  it  may  not  be  changed  without  the  approval 
of  the  instructor  and  the  Registrar.  Students  who  feel  the  grade  may  be  inac- 
curate should  contact  the  instructor  at  once,  but  in  no  case  later  than  the  end 
of  the  semester  following  the  course  in  question. 

Academic  and  Graduation  Honors 

The  Dean's  List 

Students  achieving  a  3.40  grade  point  average  while  carrying  at  least  12 
credit  hours  for  grade  shall  be  named  to  the  Dean's  List  at  the  end  of  each 
semester. 

Graduation  Honors 

After  completing  a  minimum  of  60  credit  hours  of  residence  work  a  student 
may  qualify  for  graduation  honors.  The  honors  to  be  conferred  are  Summa 
Cum  Laude  for  grade  point  averages  of  3.75  -  4.0,  Magna  Cum  Laude  for 
grade  point  averages  of  3.60  -  3.74,  and  Cum  Laude  for  grade  point  aver- 
ages of  3.40  -  3.59. 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 

Students  graduating  with  grade  point  averages  of  3.50  are  eligible  for  induc- 
tion into  Phi  Alpha  Epsilon,  provided  they  have  earned  a  minimum  of  60 
credit  hours  of  residence  work. 

Academic  Dishonesty 

Students  are  expected  to  uphold  the  principles  of  academic  honesty. 
Academic  dishonesty  shall  not  be  tolerated. 

For  the  first  academic  dishonesty  offense,  no  action  shall  be  taken  beyond 
failure  from  the  course,  at  the  option  of  the  faculty  member.  A  letter  of 
warning  shall  be  sent  to  the  student  by  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  explaining 
the  policy  regarding  further  offenses,  and  the  right  of  appeal. 

For  a  second  offense,  failure  in  the  course  is  mandatory,  and  the  Dean  shall 
so  inform  the  faculty  member(s)  involved.  Additionally,  the  Dean  of  Faculty 
has  the  authority  to  take  fiirther  action,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from 
the  College. 


For  a  third  offense,  failure  in  the  course  and  expulsion  from  the  College  are 
mandatory. 

The  Dean  of  Faculty  has  the  authority  to  make  a  determination  of  whether 
actions  or  reasonable  suspicions  of  actions  by  a  student  constitute  academic 
dishonesty  "offenses"  as  above. 

Information  related  to  academic  dishonesty  offenses  must  be  passed  by  the 
faculty  member  to  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  The  Dean  shall  retain  the  infor- 
mation for  at  least  as  long  as  the  student  involved  is  enrolled  at  the  College. 
Information  and  evidence  concerning  academic  dishonesty  are  the  property  of 
the  College. 

All  actions  against  a  student  for  academic  dishonesty  offenses  can  be  ap- 
pealed to  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  who  will  serve  as  final  arbiter. 

Probation  and  Suspension 

Students  in  Classes  of  1990,  1991,  1992  can  be  placed  on  academic  proba- 
tion, suspended  or  dismissed  if  their  academic  standing  fails  to  come  up  to 
the  grade  point  average  shown  in  the  following  table: 

Suspension  or 
Probation         Dismissal 
1st  semester  1.25 

2nd  semester  1.50  1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester  1.65 

4th  semester  1.75  1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester  1.75 

6th  semester  1.75  1.65  cumulative 

7th  semester  1.75  in  all  courses 

8th  semester  1.75 

Students  in  the  Class  of  1993  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation,  sus- 
pended or  dismissed  if  their  academic  standing  fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade 
point  average  shown  in  the  following  table: 


Suspension  or 

Semester  Hours 

Probation 

Dismissal 

1  -  18 

1.50 

19-  36 

1.60 

1.50  cumulative 

37  -54 

1.70 

55  -72 

1.80 

1.70  cumulative 

73  -90 

1.90 

91  or  more 

2.00 

1.90  cumulative 

19 


A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is  notified  of  such  status  by  the 
Dean  of  the  Faculty  and  informed  of  the  College  regulations  governing  pro- 
bationers. Students  on  probation  are  expected  to  regulate  their  work  and  their 
time  in  a  most  determined  effort  to  bring  their  performances  up  to  the  re- 
quired standard.  A  student  on  probation  who  desires  to  begin  a  new  activity 
or  continue  in  an  activity  already  begun,  shall  submit  an  appeal  to  the  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs.  After  consultation  with  the  student's  major  ad- 
visor and  parents,  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  will  render  a 
binding  decision. 

A  student  suspended  for  academic  reasons  normally  is  not  eligible  for 
reinstatement  for  one  semester.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  must  petition 
in  writing  to  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

A  student  twice  suspended  shall  be  considered  for  readmission  only  after 
completing  appropriate  academic  work  at  an  accredited  college. 

Withdrawal  from  College  and  Readmission 

To  withdraw  from  College  a  student  must  complete  an  official  withdrawal 
form  obtained  from  the  Registrar.  Continuing  Education  students  must  com- 
plete an  official  withdrawal  form  obtained  from  the  Continuing  Education 
Director.  Readmission  of  a  student  requires  written  permission  from  the 
Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

Veterans'  Services 

Veterans  who  are  eligible  to  receive  educational  benefits  must  report  their 
enrollment  to  the  Registrar  after  they  register  for  each  semester  or  summer 
session.  The  Registrar  will  then  submit  certification  to  the  Veterans 
Administration. 

Veterans  who  are  attending  Lebanon  Valley  College  for  the  first  time  must 
complete  the  appropriate  forms  in  the  Registrar's  Office  before  certification 
will  be  sent  to  the  Veterans  Administration. 

Veterans  with  questions  about  the  College  or  their  status  with  the  College 
should  contact  the  Registrar. 

Serviceman's  Opportunity  Colleges 

Lebanon  Valley  College  has  been  designated  as  an  institutional  member  of 
Serviceman's  Opportunity  Colleges  (SOC),  a  group  of  over  400  colleges  pro- 
viding postsecondary  education  to  members  throughout  the  world.  As  an 
SOC  member,  Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  the  unique  nature  of  the 


20 


military  lifestyle  and  has  committed  itself  to  easing  the  transfer  of  relevant 
course  credits,  providing  flexible  residency  requirements,  and  crediting  learn- 
ing from  appropriate  military  training  and  experiences. 

Teacher  Certification  for  Non-Matriculated  Students 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  teacher  certification  to  a  variety  of  special 
students.  Students  with  degrees  from  other  colleges,  or  teachers  seeking  cer- 
tification in  other  fields,  or  Lebanon  Valley  College  alumni  seeking  certifica- 
tion for  the  first  time  may  receive  certification.  All  students  must  present  of- 
ficial transcripts  of  college  work,  or  their  previous  teacher  certification  to  the 
Registrar.  The  Education  Department,  the  Registrar  and  the  appropriate 
academic  department  shall  evaluate  the  record  and  recommend  the  ap- 
propriate course  of  action.  A  fee  shall  be  charged  for  this  service. 

Off-Campus  Programs 

The  College  offers  several  off-campus  experiences  for  which  students  may 
register  and  receive  credit. 

Study  Abroad 

Students  have  opportunity  for  study  abroad  through  the  College's  member- 
ship in  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program,  which  consists  of  a  net- 
work of  more  than  150  colleges  and  universities  in  24  countries.  Details  are 
available  from  the  Registrar.  The  College  also  assists  students  in  locating 
and  gaining  admission  to  other  foreign  study  programs;  however  participation 
in  programs  other  than  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program  may  af- 
fect the  level  of  financial  aid  provided.  In  all  cases,  the  proposed  course  of 
study  must  be  approved  by  the  appropriate  department  chairperson  and  the 
Registrar. 

Washington  Semester  Program 

Juniors  and  seniors  in  any  major  field,  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  grade  point 
average  and  have  had  basic  courses  in  American  national  government,  are 
eligible  to  participate  in  this  program  with  approval  of  their  department 
chairperson.  This  program  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  The  American 
University  in  Washington,  DC.  Information  is  available  from  the  chairperson 
of  the  Department  of  Political  Science  and  Economics. 


21 


UNDERGRADUATE 
ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 

General  Education  Program  and  Requirements 

Through  the  General  Education  Program,  the  College  most  directly  expresses 
its  commitment  to  the  ideal  of  liberal  education  that  underlies  its  statement 
of  purpose.  The  Program  consists  of  three  elements:  Leadership  Studies,  the 
Core,  and  Distributive  Requirements.  The  program's  chief  goals  are  to  pro- 
vide the  essential  foundation  for  the  growth  of  knowledge  and  for  making 
the  connections  between  experience  and  learning.  All  degree  students  must 
complete  the  program  outlined  below. 

Leadership  Studies 

In  keeping  with  its  commitment  to  fostering  an  understanding  and  enhancing 
the  development  of  leadership  the  College  requires  all  students  to  complete 
successfully  a  course  in  this  area. 

Area  1.  Leadership  Studies.    3  credit  hours.  To  introduce  all  students  to 
theories  of  leadership  and  to  analyze  practical  applications  of  those  theories. 
LC  100  or  LC  1 1 1  (for  Leadership  Award  students  and  other  students  as  ap- 
proved by  the  Director  of  Leadership  Programs). 

Core 

The  College  requires  that  all  students  successfully  complete  the  following 
interdisciplinary  courses. 

GE  120.    The  Western  Experience:  Our  Cultural  Heritage.    A  study  of 
how  life  in  the  late  Twentieth  Century  has  been  influenced  by  historical 
developments  in  Europe  and  America,  including  the  growth  of  science,  the 
rise  of  national  states,  social  classes  and  values,  and  changing  views  of  the 
world.  3  credits. 

GE  140.    Human  Culture  and  Behavior.    Culture  as  a  context  of  human 
behavior.  The  nature  and  definition  of  culture.  The  biological  and  social 
sources  of  culture.  Culture,  language,  personality.  The  impact  of  culture  on 
social  life  and  on  the  individual;  examples  from  Westem  and  non- Western 
sources.  3  credits. 

GE  160.    The  Aesthetic  Experience.    The  artist's  achievement.  Interrela- 
tionships among  the  arts.  The  creative  process.  Questions  of  form  versus 
content.  Art  as  the  product  of  a  specific  socio-historical  context.  3  credits. 


22 


Distributive  Requirements 

By  requiring  students  to  study  a  variety  of  academic  areas  the  distribution  re- 
quirement encourages  each  student  to  acquire  an  understanding  of  the  broad 
spectrum  of  ideas  and  patterns  of  thinking  that  constitute  the  liberal  arts.  No 
course  taken  pass/fail  or  required  for  the  first  major  may  be  used  to  meet  the 
distribution  requirement.  Mathematics  and  computer  science  majors  are 
exempt  from  the  requirements  of  Area  3. 

Area  2.  Communications.  6  credit  hours.  To  develop  effective  speaking 
and  writing  skills.  Two  sequential  courses  in  English  composition.  EN  111, 
112,  or  HC  201. 

Area  3.    Mathematics  and  Computers.    3-6  credit  hours.  To  understand 
mathematics  as  a  way  of  thinking  and  as  a  tool  for  problem  solving.  One 
integrated  mathematics/computer  course  (MA  100)  or  one  mathematics 
course  and  one  computer  course.  Eligible  courses  are  CS  147  or  170  plus 
one  from  MA  111,  150,  160,  161,170.  MA  100  fulfills  entire  requirement. 

Area  4.    Foreign  Language.    6  credit  hours.  To  gain  perspective  on  the 
role  of  language  in  human  affairs.  Two  sequential  courses  in  a  foreign 
language  (or  exemption  by  examination).  All  foreign  language  courses 
numbered  101,  102,  201,  202  are  eligible. 

Area  5.    Historical  and  Cultural  Contexts.    6  credit  hours.  To  establish 
and  explore  the  nature  of  human  society.  GE  120  and  GE  140;  or  HC  202. 

Area  6.     Science  and  Technology.     7-8  credit  hours.  To  discover  scientific 
principles  and  discuss  related  moral  and  ethical  questions.  Two  laboratory 
courses  in  biology,  chemistry,  physics  or  psychology  (the  two  courses  need 
not  be  in  the  same  science).  Eligible  courses  are  BI  101,  102,  111,  112,  CH 
100,  111,  112,  113,  114,  PHY  100,  103,  104,  111,  112,  or  PSY  120. 

Area  7.     Aesthetic  Experience.     6  credit  hours.  To  learn  to  appreciate 
works  of  art  and  gain  insight  into  creative  process.  GE  160  and  one  course 
in  art,  music  or  literature.  Eligible  courses  are  AR  110,  201,  203,  EN  200. 
227,  228,  PR  311,  312,  GR  311,  312,  MU  100,  341,  342,  SP  311,  312;  or 
HC  204. 

Area  8.    Values,  Persons  and  World  Vievs.     6  credit  hours.  To  explore 
the  relationship  between  world  views  and  value  systems.  Two  courses  in 
religion  or  philosophy  (the  two  courses  need  not  be  in  the  same  discipline). 
PH  110,  220,  230,  240,  RE  110,  111,  112,  140,  222;  or  HC  203. 


23 


Area  9.    Physical  Activity.    2  credit  hours.  To  develop  an  interest  in 
physical  activity  as  a  part  of  total  fitness.  Two  courses  in  physical  education 
involving  conditioning  or  life-long  sports.  Any  physical  education  course  is 
eligible. 

The  Leadership  Program 

Leadership  Studies  are  a  vital  component  of  the  education  of  every  Lebanon 
Valley  College  student.  In  addition  to  the  priority  on  leadership  in  various 
disciplinary  courses,  an  interdisciplinary  course  involving  the  study  of  leader- 
ship theories  and  processes  (LC  100  or  LC  111)  is  required  as  part  of  the 
General  Education  program  for  all  students.  Beyond  these  basics,  Lebanon 
Valley  offers  two  advanced  programs  in  Leadership  Studies. 

Leadership  Studies  Program  for  Presidential  Leadership  Award  Recipients 
provides  a  thorough  grounding  in  the  fundamentals  of  leadership,  in  both 
theory  and  application.  This  program  consists  of  a  four-course  sequence 
spread  over  the  four  years  of  undergraduate  study. 

A  voluntary  program  in  Leadership  Studies  is  available  to  all  students  in  the 
College  who  wish  to  continue  their  study  of  leadership,  both  to  broaden  their 
understanding  of  leadership  theories  and  processes  and  to  increase  their  self- 
awareness  in  their  roles  as  leaders  and  followers. 

The  Leadership  Studies  Program  seeks  to  achieve  the  following  outcomes  for 
all  participating  students: 

1 .  An  understanding  of  the  theories  and  models  of  leadership. 

2.  Knowledge  of  how  people  in  diverse  social  and  cultural  contexts  have 
assumed  leadership  roles  and  performed  as  leaders. 

3 .  A  critical  awareness  of  how  ethics  and  values  help  determine  whether 
responsible  leadership  or  mere  manipulation  (the  irresponsible  use  of 
power  and  authority)  will  occur. 

4.  Increased  self-awareness  and  understanding  of  how  a  person's  behavior 
affects  relationships  in  leader/ follower  situations. 

5.  Awareness  and  appreciation  of  the  responsibilities  and  difficulties 
inherent  in  leadership. 

6.  Enhanced  potential  to  assume  a  role  as  leader  or  responsible  follower 
within  a  group,  organization  or  community. 

Leadership  Studies  Program  for  Presidential  Leadership 
Award  Recipients 

LC  111;  Ethics:  RE  222  or  PH  220;  LC  350  and  LC  400. 


24 


Leadership  Studies  Voluntary  Program 

LC  100  or  111;  one  course  in  communications:  (EN  210  or  218);  one  course 
in  organizational  leadership  (MG  330  or  PSY  337  or  SO  340);  LC  330,  350 
and  400. 

Leadership  Studies  Courses 

100,  111.    Theories  and  Applications  of  Leadership  Processes.    Theories 
and  concepts  of  leadership,  power  and  authority.  Analysis  of  their  practical 
applications.  Specific  areas  to  be  covered  include  group  dynamics,  com- 
munication skills,  conflict  resolution,  motivation,  decision  making,  and 
values  clarification  and  ethics.  Prerequisite:  For  LC  111  permission  of 
instructor.  3  credits. 

330.  Ethical  Issues  and  Values  in  Leadership.  A  critical  examination  of 
the  ethical  and  valuational  questions  that  reside  at  the  core  of  both  leadership 
and  leadership  theories.  Prerequisite:  LC  100  or  111.  3  credits. 

350.    Advanced  Leadership  Studies.    Models  and  theories  of  leadership  as 
exemplified  in  selected  case  studies.  Analysis  of  leadership  in  other  cultures 
and  assessment  of  the  student's  own  leadership  style  are  also  included. 
Prerequisite:  LC  100  or  111;  PH  220  or  RE  222.  3  credits. 

400.    Leadership  Internship.    Prerequisite:  LC  350.  3-12  credits. 

Faculty: 

Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and  Leadership 
Studies.  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  (See  Department  of 
Sociology  and  Social  Work.) 

Daniel  B.  McKinley,  Director  of  Leadership  Studies.  Assistant  Professor  of 
Leadership  Studies.  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  M.A.L.S.  Wesleyan 
University.  Mr.  McKinley  maintains  an  interest  in  small  group  development 
and  offers  leadership  labs  for  communication  skills  development. 

Leon  E.  Markowicz,  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  He  teaches  courses  in  the  Leadership  Studies  Program  and 
assists  in  developing  and  coordinating  Leadership  internships.  He  serves 
local  business  as  communications  consultant.  Dr.  Markowicz  is  a  Fellow  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Writing  Project  and  is  active  in  the  Lancaster-Lebanon 
Writing  Council. 

Barbara  Jones  Dension,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies. 
Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University.  She  is  interested  in  leadership  and  group 
interaction,  especially  in  voluntary  organizations,  and  acts  as  a  consultant  for 
religious  and  women's  groups. 

25 


In  addition  to  the  appointed  faculty,  leadership  studies  courses  are  offered  by 
faculty  members  from  other  disciplines  within  the  College. 

Honors  Program 

The  honors  program  is  designed  for  superior  students  who  are  keenly 
motivated  to  expand  their  intellectual  horizons,  develop  their  originality  and 
curiosity,  and  challenge  their  intellectual  abilities. 

The  program  seeks  to  sharpen  critical  and  analytical  thinking,  develop  verbal 
and  written  expression,  encourage  intellectual  independence,  and  foster  sen- 
sitive and  informed  investigation  of  human  values. 

To  achieve  these  goals,  the  program  offers  a  demanding,  stimulating  and 
integrated  alternative  to  the  general  requirements  of  the  College. 

Entering  students  and  first  semester  freshman  are  selected  on  the  basis  of 
interviews  and  scholastic  records. 

Requirements:  Students  graduate  with  college  honors  after  they  have  com- 
pleted the  honors  program  with  a  3.0  grade  point  average  or  better  overall 
and  in  the  honors  courses. 

Honors  Courses 

201.  Honors  Communication.    Writing  and  speaking  clear,  grammatical 
and  articulate  English.  Listening  and  reading  well.  Searching  information 
sources  and  applying  those  sources  ethically.  Analyzing  and  drawing  conclu- 
sions. 3  credits. 

202.  The  Individual  and  Society.    An  investigation  into  the  structures  of 
society,  their  origins,  and  their  impact  upon  human  values.  Emphasis  on  the 
interaction  of  the  individual  and  the  socio-cultural  environment.  Evaluation 
of  the  approaches  of  the  various  social  sciences.  6  credits. 

203.  Human  Existence  and  Transcendence.    A  close  examination  of  ques- 
tions and  issues  pertaining  to  human  existence  and  the  ways  in  which 
mankind  has  attempted,  religiously  and  philosophically,  to  rise  above  the 
conditions  of  human  existence.  This  course  seeks  to  describe  and  examine 
the  commonalties  and  differences  between  religion  and  philosophy  as  each 
discipline  addresses  itself  to  existence  and  transcendence.  6  credits. 

204.  Human  Creativity.    A  study  of  the  major  forms  of  literature,  music, 
and  plastic  art,  designed  to  acquaint  students  with  functions,  values,  and 
aesthetic  and  cultural  contexts  of  art,  as  well  as  to  enhance  their  responses  to 
art  works.  6  credits. 


26 


Honors  Seminars 

The  honors  seminars  are  intensive  studies  of  topics  offered  for  junior  and 
senior  honors  students.  The  honors  students  choose  the  topics  for  the 
seminars,  help  select  the  instructors  and  assist  in  the  design  of  the  seminars 
with  the  instructors.  Each  participant  in  the  honors  program  shall  complete 
two  honors  seminars. 

Honors  Independent  Study 

An  independent  study  project,  the  capstone  of  the  honors  program,  provides 
the  opportunity  to  carry  out  an  extensive  academic  study  of  the  student's 
own  design.  The  project,  overseen  by  a  faculty  member,  must  be  approved 
by  the  Honors  Director.  When  acceptable  to  an  academic  department  such 
independent  study  may  serve  as  the  basis  for  departmental  honors.  Upon 
completion,  the  project  will  be  presented  publicly.  3  credits. 

Graduation  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  honors  program  and  major  requirements,  honors  students 
take:  one  leadership  course;  two  (2)  one-semester  courses  in  science;  two  (2) 
sequential  courses  in  a  foreign  language  or  exemption  by  examination  or  one 
foreign  language  course  at  the  300  level;  a  one-semester  integrated  course  in 
mathematics  and  computer  science  (MA  100)  or  one  course  in  mathematics 
and  one  course  in  computer  science;  and  two  (2)  courses  in  physical 
education. 

Departmental  Honors 

All  major  programs  provide  the  opportunity  for  departmental  honors  work 
during  the  junior  and  senior  years.  For  specific  information,  interested 
students  should  contact  the  appropriate  department  chairperson.  Generally, 
departmental  honors  consists  of  a  reading  and/or  research  project  producing  a 
thesis  or  essay.  This  project  is  undertaken  on  a  subject  of  the  student's  own 
choosing  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor.  Opportunity  also  exists 
to  do  creative  work.  A  maximum  of  9  hours  credit  may  be  earned  in  depart- 
mental honors. 


27 


UNDERGRADUATE 
PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 

Internships 

An  internship  is  a  practical  and  professional  work  experience  that  allows 
students  to  participate  in  the  operations  of  business,  industry,  education, 
government,  or  not  for  profit  organizations.  Internships  provide  students  with 
the  opportunity  to  integrate  their  classroom  learning  with  on  the  job  experi- 
ence. Students  test  the  practical  application  of  their  liberal  arts  learning  in  a 
variety  of  professional,  service,  and  occupational  settings. 
For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  intern  should  invest  at  least  45  clock 
hours  of  time  in  the  internship.  The  internship  essentially  involves  a  contract 
between  the  student,  the  faculty  advisor,  and  the  on-site  internship  super- 
visor. In  addition  to  the  practical  on-site  experience,  internships  typically 
require  special  readings,  reports,  journals  and  faculty  conferences. 

Students  may  enroll  for  three  to  twelve  credit  hours  of  internship  in  any  one 
semester.  A  maximum  of  fifteen  credit  hours  in  intemships  may  be  used 
towards  the  graduation  requirements.  All  intemships  have  a  course  number 
of  400.  The  adjacent  is  a  summary  of  departmental  intemship  policies. 

Additionally,  Elementary  Education  and  Secondary  Education  majors  are 
required  to  complete  successfully  a  student  teaching  field  experience.  Hotel 
management  majors  are  also  required  to  complete  successfully  three  super- 
vised field  experiences  for  a  total  of  9  credits.  There  are  no  intemships  in 
art,  music,  or  philosophy. 


28 


Internships 


Discipline 

Eligible 
Students 

Prerequisite 

Hrs.Per  Sem. 

Other 
Requirements 

Accounting 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

2.75  GPA 

Actuarial 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

Science 

American 

3-6 

Studies 

Biochemistry 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

2.00  GPA 

Biology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -4 

Chemistry 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

2.00  GPA 

Computer 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

Science 

Economics 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

2.75  GPA 

English 

Communications 
Majors  only 

1  -  12 

French 

1  -  12 

German 

1  -  12 

History 

3-6 

International 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

2.75  GPA 

Business 

Leadership 

LC350 

3-  12 

Management 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

2.75  GPA 

Mathematics 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  12 

Physics 

1  -  12 

Political 

PS  111  &  112 

1  -  12 

Science 

Psychobiology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

PSY  100  or  120 

I  -  12 

Psychology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

PSY  100  or  120 

1  -  12 

Religion 

1  -6 

Social  Work 

SW  341  or  342 

1  -  12 

2.20  GPA  & 
40  hr.  vol. 

Sociology 

1  -  12 

18  cr.  in  Soc. 

Sound  Recording 

SRT  388  &  487 

3-6 

Technology 

Spanish 

1  -  12 

29 


Independent  Study 

Independent  Study  provides  students  with  an  opportunity  to  undertake  a  pro- 
gram of  supervised  reading,  research,  or  specialized  teaching  methods,  usually 
on  subjects  not  incorporated  in  existing  formal  courses.  Independent  Study 
shall  not  be  used  to  approximate  an  existing  course  for  a  single  student  or  to 
cover  projects  more  properly  described  as  Internships. 

For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  Independent  Study  student  should  invest 
at  least  45  clock  hours  of  time  in  reading,  research,  or  report  writing.  The 
Independent  Study  essentially  involves  a  contract  between  the  student  and  the 
faculty  advisor. 

Students  may  enroll  for  one  to  nine  credit  hours  of  Independent  Study  in  any 
one  semester.  A  maximum  of  nine  credit  hours  in  Independent  Study  may  be 
used  toward  the  graduation  requirements.  All  Independent  Studies  have  a 
course  number  of  500.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  departmental  Indepen- 
dent Study  policies. 


30 


Independent  Study 


Discipline 

Eligible 
Students 

Prerequisite 

Hrs.Per  Sem. 

Accounting 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -6 

Actuarial 

1  -3 

Science 

American 

1  -9 

Studies 

Biochemistry 

CH311  &  312 

2  -  3 

Biology 

1  -9 

Chemistry 

1  -9 

Computer 

1  -9 

Science 

Economics 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -  6 

Education 

1  -  3 

Elementary 

1  -  3 

Education 

English 

1  -  3 

French 

FR316 

1  -6 

German 

1  -6 

History 

1  -  3 

International 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -6 

Business 

Leadership 

Jr/Sr 

LC  100  or  1 1 1 

3  -  15 

Studies 

Standing 

Management 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1  -6 

Mathematics 

1  -  6 

Philosophy 

1  -  3 

Physics 

1  -  3 

Political 

1  -  3 

Science 

Psychobiology 

1-9 

Psychology 

PSY  100  or  120 

1  -6 

Religion 

1  -  3 

Social  Work 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

2.50  GPA  & 
contract  inst.  & 
student 

1  -  3 

Sociology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

2.50  GPA  & 
contract  inst.  & 
student 

1  -  3 

Spanish 

1-6       3^ 

There  are  no  independent  study  courses  in  art,  hotel  management, 
and  sound  recording  technology. 


music 


Tutorial  Study 

Tutorial  Study  provides  students  with  a  special  opportunity  to  take  an 
existing  formal  course  in  the  curricula  that  is  not  scheduled  that  semester  or 
summer  session.  Students  desiring  a  Tutorial  Study  must  have  an  appropriate 
member  of  the  faculty  agree  to  supervise  the  study  on  a  one  on  one  basis. 

For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  student  should  invest  at  least  45  clock 
hours  of  time  in  the  Tutorial  Study.  The  Tutorial  Study  essentially  involves  a 
contract  between  the  student  and  the  faculty  advisor.  The  typical  Tutorial 
Study  involves  readings,  research,  report  writing,  faculty  conferences,  and 
examinations.  All  Tutorial  Study  courses  have  the  same  course  number  as 
the  existing  formal  catalog  course. 

Special  Topics  Courses 

From  time  to  time,  departments  may  offer  Special  Topics  courses  using  the 
following  course  numbers:  290-298,  390-398,  and  490-498.  Special  Topics 
courses  are  formal  courses  that  are  not  listed  permanently  in  the  curricula 
and  that  are  offered  infrequently.  These  courses  examine  comparatively  nar- 
row subjects  that  may  be  of  topical  or  special  interest.  Several  different  topics 
may  be  taught  in  one  semester  or  academic  year.  A  specific  course  title  shall 
be  used  in  each  instance  and  shall  be  so  noted  on  the  student  record. 

Department  Of  Art 

The  Art  Department,  through  course  work  and  the  minor  program,  provides 
an  opportunity  for  creative  expression  and  a  richer  understanding  of  accom- 
plishments in  the  visual  arts. 

No  major  is  offered  in  Art.  For  the  minor  and  course  descriptions,  see 
page  66. 

Faculty: 

Richard  A.  Iskowitz,  Associate  Professor  of  Art.  Chairperson.  M.F.A., 
Kent  State  University.  He  teaches  art  history,  aesthetics  and  studio,  and  is 
director  of  the  Mund  Center  art  exhibits.  Professor  Iskowitz'  special  interest 
is  photography  and  his  work  is  exhibited  frequently  in  juried  competition. 

Marie  F.  Riegle,  Lecturer  in  Art,  M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity. Her  teaching  interests  are  art  history,  printmaking,  painting  and  drawing. 

Donald  Winer,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Art,  M.A.F.A.,  University  of 
Missouri.  Mr.  Winer  is  curator  emeritus  of  The  Pennsylvania  Collection  of 


32 


Fine  Arts,  William  Penn  Museum.  His  teaching  specialties  include  art 
history  especially  Pennsylvania  arts  and  crafts. 

R.  Gordon  Wise,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Art,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri. 
Dr.  Wise  is  a  Professor  of  Art  at  Millersville  University  and  specializes  in 
art  education. 


Department  Of  Biology 


The  aims  of  the  program  for  biology  majors  are:  (1)  to  provide  a  thorough 
understanding  of  the  principles  of  biology  and  background  in  disciplines 
basic  to  biology;  (2)  to  develop  skills'  in  the  application  of  the  scientific 
method  and  in  the  retrieval  and  communication  of  technical  information;  and 
(3)  to  train  students  for  employment  at  the  baccalaureate  level  and  to  provide 
preparation  for  those  interested  in  graduate,  professional  and  medical 
programs. 

The  department  offers  a  major  program  in  biology,  and  joint  majors  in 
biochemistry  and  psychobiology.  For  the  major  and  course  descriptions  in 
biology,  see  page  68.  For  those  in  psychobiology,  see  page  117. 

Cooperative  Programs 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies 

Students  completing  a  three-year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  study- 
ing the  liberal  arts  and  the  sciences  basic  to  forestry  and  environmental 
sciences  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  cooperative  forestry  program  with 
Duke  University.  Upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  the  two-year  (plus 
one  summer)  program  at  Duke  University,  the  student  will  receive  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College.  After  completion 
of  the  program  at  Duke,  the  student  will  receive  the  professional  degree  of 
Master  of  Forestry  (M.F.)  or  Master  of  Environmental  Management 
(M.E.M.)  from  Duke  University.  Students  may  major  in  biology, 
economics,  political  science,  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

For  specific  program  requirements  in  forestry,  see  page  83.  For  those  in 
environmental  studies,  see  page  83. 

Medical  Technology  and  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

The  College  has  its  own  major  in  medical  technology.  The  student  takes 
three  years  of  courses  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  College  and  of  the 
National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences.  Before  or 
during  the  third  year  of  the  program,  a  student  applies  to  a  hospital  with  a 
CAHEA  approved  school  of  medical  technology  where  he/she  spends  the 


33 


fourth  year  in  training.  Admission  is  not  automatic  and  depends  upon  the 
academic  record,  recommendations  and  an  interview.  Upon  satisfactorily 
completing  the  clinical  year,  the  student  is  awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  by  Lebanon  Valley  College.  The  College 
is  affiliated  with  the  following  hospitals:  Sacred  Heart  Hospital  (in  Allen- 
town),  Harrisburg  Hospital,  Polyclinic  Medical  Center  of  Harrisburg,  Jersey 
Shore  Medical  Center-Fitkin  Hospital,  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  and 
Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center.  However,  the  student  is  not  limited  to 
these  affiliations  and  may  seek  acceptance  at  other  approved  hospitals.  (Refer 
to  the  Allied  Health  Professions  section  for  additional  programs  in  medical 
technology.) 

The  College  offers  a  program  for  students  interested  in  nuclear  medicine 
technology  ("3  +  1").  The  College  is  affiliated  with  the  schools  of  nuclear 
medicine  technology  at  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Center  and  J.F. 
Kennedy  Medical  Center,  Edison,  NJ.  Admission  is  not  automatic  and 
depends  upon  the  academic  record,  recommendations  and  an  interview.  Ap- 
plication may  also  be  made  to  other  accredited  programs.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  the  program,  students  are  awarded  the  baccalaureate  degree  by 
Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Allied  Health  Professions 

Lebanon  Valley  College  has  established  a  cooperative  program  ("2 -1-2") 
with  Thomas  Jefferson  University  in  Philadelphia,  PA  for  students  interested 
in  the  allied  health  professions.  The  College  of  Allied  Health  Sciences  of 
Thomas  Jefferson  University  offers  baccalaureate  programs  in 
cytotechnology /cytogenetics,  dental  hygiene,  diagnostic  imaging  (radiography/ 
ultrasound),  medical  technology,  and  occupational  therapy,  and  also  offers 
an  entry-level  master's  program  in  physical  therapy. 

Students  spend  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  taking  required  courses 
in  the  basic  sciences  and  other  disciplines.  During  the  second  year,  applica- 
tion is  made  to  Thomas  Jefferson  University.  Admission  to  Thomas  Jefferson 
University  is  not  automatic,  and  depends  upon  the  academic  record,  recom- 
mendations and  an  interview.  If  accepted,  the  student  spends  two  years 
(three  years  for  physical  therapy)  at  Thomas  Jefferson  University  taking  pro- 
fessional and  clinical  courses.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the  program, 
the  student  is  awarded  a  baccalureate  degree  (or  masters,  for  physical 
therapy)  by  Thomas  Jefferson  University. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  also  maintains  a  cooperative  program  with 
Hahnemann  University  in  Philadelphia  for  students  interested  in  medical 
technology  ("2-1-3").  Students  spend  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  and  three 


34 


years  at  Hahnemann  University.  The  program  at  Hahnemann  University 
combines  both  classroom/laboratory  study  and  off-campus  salaried  work  ex- 
perience. Admission  procedures  are  similar  to  those  described  above.  Upon 
successful  completion  of  this  program,  the  student  is  awarded  the  bac- 
calaureate degree  by  Hahnemann  University. 

Faculty: 

Dale  J.  Erskine,  Associate  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Oklahoma.  He  teaches  animal  physiology,  introduction  to  immunology, 
human  biology,  and  participates  in  general  biology.  He  believes  in  introduc- 
ing his  students  to  a  wide  range  of  laboratory  experiences  including  modem 
instrumentation  and  computer-assisted  data  collection.  His  research  interests 
are  in  temperature  regulation  and  thermal  tolerance,  heat  energy  budgets,  and 
computer  analysis  and  simulation  of  animal -environment  interactions.  He  is 
also  director  of  the  Summer  Youth  Scholars  Institute. 

Sidney  Pollack,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
He  teaches  courses  in  genetics,  microbiology,  human  biology,  and  general 
biology.  He  is  the  academic  advisor  for  students  preparing  for  the  allied 
health  professions.  His  research  interests  include  Paramecium  genetics. 

Susan  Verhoek,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  She 
teaches  plant  form  and  function  at  the  general  biology  level,  and  form,  inter- 
relationships and  systematics  of  non-vascular  and  vascular  plants  at  the 
advanced  level.  Her  research  is  on  the  pollination  biology  and  systematics  of 
members  of  the  Agave  family.  A  past  president  of  the  Society  for  Economic 
Botany,  she  has  a  long  standing  interest  in  the  interactions  of  plants  and 
humans;  and,  as  author  of  a  field  identification  book,  a  continuing  interest  in 
plants  that  flower  in  the  spring. 

Stephen  E.  Williams,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  Washington  University, 
St.  Louis.  He  teaches  molecular  biology,  plant  physiology  and  the 
biochemical  portions  of  general  biology.  He  is  a  plant  and  cell  physiologist 
who,  working  together  with  Lebanon  Valley  College  students  and  scientists 
at  other  institutions,  has  made  most  of  the  major  contributions  to  the  under- 
standing of  the  physiology  of  carnivorous  plants  during  the  past  twenty 
years,  including  the  discovery  of  the  mechanism  of  Venus  flytrap  closure. 
He  has  five  years  of  experience  automating  laboratory  instruments  with  mi- 
crocomputers and  manages  a  project  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  this  area. 

Paul  L.  Wolf,  Professor  of  Biology.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Delaware.  He  teaches  courses  in  general  biology,  comparative  vertebrate 
anatomy,  and  ecology.  His  research  interests  focus  on  the  ecology  of 


35 


wetlands  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  saltmarshes  of  Eastern  United 
States  and  Nova  Scotia.  He  also  holds  the  position  of  Adjunct  Professor  of 
Marine  Biology  in  the  College  of  Marine  Studies,  University  of  Delaware. 

Allan  F.  Wolfe,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont.  He 
teaches  comparative  histology,  developmental  biology,  invertebrate  zoology, 
general  biology,  parasitology,  and  directs  independent  study  in  cell  biology 
using  electron  microscopic  and  histological  techniques.  His  current  research 
utilizes  the  brine  shrimp,  Artemia,  to  study  the  cell  and  tissue  levels  of 
organization  of  the  digestive,  reproductive,  and  neurosensory  systems. 

Anna  F.  Tilberg,  Lecturer  in  Biology,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
She  is  on  the  staff  of  the  Milton  Hershey  Medical  Center  and  teaches  intro- 
ductory biology. 

Department  Of  Chemistry 

Chemistry  is  the  "central  science"  that  provides  the  fundamental  understand- 
ing needed  for  protecting  our  environment,  maximizing  the  yield  from 
limited  natural  resources,  improving  our  health,  and  creating  new  materials 
for  tomorrow's  products.  Indeed,  chemistry  is  essential  to  understanding  life 
itself. 

Career  opportunities  in  chemistry  are  numerous  and  diverse.  Many  students 
enter  industrial  or  governmental  laboratories  where  they  find  positions  in  en- 
vironmental analysis,  quality  control,  or  research  and  development.  Possibili- 
ties outside  of  the  laboratory  include  teaching,  sales,  marketing,  technical 
writing,  business,  and  law.  Many  chemistry  students  continue  their  education 
in  graduate  school  in  chemistry  or  biochemistry,  or  in  professional  schools  in 
the  areas  of  medicine,  dentistry,  or  veterinary  medicine. 

At  Lebanon  Valley  College  the  Department  of  Chemistry  is  located  on  the 
upper  two  floors  of  the  Garber  Science  Center.  Major  scientific  equipment 
available  to  students  includes  a  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectrometer,  a 
liquid  scintillation  counter,  a  fourier  transform  infrared  spectrometer,  a  high 
performance  liquid  chromatographic  system,  a  diode-array  UV-visible 
spectrophotometer,  and  a  gas  chromatograph-mass  spectrometer,  and  an 
atomic  absorption  spectrophotometer.  Computers  available  to  students  in  the 
department  include  Apple,  Macintosh,  and  IBM-compatible  machines. 

The  Department  encourages  students  to  discover  the  excitement  and  chal- 
lenge of  laboratory  research.  Research  programs  are  conducted  during  both 
the  academic  year  and  the  summer.  Students  are  paid  for  summer  research 
either  from  College  funds  or  from  grants  that  professors  receive  to  support 
their  projects. 

36 


Two  degrees  are  available  to  those  interested  in  chemistry,  and  one  for  those 
interested  in  biochemistry.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry  is  the  more 
demanding  of  the  two  degrees  in  chemistry,  and  is  recognized  by  the 
American  Chemical  Society.  This  degree  has  a  required  research  component 
and  is  recommended  for  students  who  wish  to  become  practicing  chemists  or 
enroll  in  graduate  school.  Other  students  opt  for  the  standard  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree,  majoring  in  chemistry. 

For  the  major  programs  and  course  descriptions  in  chemistry,  see  page  71. 

The  major  in  biochemistry  is  offered  jointly  with  the  Biology  department.  For 
the  major  program  and  course  descriptions  in  biochemistry,  see  page  67. 

Faculty: 

Richard  D.  Cornelius,  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Iowa;  postdoctoral  research.  University  of  Wisconsin.  Inorganic 
Chemistry.  Professor  Cornelius  works  at  the  border  of  inorganic  chemistry 
and  biochemistry.  He  has  interests  both  in  the  fundamental  mechanisms  of 
phosphoryl  transfer  reactions  and  in  the  development  of  platinum  compounds 
that  hold  promise  for  anti-cancer  activity.  He  and  his  students  synthesize 
new  compounds  containing  phosphates  and  study  the  rates  of  reactions  of 
these  compounds.  Studying  the  nature  of  the  new  compounds  provides  in- 
sight into  the  manner  in  which  enzymes  catalyze  related  reactions  in  nature. 
He  also  has  earned  a  national  reputation  for  his  work  with  computers  in 
chemical  education. 

Donald  B.  Dahlberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University;  postdoctoral  work.  University  of  Toronto.  Physical  chemistry. 
Dr.  Dahlberg  does  research  on  the  mechanism  of  elimination  reactions  in 
organic  chemistry.  An  important  question  to  be  answered  in  mechanistic 
organic  chemistry  is  when  and  how  a  reaction  changes  from  a  concerted 
mechanism  to  a  multistep  mechanism.  Does  one  mechanism  evolve  into 
another  as  the  substrate  is  modified,  or  do  two  distinct  pathways  exist  at  all 
times  where  each  substrate  chooses  the  path  of  lowest  energy?  He  is  also 
interested  in  applying  the  most  recent  developments  in  computers  and  elec- 
tronics to  the  construction  of  chemical  instrumentation. 

Owen  A.  Moe,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University  post- 
doctoral study,  Cornell  University.  Biochemistry.  Professor  Moe  is  interested 
in  applying  the  array  of  new  techniques  in  biotechnology  to  practical  prob- 
lems. He  is  currently  working  on  the  use  of  immobilized  enzymes  for  the 
synthesis  of  bio-organic  compounds.  Processes  that  he  is  developing  are 
designed  to  use  stable,  inexpensive  polyphosphates  for  the  regeneration  of 


37 


ATP.  ATP  regeneration  is  a  required,  but  currently  an  expensive,  step  in  the 
use  of  enzyme  reactors  for  organic  synthesis. 

Stephen  R.  Sexsmith,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Ph.D.,  State  Uni- 
versity of  New  York  at  Binghamton.  Organic  Chemistry.  Professor  Sexsmith 
is  interested  in  the  interaction  of  main-group  and  transition  metal  organome- 
tallic  compounds  as  it  relates  to  Ziegler-Natta  polymerization  catalysts.  Of 
specific  interest  are  the  reactions  of  organoaluminum  compounds  with  zero- 
valent  nickel  species.  He  is  also  interested  in  utilizing  organometallic  com- 
pounds in  the  study  of  coal  liquefaction. 

H.  Anthony  Neidig.  Professor  and  Chairperson  Emeritus.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Delaware.  Recipient  of  the  Chemical  Manufacturers'  Association  College 
Chemistry  Teacher  Award  in  1970  and  the  E.  Emmet  Reid  Award  for  excel- 
lence in  teaching  in  a  small  college  in  1978.  Professor  Neidig 's  pursuits 
include  the  development  and  publication  of  laboratory  experiments  for  intro- 
ductory chemistry. 

Department  Of  Education 

The  Department  of  Education  prepares  students  for  both  elementary  and 
secondary  teaching. 

The  Education  Department  is  committed  to  preparing  elementary  education 
majors  who  have  a  thorough  grounding  in  the  disciplines  they  will  teach 
within  the  context  of  a  strong  liberal  arts  foundation.  The  program  includes 
intensive  training  in  the  content  and  methodologies  of  all  elementary  school 
subjects. 

The  field-centered  component  in  the  program  provides  extensive  and  carefully 
sequenced  opportunities  to  work  with  teachers  and  children  in  a  variety  of 
school  settings  during  all  four  years  of  preparation  for  teaching.  Majors  spend 
an  average  of  two  hours  per  week  each  semester  in  various  public  school 
classrooms,  observing  teachers  and  children,  aiding,  tutoring,  providing 
small-group  and  whole-class  instruction,  and  completing  tasks  on  increasingly 
challenging  levels  of  involvement.  Seniors  spend  the  fall  semester  in  full- 
time  student  teaching  with  cooperating  teachers  who  have  been  carefully 
chosen  for  that  role.  Additional  opportunities  are  provided  for  our  students  to 
work  in  nursery  schools,  child  care  centers.  Head  Start  programs,  middle 
schools,  and  in  classes  for  exceptional  children. 

Students  pursuing  secondary  teacher  certification  are  prepared  for  teaching  by 
completing  an  intensive  program  in  the  departmental  major(s)  of  their  choice 
in  conjunction  with  a  carefully  sequenced  professional  education  component 


38 


within  the  Education  Department.  Both  the  major  program  and  the  profes- 
sional education  component  are  completed  within  the  context  of  a  strong 
foundation  in  the  liberal  arts. 

Departmental  majors  may  seek  certification  in  biology,  chemistry,  English, 
French,  German,  Spanish,  mathematics,  physics,  and  social  studies. 

Opportunities  are  provided  candidates  to  observe  and  to  teach  in  junior  high 
and  high  school  settings  prior  to  the  full-time  student  teaching  semester. 
Cooperating  teachers  are  selected  through  a  process  involving  college  faculty, 
public  school  personnel,  and  the  student  teachers,  thus  assuring  the  most 
beneficial  placements  possible. 

Dual  certification,  at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels,  or  in  more 
than  one  secondary  area,  is  possible;  however,  such  certification  requires 
meticulous  attention  to  scheduling  and  often  requires  an  additional  semester 
or  two. 

Post-baccalaureate  certification  is  also  available  for  those  who  wish  to 
become  elementary  school  teachers  or  for  those  already  certified  who  want  to 
add  elementary  education  to  an  existing  certificate. 

The  Education  Department  is  intent  on  preparing  well-rounded  and  qualified 
graduates  who  will  exercise  genuinely  professional  and  personal  leadership 
roles  in  the  schools  and  communities  where  they  will  work. 

The  major  and  course  descriptions  in  Elementary  Education  are  on  page  78. 
The  program  and  course  descriptions  in  Secondary  Education  are  on  page 
124.  The  descriptions  of  courses  in  Education  are  on  page  77. 

Faculty: 

Madelyn  J.  Albrecht,  Associate  Professor  of  Education.  Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State  University.  She  teaches  courses  in  social,  historical,  and  philosophical 
foundations  of  education,  curriculum  and  methods,  educational  psychology 
and  cultural  geography.  She  supervises  student  teachers.  She  is  an  active 
scholar  in  the  field  of  teacher  education  and  an  advisor  for  professional  pro- 
grams leading  to  secondary  teacher  certification. 

Susan  L.  Atkinson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  Ed.D.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity. She  teaches  educational  methods  courses  in  mathematics,  science, 
social  studies,  and  language  arts,  plus  courses  in  the  social,  historical,  and 
philosophical  foundations  of  education  and  physical  geography.  She  coordi- 
nates field  practicum  in  the  public  schools  and  supervises  student  teachers. 
Her  research  interests  are  in  the  area  of  matching  student/teacher  learning 
styles  to  increase  academic  achievement.  She  holds  Pennsylvania  certitlca- 


39 


tions  in  Elementary  Education,  English  Second  Language,  Special  Education, 
and  Library  Science.  Her  areas  of  interest  include  multidisciplined  curricula, 
classroom  management,  leadership  strategies,  and  early  childhood  education. 
She  believes  in  exposing  her  students  to  the  "real  world"  of  teaching 
through  extensive  hands-on  educational  activities  and  experiences.  She  is  the 
advisor  for  the  College's  professional  teaching  organization,  which  includes 
secondary,  elementary,  and  music  education  majors. 

Michael  A.  Grella,  Professor  of  Education.  Chairperson.  Ed.D.,  West 
Virginia  University.  He  teaches  courses  in  children's  literature,  reading,  the 
language  arts,  social  studies,  early  childhood  education,  and  exceptional 
children.  He  coordinates  early  field  practica  in  the  public  schools  and  super- 
vises student  teachers.  He  serves  as  the  department's  chief  liaison  with 
public  school  personnel  and  with  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 
He  maintains  a  special  interest  in  the  acquisition  of  literacy  at  the  primary 
grade  levels  and  in  learning  disabilities. 

Department  of  English 

The  major  in  English  introduces  students  to  the  humanistic  study  of  literature 
or  to  the  humanistic  practice  of  writing.  While  English  majors  may  choose 
to  concentrate  either  in  literature  or  communications,  the  basis  for  both  con- 
centrations is  the  systematic  and  analytic  study  of  literature.  All  majors  also 
learn  clear,  concise,  and  coherent  expression  as  well  as  effective  collection, 
organization,  and  presentation  of  material.  Such  study  prepares  the  student 
for  more  advanced  work  in  many  fields.  Graduates  of  the  Department  of 
English  are  prepared  to  work  in  such  fields  as  journalism,  teaching,  editing, 
public  relations,  publishing,  advertising,  government,  industry,  the  ministry, 
and  law. 

The  English  department  offers  a  major  program  with  concentrations  in 
literature,  communications,  and  secondary  education,  as  well  as  minors  in 
both  literature  and  communications.  For  program  and  course  descriptions, 
see  page  80. 

Faculty: 

Philip  Billings,  Professor  of  English.  Ph.D.  Michigan  State  University.  He 
teaches  courses  in  contemporary  literature  and  aesthetics  as  well  as  creative 
writing.  His  publications  include  poems  in  various  magazines  and  a  book  of 
poems  based  on  people  living  in  the  region. 

Phylis  Dryden,  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  D.A.  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Albany.  She  is  a  specialist  in  composition  theory,  linguistics. 


40 


and  American  Studies  and  has  experience  in  journalism  and  in  industry.  She 
publishes  poetry,  fiction,  and  non-fiction  and  has  conducted  poetry  workshops 
as  well  as  presented  readings  of  her  own  poetry. 

Arthur  L.  Ford,  Professor  of  English,  Ph.D.  Bowling  Green  State  Univer- 
sity. He  has  published  books  on  several  American  authors,  including 
Thoreau  and  Creeley,  as  well  as  articles  on  composition  theory  and  the  com- 
puter in  composition.  Recent  Fulbright  lectureships  in  Syria  and  China  have 
resulted  in  several  research  projects. 

John  Kearney,  Professor  of  English,  Department  Chairperson.  Ph.D. 
University  of  Wisconsin.  He  is  a  Nineteenth  Century  British  literature 
scholar  working  on  a  book  on  Dickens,  who  also  teaches  technical  writing 
and  directs  the  department  internship  program. 

JacqueUne  Vivelo,  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  M.A.,  University  of 
Tennessee.  She  has  worked  as  a  technical  writer  and  has  published  award- 
winning  tlction  for  children. 

Glenn  Woods,  Associate  Professor  of  English.  M.Ed.  Temple  University.  In 
addition  to  composition,  his  areas  of  interest  include  linguistics,  speech,  and 
the  teaching  of  secondary  English. 

Paul  Baker,  Lecturer  in  English.  B.A.  Lebanon  Valley  College.  He  is  city 
editor  of  the  Lebanon  Daily  News  and  teaches  journalism. 

Marie  Bongiovanni,  Lecturer  in  English.  M.B.A.,  Drexel  University. 
Experienced  in  journalism  and  business,  she  teaches  management 
communications. 

Richard  J.  Goedkoop,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  English,  Ph.D.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  Dr.  Goedkoop' s  teaching  speciality  is  mass 
communications.  Currently  he  is  researching  the  process  and  product  of  local 
television  news  reporting. 

Agnes  O'Donnell,  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  Ph.D.  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. Recently  retired,  she  teaches  literature  courses. 

Department  Of  Foreign  Languages 

The  study  of  a  foreign  language  has  three  aims:  to  develop  fluency  in  the 
basic  communication  skills,  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  cultural 
heritage  of  the  people  who  use  the  language,  and  to  understand  language  as 
the  fundamental  medium  by  which  humankind  thinks  and  interacts. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  prepares  the  language  major  for  a 
career  in  a  variety  of  fields:  teaching,  diplomatic  and  government  service. 


41 


foreign  trade,  business  and  social  service.  For  many  of  these  careers  the 
study  of  a  foreign  language  is  often  combined  with  majors  in  other 
disciplines. 

The  Department  encourages  students  to  avail  themselves  of  the  College's 
opportunities  for  foreign  travel  and  study,  including  the  International  Student 
Exchange  Program. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  offers  majors  in  French,  German,  and 
Spanish,  and  in  Foreign  Language,  as  well  as  minors  in  the  three  languages. 
In  addition,  coursework,  but  no  major  or  minor,  is  offered  in  Greek.  The 
department  also  offers  the  major  in  International  Business  jointly  with  the 
Management  department. 

The  major,  minor  and  course  descriptions  in  French  are  on  page  84.  Those 
in  German  are  on  page  87.  Those  in  Spanish  are  on  page  131.  The  major  in 
Foreign  Languages  and  the  descriptions  of  general  courses  in  foreign 
language  are  on  page  87.  The  course  descriptions  in  Greek  are  on  page  88. 
The  major  in  International  Business  is  on  page  95. 

Faculty: 

Susan  L.  Egner,  Instructor  of  Spanish.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College; 
M.A.,  Middlebury  College.  She  teaches  the  beginning  level  Spanish  courses 
and  is  interested  in  pursuing  Teaching  Methodology  at  post  graduate  level. 

Diane  M.  Iglesias,  Professor  of  Spanish.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  City  University 
of  New  York.  She  teaches  courses  in  Spanish  language,  Spanish  and  Latin 
American  culture,  civilization  and  literature.  She  has  presented  research 
papers  in  medieval  balladry  and  the  theater  of  the  Spanish  Golden  Age  at 
scholarly  conferences.  Her  current  research  is  in  the  area  of  the  modem 
Latin  American  novel.  She  is  particularly  interested  in  the  concept  of 
"magical  realism"  as  it  applies  to  the  works  of  Gabriel  Garcia  Marquez. 
James  W.  Scott,  Professor  of  German.  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University.  He 
teaches  the  language,  literature  and  culture  of  German  speaking  areas.  One 
continuing  scholarly  interest  is  medieval  hagiography.  His  recent  research 
and  writing  has  focused  on  contemporary  German  literature  and  film.  Past 
summers  have  taken  him  to  Bonn  on  a  Fulbright  grant,  to  the  Carl  Duisberg 
Institute  to  study  business  German  and  to  Leipzig  to  attend  a  seminar  on  the 
German  Democratic  Republic.  He  serves  as  secretary-treasurer  of  the  Central 
Pennsylvania  Association  of  Teachers  of  German  and  coordinates  their 
annual  testing  program  for  high  school  students. 


42 


Joelle  L.  Stopkie,  Assistant  Professor  of  French.  Licence,  Sorbonne,  Paris 
(France),  M.A.,  New  York  University,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College.  She  is  a 
member  of  the  American  Association  of  Teachers  of  French  (AATF),  and 
the  American  Council  on  the  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  (ACTFL)  and 
also  Phi  Sigma  Iota,  the  National  Foreign  Language  Honor  Society. 

Department  Of  History  and  American  Studies 

By  examining  human  behavior  in  the  past,  the  study  of  history  can  help 
people  better  understand  themselves  and  others.  Students  of  history  also  learn 
how  to  gather  and  analyze  information  and  present  their  conclusions  in  clear, 
concise  language. 

An  undergraduate  degree  in  history  or  American  Studies  can  lead  to  a  career 
in  teaching  at  the  college  or  high  school  level,  law,  government,  politics,  the 
ministry,  museum  or  library  work,  journalism  or  editing,  historical  societies 
and  archives,  private  foundations,  business,  or  a  number  of  other 
professions. 

For  the  major,  minor,  and  courses  in  history,  see  page  90.  For  those  in 
American  Studies,  see  page  65. 

Faculty: 

James  H.  Broussard,  Professor  of  History,  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University.  He  teaches  American  history  and  historiography.  His  research 
and  publications  concentrate  on  the  Jefferson-Jackson  era,  the  South,  and 
American  politics.  He  is  also  Executive  Director  of  the  Society  for  Historians 
of  the  Early  American  Republic. 

Donald  E.  Byrne,  Jr.,  Professor  of  History  and  Religion  and  Director  of 
American  Studies  Program.  Ph.D.,  Duke  University.  His  teaching  centers  on 
the  history  of  Christianity  and  religion  in  America,  and  he  participates  in  the 
Honors  and  Leadership  Studies  programs.  His  scholarship  has  focused  on 
American  folk  religion;  other  interests  include  religion  and  literature,  peace 
studies,  and  mysticism. 

Richard  A.  Joyce,  Associate  Professor  of  History.  M.A.,  San  Francisco 
State  College.  He  teaches  ancient,  medieval,  and  modem  European  history. 
He  is  particularly  interested  in  social  and  intellectual  history. 


43 


Howard  L.  Applegate,  Adjunct  Professor  of  History,  Secretary  of  the  Col- 
lege. Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University.  He  teaches  business  history  and  American 
military  history.  His  current  research  interest  is  the  American  automotive 
industry. 

Elizabeth  Radford,  Lecturer  in  History.  ABD,  University  of  Virginia.  She 
teaches  Western  civilization  and  American  political  history.  Her  research 
interest  is  American  politics. 

John  Abernathy  Smith,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  History  and 
Religion.  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  His  teaching  interests  are 
social  and  intellectual  history.  Dr.  Smith  currently  is  researching  the  history 
of  United  Methodist  higher  education. 

The  Department  Of  Management 

The  Department  of  Management  offers  programs  leading  to  the  bachelor  of 
science  degree  in  accounting,  hotel  management,  management,  and  interna- 
tional business  (jointly  with  Foreign  Languages  Department).  The  Depart- 
ment also  offers  a  minor  in  hotel  management. 

The  Department's  programs  are  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  sound, 
integrated  knowledge  of  accounting  and  management  principles,  and  related 
courses  from  supporting  disciplines.  The  Department's  programs  are  enhanced 
by  the  liberal  arts  and  leadership  studies  core  required  of  all  students,  and  by 
the  extensive  application  of  computers  in  relevant  courses.  This  inter- 
disciplinary knowledge  base  is  essential  for  assuming  leadership  and  manage- 
ment positions  in  the  changing  world  of  the  Twenty-First  Century. 

Management  students  are  provided  with  a  common  body  of  knowledge  in 
close  conformity  with  the  national  standards  for  the  study  of  business  ad- 
ministration as  recommended  by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business.  As  a  result,  our  graduates  are  well  prepared  for  admit- 
tance to  M.B.A.  programs. 

Opportunities  are  available  for  qualified  and  interested  students  to  undertake 
an  independent  study  project  or  an  internship  in  consultation  with  a  member 
of  the  Department  faculty. 

The  major  and  course  descriptions  in  Accounting  are  on  page  63;  those  in 
Hotel  Management  are  on  page  93;  those  in  International  Business  are  on 
page  95;  and  those  in  Management  are  on  page  96. 


44 


Faculty: 

Donald  C.  Boone,  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel  Management.  Mr.  Boone 
holds  a  bachelor  degree  in  Restaurant  Management  and  an  MBA  degree  in 
Hotel  Administration  from  Michigan  State  University.  He  has  18  years  of 
hotel  industry  experience  and  has  taught  several  years  in  Hotel  Management 
programs.  Mr.  Boone  serves  as  Coordinator  of  the  Hotel  Management  Pro- 
gram and  teaches  Hotel  Management,  Management  and  Accounting. 

Sharon  F.  Clark,  Associate  Professor  of  Management  and  Department 
Chairperson.  Dr.  Clark  holds  a  bachelor  degree  and  a  juris  doctorate  degree 
from  the  University  of  Richmond.  She  has  several  years  experience  in 
private  law  practice  and  several  years  as  a  Supervisory  Tax  Attorney  with 
the  Internal  Revenue  Service.  Dr.  Clark  teaches  corporate  income  tax  and  a 
variety  of  management  courses  including  Personnel  Management,  Business 
Law,  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations,  and  Hotel  Law. 

Robert  W.  Leonard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  Mr.  Leonard 
holds  a  master's  degree  in  Business  Administration  from  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, a  masters  degree  in  Industrial  Relations  from  St.  Francis  Graduate 
School  of  Industrial  Relations,  and  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Psychology  with  a 
minor  in  Business  Administration  from  Ohio  University.  Mr.  Leonard 
teaches  Managerial  Finance,  Principles  of  Management,  Productions  Opera- 
tions Management,  Organizational  Behavior  and  Development,  and  Labor 
and  Industrial  Relations. 

Fred  Maidment,  Associate  Professor  of  Management.  Dr.  Maidment  holds 
an  Ed.D.  in  Higher  Education  in  Business  from  the  University  of  South 
Carolina,  an  MBA  degree  from  the  Bernard  M.  Baruch  College  of  the  City 
University  of  New  York  and  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Business  from  New 
York  University.  Dr.  Maidment  teaches  courses  in  Marketing,  Consumer 
Behavior,  Business  Policy,  Principles  of  Management,  Marketing  Research, 
and  International  Business  Management. 

Gail  Sanderson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  Ms.  Sanderson  has  a 
bachelor's  degree  from  Hobart  &  William  Smith  Colleges,  and  an  MBA 
degree  (with  honors)  from  Boston  University;  CPA.  Ms.  Sanderson  has  pro- 
fessional experience  in  accounting  (public  and  private  sectors);  income  tax; 
computer  systems  analysis  and  design. 

Barbara  S.  Wirth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  Ms.  Wirth  holds  an 
MBA  degree  and  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Economics  from  Lehigh  University; 
CPA.  Ms.  Wirth  has  worked  in  the  public  sector  as  a  CPA  for  six  years. 
Ms.  Wirth  teaches  Auditing,  Governmental  and  Non-Pro  fit  Accounting,  Prin- 
ciples of  Accounting,  and  Managerial  Accounting. 


45 


Robert  W.  Biddle,  Jr.,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel  Management, 
Ed.M.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  Mr.  Biddle  is  Culinary  Arts  Instructor 
at  Milton  Hershey  School. 

David  L.  Broderic,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Care  Manage- 
ment, M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago.  Mr.  Broderic  is  President  of  Good 
Samaritan  Hospital  and  specializes  in  teaching  health  care  management. 

Nelson  L.  Ebersole,  Lecturer  in  Real  Estate.  Mr.  Ebersole  is  a  broker  with 
Suburban  Realty  Company  and  past  president  of  the  Lebanon  County  Board 
of  Realtors.  He  specializes  in  real  estate  education. 

Dennis  N.  Eshleman,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Management,  M.B.A., 
Columbia  University.  Mr.  Eshleman  is  a  manager  for  New  Product  Develop- 
ment at  Hershey  Foods.  His  teaching  interests  include  marketing,  marketing 
research  and  management. 

V.  Carl  Gacono,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Real  Estate,  B.S.,  Sus- 
quehanna University.  Mr.  Gacono  is  a  broker  with  Prudential  Gacono  Real 
Estate  and  past  president  of  the  Lebanon  County  Board  of  Realtors.  He 
specializes  in  real  estate  education. 

Department  Of  Mathematical  Sciences 

The  Lebanon  Valley  College  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  has  long 
offered  a  rigorous  mathematics  program  within  the  context  of  a  liberal  arts 
education.  Today  an  increasing  national  need  for  mathematically  prepared  in- 
dividuals has  made  our  program  even  more  attractive.  Computer  scientists, 
secondary  school  mathematics  and  computer  science  teachers,  college  pro- 
fessors in  mathematical  sciences,  actuaries,  operations  research  analysts,  and 
statisticians  are  in  high  and  continuing  demand.  In  addition,  the  mental 
discipline  and  problem  solving  abilities  developed  in  the  study  of 
mathematics  have  long  been  recognized  as  excellent  preparation  for 
numerous  and  varied  areas  of  work  or  study. 

The  department  offers  majors  in  actuarial  science,  computer  science,  com- 
puter information  systems,  and  in  mathematics,  and  minors  in  computer 
science  and  in  mathematics. 

Five  students  from  this  department  have  earned  Fulbright  Scholarships  in  re- 
cent years  for  graduate  study  abroad.  Departmental  graduates  have  earned 
Ph.D.  degrees  in  physics  and  computer  science  as  well  as  mathematics. 
Other  graduates  have  completed  law  school.  Many  graduates  are  Fellows  of 
the  Society  of  Actuaries  and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society.  Regularly,  more 
than  a  quarter  of  the  Lebanon  Valley  students  named  to  the  Who's  Who  in 
American  Colleges  and  Universities  will  be  students  from  this  department. 

46 


Actuarial  Science 

The  actuarial  profession  defines  an  actuary  as  "a  business  professional  who 
uses  mathematical  skills  to  define,  analyze  and  solve  financial  and  social 
problems."  Actuaries  are  employed  by  insurance  companies,  consulting 
firms,  large  corporations,  and  the  federal  and  state  governments.  The  Society 
of  Actuaries  and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society  establish  and  monitor  the 
professional  qualifications  of  actuaries  through  a  series  of  rigorous  examina- 
tions. In  recent  years,  the  demand  for  actuaries  has  far  exceeded  the  supply 
and  indications  are  that  the  situation  will  continue. 

The  Lebanon  Valley  College  Actuarial  Science  program  is  coordinated  by 
Professor  Hearsey,  an  Associate  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries.  The  program 
consists  of  coursework  selected  to  provide  a  solid  foundation  in  mathematics 
and  to  prepare  students  for  courses  100-150  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries 
syllabus  and  Parts  1-4  of  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society  syllabus.  A  student 
may  prepare  for  additional  examinations  through  independent  study.  The 
Actuarial  Science  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  was  established  in  the 
mid  1960's  and  now  boasts  over  60  alumni  in  the  actuarial  profession. 
Lebanon  Valley  College  is  one  of  the  few  small  liberal  arts  colleges  east  of 
the  Mississippi  River  offering  an  actuarial  science  major.  This  program  has  a 
record  of  100%  placement  of  graduates  and  most  students  are  able  to  find 
summer  employment  in  the  actuarial  field  during  their  sophomore  and  junior 
summers. 

Computer  Science 

Although  it  has  been  over  40  years  since  the  development  of  the  first  elec- 
tronic computer,  Rear  Admiral  Grace  Murray  Hopper  said  at  the  1987 
Lebanon  Valley  College  graduation  exercises  that  "we  are  still  in  the  Model 
T  or  DC-3  age  so  far  as  computers  are  concerned."  All  of  us  will  be  work- 
ing in  a  computer  environment  and  must  be  able  to  use  computers  to  assist 
us  rather  than  have  computers  control  us.  The  United  States  is  the  world 
leader  in  most  phases  of  the  computer  industry,  from  the  silicon  chip  to 
operating  systems  and  other  software  and  applications. 

The  department's  approach  to  computer  science  is  to  broaden  the  program  by 
supporting  it  with  a  strong  theoretical  perspective,  and  by  embedding  it  in 
the  values  of  liberal  education.  The  program  is  also  designed  to  appropriately 
reflect  the  rapidly  changing  technology  and  applications  in  the  computer 
field.  Therefore,  courses  and  equipment  are  constantly  modified  to  optimize 
the  student's  computer  education  and  experience.  New  facilities  with  the 


47 


latest  technology,  planned  for  1990,  and  an  innovative  major  program  will 
provide  the  students  with  unique  opportunities  to  tailor  their  studies  to  their 
individual  knowledge  and  interests. 

The  computer  equipment  ranges  from  representatives  of  all  major  microcom- 
puters to  a  DEC  VAX  system,  all  connected  by  networks.  All  major 
operating  systems  and  languages  are  available  and  immediately  accessible  for 
course  work  or  independent  study. 

Mathematics 

The  recent  identification  by  a  graduate  student  of  an  error  in  Sir  Isaac 
Newton's  work  and  the  recent  development  of  a  revised  linear  programming 
algorithm  are  but  two  examples  that  clearly  demonstrate  that  mathematics  is 
alive  and  vibrant.  National  concerns  have  been  expressed  conceming 
mathematics  education  in  elementary  schools  and  the  decrease  in  graduate 
studies  in  mathematics.  Management  schools  continually  are  increasing  the 
quantitative  component  in  their  curriculum,  and  business  and  industry  con- 
tinually are  looking  for  mathematically  trained  individuals.  The  demand  for 
teachers  is  well  publicized.  A  bright  and  rewarding  future  awaits  one  choos- 
ing mathematics  as  a  field. 

The  program  gives  the  student  a  broad  selection  of  courses,  theoretical  and 
applied,  from  which  to  choose  after  completing  the  core  program.  Students 
may  choose  preparation  for  graduate  programs,  business  and  industrial 
preparation,  preparation  for  secondary  school  teaching,  or  such  concentra- 
tions as  statistics  or  operations  research.  Students  often  combine  mathematics 
with  another  major  or  minor. 

The  major  and  courses  in  actuarial  science  are  on  page  65.  Those  in  com- 
puter science  and  computer  information  systems  are  on  page  73.  Those  in 
mathematics  are  on  page  99. 

Faculty: 

Michael  D.  Fry,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois.  An  avid  student  of  computer  science,  he  is  interested 
in  operating  systems  and  in  networking,  computer  interfacing  and  peripheral 
equipment.  He  teaches  a  broad  range  of  computer  science  courses,  upper 
level  algebra  and  geometry  and  other  mathematics  courses. 

Bryan  V.  Hearsey,  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Director,  Actuarial 
Science  Program.  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University.  An  Associate  of  the 
Society  of  Actuaries,  he  has  many  contacts  within  the  actuarial  profession. 
Dr.  Hearsey  is  interested  in  approaches  to  providing  mathematics  education 


48 


to  the  liberal  arts  student  not  majoring  in  mathematical  sciences,  and  teacher 
education  as  well  as  actuarial  science.  He  teaches  upper  level  actuarial 
science  courses  and  a  broad  range  of  mathematics  courses. 

Joerg  W.  P.  Mayer,  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Giessen.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  undergraduate  and  graduate 
teaching,  and  in  government  and  industrial  consulting.  His  publications  range 
from  mathematical  research  to  educational  philosophy,  including  numerous 
reviews  in  mathematical  and  computer  sciences,  and  two  textbooks  on 
Algebraic  Topology  and  in  Computer  Assembly  Language.  His  teaching  in- 
terests lie  in  advanced  mathematics  and  basic  computer  science. 

Horace  W.  Tousley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences,  Chair- 
man. M.S. I.E.  (OR),  University  of  Alabama.  A  career  military  logistician 
and  operations  research  practitioner.  Interested  in  mathematical  modeling, 
quantitative  methods,  and  applications.  Teaches  operations  research,  selected 
upper  division  courses,  and  a  broad  range  of  other  courses. 

Mark  A.  Townsend,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Ed.D., 
Oklahoma  State  University.  His  academic  interests  include  numerical  analysis 
and  teaching  methods  and  classroom  innovation.  Teaches  a  variety  of 
mathematics  courses,  and  a  selection  of  computer  science  courses. 

Deborah  R.  Fullam,  Lecturer  in  Computer  Science.  Assistant  to  the  Presi- 
dent for  Budget  and  Planning,  M.B.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and 
Science.  Interested  in  computer  applications  for  business  and  management. 
She  teaches  COBOL  and  Basic  Languages. 

James  S.  Hume,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences, 
M.S.,  Virginia  State  College.  Mr.  Hume  is  a  financial  consultant  with 
Merrill  Lynch.  His  teaching  specialty  is  applied  mathematics. 

Edward  Peters,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Computer  Science,  B.A.,  Lehigh 
University.  Manager  Data  Administration,  Hershey  Chocolate  Corporation. 
He  teaches  Data  Base  Management. 

Military  Science  Program 

The  Military  Science  Program  adds  another  dimension  to  a  Lebanon  Valley 
College  liberal  arts  education  by  offering  courses  that  develop  a  student's 
ability  to  organize,  motivate,  and  lead  others. 

Participation  in  military  science  courses  during  the  freshman  and  sophomore 
years  results  in  no  military  obligation.  Courses  during  these  years  orient 
students  on  the  various  roles  of  Army  officers.  Specifically,  these  courses 


49 


stress  self  development:  written  and  oral  communication  skills,  leadership, 
bearing,  and  self-confidence. 

Individuals  who  elect  to  continue  in  the  program  during  the  junior  and  senior 
years  shall  receive  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  United  States 
Army  upon  graduation.  They  shall  be  required  to  serve  three  months  to  four 
years  in  the  active  Army,  depending  upon  the  type  of  commission. 

Options  are  available  for  those  individuals  who  encounter  scheduling  con- 
flicts or  who  desire  to  begin  participation  after  their  freshman  year.  Contact 
the  department  chairperson  for  further  information. 

Program  participants  may  take  part  in  various  enrichment  activities  during 
the  academic  year:  rappelling,  rifle  qualification,  cross-country  skiing,  white- 
water  rafting,  leadership  exercises,  land  navigation,  orientation  trips,  and  for- 
mal social  functions.  Program  participants  may  also  apply  for  special  training 
courses  during  the  summer:  Russian  language,  flight  orientation,  airborne, 
air  assault,  and  northern  warfare  schools. 

Financial  Assistance:  Books  and  equipment  for  military  science  courses  and 
the  ROTC  program  are  provided  free  of  charge  to  all  cadets.  However,  all 
cadets  do  pay  an  activity  fee  of  $15  per  semester.  All  juniors  and  seniors  in 
the  ROTC  program  (Advanced  Course)  and  scholarship  cadets  are  paid  a 
tax-free  subsistence  allowance  of  $100  per  month  and  receive  certain  other 
benefits. 

Scholarships:  Army  ROTC  scholarships  based  on  merit  are  available.  Re- 
cipients receive  full  tuition,  academic  fees,  a  semester  allowance  for  books 
and  supplies,  and  a  $100  per  month  subsistence  allowance.  Cadets  and  other 
Lebanon  Valley  students  may  compete  for  three-year  (starts  in  sophomore 
year)  and  for  two-year  (starts  in  junior  year)  scholarships.  Recipients  agree 
to  a  service  obligation.  Scholarships  are  also  available  for  students  entering 
medical  school  or  pursuing  graduate  studies  in  the  basic  health  sciences. 
Selected  ROTC  graduates  also  are  eligible  for  scholarships  to  pursue  graduate 
studies  in  other  academic  disciplines.  For  additional  information,  contact  the 
department  chairperson. 

Corresponding  Studies  Program:  Students  participating  in  an  off-campus 
study  program  in  the  United  States  or  abroad  may  continue  participation  in 
either  the  Army  ROTC  Basic  Course  or  Advanced  Course  and  receive  the 
same  course  credit  and  benefits  as  a  student  enrolled  in  the  on-campus  pro- 
gram. Scholarship  students  also  are  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program. 

Advanced  Leadership  Practicum:  The  practicum  consists  of  a  six-week 
summer  training  program  at  an  Army  installation  that  stresses  the  application 


50 


of  military  skills  to  rapidly  changing  situations.  Participants  are  evaluated  on 
their  ability  to  make  sound  decisions,  to  direct  group  efforts  toward  the  ac- 
complishment of  common  goals  and  to  meet  the  mental  and  physical  chal- 
lenges presented  to  them.  Completion  of  this  practicum  is  required  prior  to 
commissioning  and  it  normally  is  attended  between  the  junior  and  senior 
years.  Participants  receive  room,  board,  travel  expenses,  medical  care,  and 
pay. 

The  requirements  and  course  descriptions  in  Military  Science  are  on 
page  102. 

Faculty: 

Michael  A.  DiGennaro,  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  B.S.,  United  States 
Military  Academy,  West  Point.  Captain,  U.S.  Army,  Aviation.  Instructs 
third  year  Military  Science  and  Tactics.  His  assignments  include  command 
and  staff  positions  in  Attack  Helicopter,  Air  Cavalry,  and  Infantry  units. 

Nelson  M.  Martin,  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  M.B.A.,  University  of 
Arizona.  Major,  U.S.  Army,  Field  Artillery.  His  assignments  include  com- 
pany command  and  staff  positions  at  battalion,  division,  and  Headquarters 
U.S.  Army  Europe. 

David  W.  Wilgus,  Professor  of  Military  Science.  M.A.,  Webster  University. 
Lieutenant  Colonel,  U.S.  Army,  Aviation.  Assignments  include  staff  posi- 
tions at  various  levels  with  emphasis  in  Transportation  Management. 
Academic  directions  have  been  in  the  Management  Field. 

Department  Of  Music 

Students  in  the  Department  of  Music  may  major  in  one  of  five  areas:  music, 
music  performance,  sacred  music,  sound  recording  technology  or  music 
education.  Each  student,  regardless  of  major,  is  required  to  take  a  core  of 
courses  in  theory  and  music  history.  Each  student  also  completes  additional 
course  work  particular  to  his/her  area  of  interest. 

Attendance  at  some  faculty  and  student  recitals  is  compulsory.  All  students 
in  the  department  are  required  to  take  private  instruction  on  campus  in  their 
principal  performance  medium.  Students  whose  major  applied  instrument  is 
organ  are  required  also  to  study  piano,  continuing  until  they  have  attained  a 
level  of  proficiency  satisfactory  to  the  organ  faculty. 

Students  registered  for  private  instruction  in  the  music  department  are  not 
permitted  to  study  in  that  instructional  area  on  a  private  basis  with  another 
instructor,  on  or  off  campus,  at  the  same  time. 


51 


Participation  in  music  organizations  may  be  required  of  all  majors. 

The  music  major  (B.A.)  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a  liberal  arts 
context  in  their  preparation  for  a  career  in  applied  music.  All  majors  are  re- 
quired to  take  an  hour  lesson  per  week  in  their  principal  performance  medium 
and  expected  to  perform  a  half  recital  in  the  junior  year  and  a  full  recital  in 
the  senior  year. 

The  music  performance  major  (B.M.)  is  designed  for  those  students  desir- 
ing a  maximum  concentration  in  music  courses  in  preparation  for  a  career  as 
a  performing  musician.  All  majors  are  required  to  take  a  weekly  one  hour 
lesson  in  the  principal  performance  medium;  they  are  also  required  to  per- 
form a  half  recital  in  the  junior  year  and  a  full  recital  in  the  senior  year. 
Majors  whose  performance  medium  is  a  band  or  orchestral  instrument  are  re- 
quired to  study  voice  and  piano  as  well. 

The  sacred  music  major  (B.M.)  prepares  students  for  careers  as  directors  of 
church  music,  ministers  of  music,  or  college  teachers.  The  program  is  open 
to  those  individuals  whose  interests  are  voice  or  organ.  All  majors  are  re- 
quired to  acquire  sufficient  skill  to  assume  responsibilities  as  a  qualified 
parish  church  musician.  Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is 
organ  are  required  to  study  piano  and  voice  for  at  least  two  years.  One  of 
the  years  of  voice  study  may  be  a  class  experience.  Majors  whose  principal 
performance  medium  is  voice  are  expected  to  show  sufficient  keyboard  profi- 
ciency upon  admission  to  the  program  so  that  after  two  additional  years  of 
piano  study  (normally  by  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year)  they  may  benefit 
from  a  year  of  organ  study. 

The  sound  recording  technology  major  (B.M.)  is  designed  for  students 
who  wish  to  gain  the  theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  necessary  for 
careers  with  responsibility  for  recording  technology  in  the  fields  of  radio  and 
television,  film,  and  audio  production. 

The  music  education  major  (B.S.),  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Depart- 
ment of  Education  and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  is 
designed  for  the  preparation  of  public  school  music  teachers,  kindergarten 
through  twelfth  grades,  instrumental  and  vocal.  The  music  education  cur- 
riculum requires  voice  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum  of  one 
year  and  piano  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum  of  two  years.  A 
competency  jury  must  be  passed  in  each  area.  Students  participate  in  student 
teaching  in  area  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  In  all  field  experiences 
as  well  as  the  student  teaching  semester,  each  student  is  responsible  for 
transportation  arrangements. 


52 


For  the  majors  in  music,  music  education  and  sacred  music,  the  minor  in 
music,  and  course  descriptions  in  music,  see  page  103.  for  the  major  in 
sound  recording  technology,  see  page  129. 

Faculty: 

George  D.  Curfman,  Professor  of  Music  Education,  Interim  Chairman. 
Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  He  teaches  music  education  methods 
courses  and  coordinates  music  student  teaching.  He  serves  as  a  consultant/ 
clinician  for  the  Pennsylvania  Music  Educators  Association  and  advises  the 
campus  Pennsylvania  Collegiate  Music  Education  Association. 

Scott  H.  Eggert,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.A.,  University  of 
Kansas.  He  teaches  theoretical  subjects,  composition,  class  and  applied  piano. 
He  is  active  as  a  composer,  having  premiered  major  works  on  the  campus. 

William  H.  Fairlamb,  Professor  of  Music.  B.Mus.,  Philadelphia  Conser- 
vatory. Artist  Diploma,  Philadelphia  Musical  Academy.  He  teaches  applied 
piano  as  well  as  courses  in  music  history,  aesthetics  and  piano  literature.  He 
has  performed  numerous  recitals  on  campus  as  well  as  serving  as  accom- 
panist for  various  soloists  and  in  chamber  ensembles. 

Pierce  A.  Getz,  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music. 
He  teaches  applied  organ  and  related  subjects  in  history  and  literature  of  the 
instrument,  choral  conducting,  hymnology  and  sacred  choral  literature.  He 
conducts  the  Concert  Choir  and  College  Chorus.  He  is  active  as  a  recitalist, 
organ  consultant  to  churches,  guest  conductor,  and  is  the  Director  of  Music 
at  Market  Square  Presbyterian  Church,  Harrisburg.  He  serves  as  advisor  to 
the  Guild  Student  Chapter  of  the  American  Guild  of  Organists. 

Klement  M.  Hambourg,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.A.,  University 
of  Oregon.  He  teaches  applied  violin  and  viola  and  courses  in  string 
methodology,  coaches  chamber  ensembles  and  is  the  conductor  of  the 
College-Community  Orchestra.  He  performs  frequently  in  solo  recitals  and  is 
a  member  of  the  Reading  Symphony,  and  guest  conducts  at  the  Allegheny 
Summer  Festival  of  Music. 

Robert  H.  Hearson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Illinois.  A  low  brass  specialist,  he  teaches  courses  in  instrumental  music 
education  and  brass  pedagogy,  and  supervises  music  student  teaching  ac- 
tivities. He  is  founder/director  of  the  LVC  Summer  Music  Camp  and  host 
conductor/coordinator  of  the  LVC  Honors  Band.  He  maintains  a  special  in- 
terest in  brass  ensemble  music,  and  is  active  as  a  performer,  clinician,  ad- 
judicator, and  guest  conductor. 


53 


Michael  R.  Kohler,  Instructor  of  Music  and  Admissions  Counsellor.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  M.M.,  Bowling  Green  State  University.  Mr. 
Kohler  teaches  voice  and  has  served  in  three  operatic  apprenticeships  with 
the  Michigan  Opera,  Sarasota  Opera  and  the  Chautauqua  Opera.  He  has 
appeared  in  a  number  of  musicals  and  operas. 

Philip  G.  Morgan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Voice.  M.S.,  Pittsburg  State 
University.  He  teaches  applied  voice  with  specialization  in  vocal  technique, 
vocal  pedagogy  and  vocal  literature.  He  performs  frequently  in  solo  recitals, 
oratorios,  chamber  recitals  in  the  United  States  and  Europe.  He  serves  as 
vocal  advisor  for  Hershey  Entertainment. 

Suzanne  Caldwell  Riehl,  Instructor  of  Music  and  Director  of  Special  Music 
Programs.  M.M.,  Westminster  Choir  College.  She  teaches  applied  organ  and 
piano,  sacred  music  courses,  and  theory  classes  for  the  Community  Music 
Institute.  She  performs  frequently  in  solo  organ  and  harpsichord  recitals.  She 
is  director  of  music  at  Grace  Lutheran  Church,  Lancaster. 

C.  Robert  Rose,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.,  Indiana  University. 
He  teaches  applied  clarinet  and  courses  in  music  theory,  literature,  orchestra- 
tion, and  woodwind  methods.  He  conducts  the  Symphonic  Band  and  main- 
tains an  active  schedule  as  clarinetist  in  solo  and  chamber  music  recitals  and 
as  an  instrumental  conductor. 

Dennis  W.  Sweigart,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.A.,  University  of 
Iowa.  He  teaches  applied  piano  and  courses  in  keyboard  harmony,  form  and 
analysis  and  piano  pedagogy.  He  regularly  performs  as  a  soloist  and  as  an 
accompanist.  He  serves  as  the  faculty  advisor  to  Phi  Mu  Alpha  Sinfonia,  the 
men's  music  fraternity. 

Teresa  R.  Bowers,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  M.M.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity. She  teaches  applied  flute,  double  reeds,  flute  pedagogy  and  chamber 
music.  She  also  conducts  the  flute  ensemble.  She  is  a  member  of  Duo 
Francais  Flute-Harp  Duo,  and  frequently  appears  as  a  recitalist  and  clinician. 

Erwin  P.  Chandler,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  M.M.,  Indiana 
University.  He  teaches  applied  horn  and  is  active  as  a  composer/arranger  and 
conductor. 

James  A.  Erdman,  II,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  Retired  solo  trombonist 
"The  President's  Own"  United  States  Marine  Band,  Washington,  D.C.  He 
teaches  low  brass  instruments  and  is  founder  and  director  of  the  LVC  Low 
Brass  Ensemble.  He  is  active  as  a  performer  on  the  trombone  and  appears 
nationally  as  a  soloist  and  clinician. 


54 


Timothy  M.  Erdman,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  Formerly  trumpet 
soloist  "The  President's  Own"  The  United  States  Marine  Band, 
Washington,  D.C.;  principal  trumpet,  Harrisburg  and  Reading  Symphonies. 
Presently,  member.  Classic  Brass  Quintet,  and  instructor  of  applied  trumpet. 

Wesley  Fisher,  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Music.  His  teaching  specialty  is 
string  bass. 

Robert  C.  Lau,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Music.  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University 
of  America.  He  teaches  courses  in  music  history.  In  addition  to  performing, 
he  regularly  appears  as  a  conductor/ adjudicator  of  instrumental  and  choral 
festivals.  He  is  published  in  areas  of  sacred  choral  and  organ  literature,  and 
serves  as  Organist/Choirmaster  at  Mt.  Calvary  Episcopal  Church,  Camp  Hill. 

Nevelyn  J.  Knisley,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  in  Music.  M.F.A.,  Ohio 
University.  She  teaches  applied  piano  and  performs  extensively  as  a  soloist, 
accompanist  and  chamber  music  performer.  She  serves  as  the  faculty  advisor 
for  Sigma  Alpha  Iota,  the  women's  music  fraternity. 

Lawrence  Oncley,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University. 
He  teaches  applied  cello  and  performs  with  the  Reading  Symphony  and  the 
Susquehanna  String  Quartet. 

David  S.  Stafford,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Combs  College  of 
Music.  He  teaches  applied  guitar.  He  maintains  a  private  guitar  studio  and  is 
active  as  a  performer  in  the  area. 

WiUiam  F.  Stine,  Lecturer  in  Sound  Recording  Technology.  B.S.,  Music 
Education,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969,  M.A.,  West  Chester  University, 
1975.  Mr.  Stine's  teaching  specialty  is  Sound  Recording  Technology.  He  has 
spent  a  number  of  years  in  International  Business  and  in  audiovisual 
marketing. 

Thomas  M.  Strohman,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  He  directs  the  college  jazz  band  and  teaches  jazz  improvisation.  A 
founding  member  of  the  jazz  ensemble  "Third  Stream,"  he  has  recorded  for 
Columbia  Artists.  He  maintains  an  active  career  performing  as  well  as 
teaching  in  the  Central  Pennsylvania  area. 

John  J.  Uhl,  Lecturer  in  Sound  Recording  Technology,  Director  of  the 
Sound  Recording  Technology  Program.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Pro- 
fessional Certificate,  Institute  of  Audio  Research.  His  teaching  interest  is 
sound  recording  technology. 


55 


Department  Of  Physical  Education 

Although  the  College  does  not  offer  a  major  in  physical  education,  two 
courses  are  required  for  graduation.  The  program  encourages  attitudes  and 
habits  of  good  health,  while  developing  physical  capacities  and  skills  that 
will  enrich  life. 

Course  descriptions  in  physical  education  are  on  page  112. 

Faculty: 

O.  Kent  Reed,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education.  Chairperson. 
M.A.  in  Ed.  Eastern  Kentucky  University.  He  instructs  the  fitness  and 
weight  training  classes  and  utilizes  body  fat  percentages,  pulse  rate  and 
recovery,  strength  testing  devices  and  workout  charts.  He  also  instructs  team 
activities  such  as  softball  and  volleyball.  Responsibilities  in  the  athletic 
department  are  track  and  field  and  cross  country. 

Department  Of  Physics 

The  program  in  physics  is  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  fun- 
damental laws  of  physical  science  dealing  with  motion,  forces,  energy,  heat, 
sound,  light,  electromagnetism,  electronics,  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  and 
the  properties  of  matter.  Physics  gives  an  appreciation  of  the  extent  and 
limitations  of  a  mathematical  description  of  the  physical  world. 

Students  major  in  physics  as  a  preparation  for  professional  careers  in 
physics,  engineering,  secondary  teaching,  and  careers  for  which  a  physical 
science  background  is  useful. 

The  facilities  of  the  Physics  Department  are  located  on  the  fourth  floor  of 
the  Garber  Science  Center.  In  addition  to  the  introductory  physics  laboratory, 
the  department  maintains  an  x-ray  laboratory,  optics  laboratory,  atomic 
laboratory,  electronics  laboratory,  and  nuclear  laboratory.  The  department 
also  houses  a  reading  room,  student  shop,  and  darkroom. 

Students  majoring  in  physics  take  advantage  of  close  contact  with  faculty, 
work  as  a  lab  assistant,  pursue  independent  study  or  research,  and  participate 
in  the  local  chapter  of  the  Society  of  Physics  Students. 

Engineering  (Cooperative) 

In  the  cooperative  "3-1-2"  engineering  program  a  student  earns  a  B.S. 
degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  a  B.S.  degree  in  one  of  the  fields 
of  engineering  from  another  institution.  Lebanon  Valley  College  has 


56 


cooperative  agreements  with  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  Widener  University.  Students  who  pursue  this  cooperative 
engineering  program  take  three  years  of  work  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and 
then  usually  take  two  additional  years  of  work  in  engineering. 

Faculty: 

Michael  A.  Day,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Nebraska.  He  has  two  doctorates:  one  in  physics,  one  in  philosophy,  and 
publishes  in  both  areas.  His  interests  are  theoretical  physics  (specializing  in 
anharmonic  solids)  and  philosophy  of  science.  Director  of  the  College 
Honors  Program. 

Barry  L.  Hurst,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  Chairperson.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware.  His  background  in  sputtering  involves  investigating 
the  material  ejected  from  ion  bombarded  surfaces  using  the  technique  of 
secondary  ion  mass  spectrometry.  Other  interests  include  electronics  and 
experimental  design. 

J.  Robert  O'Donnell,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  M.S.,  University  of 
Delaware.  He  is  interested  in  the  physics  of  music,  including  the  acoustical 
properties  of  the  guitar. 

Jacob  L.  Rhodes,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  His  background  is  nuclear  physics  with  interests  in  the  rela- 
tionship of  physics  and  society. 

Department  of  Political  Science  and  Economics 

The  department  consists  of  two  independent  disciplines,  political  science  and 
economics,  which  have  separate  majors  and  curricula. 

Political  scientists  study  government  and  politics  with  a  particular  interest  in 
the  political  behavior  of  individuals,  groups,  and  institutions.  Many  pre-law 
students  major  in  this  discipline  (see  page  117  for  offerings  in  the  pre-law 
program).  Other  majors  have  gone  on  to  graduate  school  or  careers  in 
politics. 

Economists  study  the  factors  which  explain  the  behavior  of  the  economic 
system  and  economic  factors  in  that  system.  Graduates  in  one  of  the  two 
economics  majors  may  go  on  to  graduate  school  or  to  jobs  in  the  private 
sector  or  government. 

Both  disciplines  emphasize  an  understanding  of  the  public  policy  process. 
They  are  designed  to  provide  a  sound  knowledge  of  essential  principles  and 
problems  within  a  broad  liberal  arts  education. 


57 


For  the  major  and  minor  requirements  and  course  offerings  in  political 
science,  see  page  115.  For  those  in  economics,  see  page  75. 

Faculty: 

D.  Eugene  Brown,  Professor  of  Political  Science.  Ph.D.,  State  University 
of  New  York  at  Binghamton.  He  teaches  principally  in  the  area  of  interna- 
tional studies,  including  courses  in  United  States  foreign  policy,  international 
relations,  comparative  politics,  and  modem  communism. 

Jeanne  C.  Hey,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  Univer- 
sity. Ms.  Key's  specialty  areas  are  in  economics  theory,  money  and  bank- 
ing, corporate  and  personal  finance,  and  health  economics.  Her  professional 
affiliations  include  the  American  Economic  Association,  the  American 
Finance  Association,  and  the  Association  for  Evolutionary  Economics. 

Edward  H.  Krebs,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  M.B.A.,  Michigan 
State  University.  He  previously  served  as  an  Economic  Assistant  to  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture  and  as  a  private  consultant.  His  interests  are  in 
environmental  and  resource  economics. 

John  D.  Norton,  Professor  of  Political  Science.  Ph.D.,  American  University. 
He  teaches  courses  in  American  government,  constitutional  law,  political 
theory,  and  research  methods.  He  is  the  pre-law  advisor  for  the  College.  His 
professional  and  research  interests  are  in  the  areas  of  American  constitu- 
tionalism. United  States  defense  and  security  policy,  and  political  economy. 

Francis  T.  Deyo,  Lecturer  in  Political  Science.  M.P.A.,  The  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  His  teaching  specialty  is  public  administration. 

Department  Of  Psychology 

It  is  the  human  psyche  which  permits  and  defines  human  endeavors.  All 
people  have  similar  sensory  and  perceptual  processes,  motivations,  emotions, 
personality  traits,  and  developmental  sequences.  These  factors,  the  major 
explanatory  constructs  in  psychology,  form  the  structure  which  defines  a 
human  and  at  the  same  time  makes  an  individual  unique  from  others.  The 
study  of  psychology  is,  thus,  the  study  of  how  you  are  the  same  as  other 
people  as  well  as  how  you  are  different.  Psychology  focuses  on  your 
behavior,  as  opposed  to  mental  events,  to  make  its  explanations  objective 
and  scientific. 

The  goal  of  psychology  is,  thus,  the  scientific  explanation  of  behavior.  The 
objective  is  advanced  in  diverse  ways:  from  laboratory  experiments  on  animal 
behavior  at  one  extreme  to  clinical  settings  having  therapeutic  goals  at  the 


58 


other.  This  diversity  makes  psychology  integral  to  business,  education,  and 
medicine,  and  makes  it  the  focus  of  any  liberal  arts  education. 

The  undergraduate  major  in  psychology  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  well 
rounded.  It  includes  elements  of  a  general  education  in  psychology  as  well 
as  elements  more  specially  tailored  to  each  student's  specific  career  training. 
Some  students  completing  the  major  have  gone  on  to  prestigious  graduate 
schools  while  others  have  utilized  their  undergraduate  training  to  take  jobs  in 
their  specialty  areas  immediately  after  graduation.  The  departmental  degree 
requirements  are  sensitive  to  this  career  diversity. 

The  general  education  in  psychology,  required  of  all  psychology  majors,  in- 
cludes course  work  in  The  Individual  and  Society  (Psy  100),  Experimental 
Psychology  (Psy  120),  Advanced  General  Psychology  (Psy  200),  Psychologi- 
cal Statistics  (Psy  216),  Learning  and  Memory  (Psy  236),  Personality  (Psy 
343),  and  the  History  of  Psychology  (Psy  443).  These  courses  provide  a 
firm  foundation  for  specialization  in  any  of  the  content  ares  of  psychology. 

The  student  majoring  in  psychology  is  also  required  to  specialize  in  one  of 
psychology's  five  content  areas:  (1)  clinical,  counseling  and  school  psycho- 
logy; (2)  experimental  psychology;  (3)  developmental  psychology;  (4)  indus- 
trial/organizational psychology;  or  (5)  social  psychology.  The  three  required 
courses  in  an  area  of  specialization  are  intended  to  link  the  liberal  arts  to 
specific  career  goals. 

In  addition  to  these  general  and  specialized  courses,  all  psychology  majors 
are  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  educational  process  beyond  the  classroom 
through  individual  studies,  laboratory  research,  and  internships.  The  depart- 
ment is  committed  to  providing  opportunities  for  work  experiences  as  a  com- 
ponent of  the  psychology  major. 

The  major,  minor  and  course  descriptions  in  psychology  are  on  page  118. 
The  major  and  course  descriptions  in  psychobiology,  jointly  offered  with  the 
Biology  Department,  are  on  page  117. 

Faculty: 

Salvatore  Cullari,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Western 
Michigan  University.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  clinical  psychology,  abnor- 
mal, personality,  and  social  psychology.  His  current  research  is  in 
schizophrenia,  personality  assessment  and  eating  disorders. 

David  Lasky,  Professor  of  Psychology.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  Temple  Univer- 
sity. Organizational  behavior,  research  design,  and  career  counseUng  are  the 
focus  of  his  teaching  interests.  Current  research  is  in  organizational  change 
in  the  public  sector  and  patients'  rights. 


59 


Jan  Pederson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Stony  brook.  Interests  cover  a  broad  area  of  developmental 
psychology  including  cognition,  socialization,  genetic  identity  and  research 
methods.  Current  research  interests  are  problem  solving  strategies  in  children 
and  parent-child  relations  as  they  relate  to  internalizing  values  in  children. 

Steven  M.  Specht,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  State  Univer- 
sity of  New  York  at  Binghamton.  His  primary  teaching  interests  are  in  the 
experimental  analysis  of  behavior,  physiological  psychology,  and 
psychopharmacology.  His  current  research  is  in  physiological  and 
neurochemical  mechanisms  associated  with  ingestive  behavior. 

Michael  Asken,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  West  Virginia.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  sport  psychology  and 
health  psychology.  His  current  research  interests  are  in  sport  psychology  and 
the  management  of  stress  in  surgery.  He  is  in  private  practice  as  a  health 
psychologist. 

D.  Rodney  Chamberlain,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 
D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  His  teaching  interests  are  in 
developmental  psychology.  He  currently  works  for  the  Milton  Hershey 
Schools. 

Jonathon  R.  Davis,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Psy.D., 
Rosemead  School  of  Psychology.  He  is  currently  in  private  practice,  and  his 
teaching  interests  are  in  clinical  psychology. 

Joseph  Peters,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Penn- 
sylvania State  University.  He  supervises  the  internship  students.  His  research 
interests  are  in  clinical  psychology  and  computer  applications  to  patient  man- 
agement. He  is  a  clinical  psychologist  at  a  veterans  administration  hospital. 

David  Rogers,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Rosemead 
School  of  Psychology.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  child  and  adolescent 
psychology.  He  is  a  private  practitioner. 

Ford  Thompson,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  M.A.,  George 
Washington  University.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  organizational  behavior. 
He  is  the  Hospital  Director  of  a  state  psychiatric  hospital. 

Richard  Tushup,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  experimental 
psychology.  Some  of  his  areas  of  interest  are  human  sexuality,  client  cogni- 
tions between  therapeutic  encounters,  and  religion's  impact  upon  personality 
development  and  therapeutic  process.  He  is  currently  employed  at  The 
Veterans  Administration  Medical  Center. 


60 


Department  Of  Religion  And  Philosophy 

The  study  of  religion  is  designed  to  give  students  insight  into  the  meaning  of 
the  religious  dimension  of  human  experience.  Coursework  introduces 
students  to  various  historical  and  contemporary  expressions  of  the  Judaeo- 
Christian  heritage  as  well  as  to  the  diverse  religious  traditions  of  humankind. 
In  general,  students  major  in  religion  to  ready  themselves  for  theological 
seminary,  for  careers  in  Christian  education,  or  to  acquire  the  theological 
maturity  which,  in  combination  with  another  major,  will  enable  them  to 
function  as  lay  ministers  in  their  chosen  profession. 

The  study  of  philosophy  directly  involves  the  student  in  the  process  of 
sharpening  critical  and  analytical  abilities.  In  all  classes  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  writing  of  critical  and  analytical  essays  dealing  with  various  aspects 
of  philosophical  thought  as  it  pertains  to  the  questions  and  issues  of  knowl- 
edge, human  values  and  conduct,  history,  politics,  religion,  science,  society, 
and  the  nature  of  human  beings. 

The  study  of  philosophy  may  prepare  the  student  for  postgraduate  activities 
such  as  legal  studies,  business,  or  theological  and  seminary  training. 

The  major,  minor,  and  course  requirements  in  philosophy  are  on  page  111. 
Those  in  religion  are  on  page  122. 

Faculty: 

Donald  E.  Byrne,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Religion  and  History,  Director  of 
American  Studies  Program.  Ph.D.,  Duke  University.  His  scholarship  has 
focused  on  American  folk  religion,  particularly  as  expressed  in  the  Methodist 
and  Roman  Catholic  communities.  Other  interests  include  religion  and 
literature,  peace  studies,  and  mysticism.  His  teaching  centers  on  the  history 
of  Christianity  and  religion  in  America,  and  he  participates  in  the  Honors 
and  Leadership  Studies  programs. 

Voorhis  C.  Cantrell,  Professor  of  Religion  and  Greek.  Ph.D.,  Boston 
University.  His  teaching  interests  in  Biblical  literature.  Near  Eastern  archae- 
ology, and  Greek  have  been  enhanced  by  on-site  study  and  work  in  classical 
lands.  Recent  scholarly  activity  includes  study  and  use  of  innovative  peda- 
gogical methods  for  teaching  Scripture,  particularly  storytelling,  memoriza- 
tion, and  role-playing. 

John  H.  Heffner,  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Chairperson.  Ph.D.  Boston 
University.  His  teaching  interests  include  logic,  philosophy  of  religion, 
metaphysics,  and  history  of  philosophy.  He  has  published  articles  in  major 
journals  and  contributed  chapters  to  books  in  his  research  specialization,  the 


61 


philosophy  of  perception.  His  recent  interest  in  the  philosophy  of  religion  has 
focused  on  biblical  literature  and  nineteenth  century  philosophical  theology. 

Warren  K.A.  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Leadership 
Studies.  M.A.,  University  of  Texas.  His  teaching  specialties  are  philosophical 
ethics  and  business  and  organizational  ethics.  He  has  a  particular  interest  in 
the  ethical  implications  of  the  Holocaust,  and  has  recently  contributed  a 
chapter  for  an  anthology  devoted  to  philosophy  and  the  Holocaust. 

Perry  J.  Troutman,  Professor  of  Religion.  Ph.D.,  Boston  University.  His 
areas  of  teaching  specialization  include  world  religions,  religion  in  America, 
and  the  theory  and  practice  of  Christian  education.  He  has  particular  interests 
in  English  cathedrals,  and  he  is  organizer  and  Chair  of  the  American  Friends 
of  Durham  Cathedral. 

John  Abernathy  Smith,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Religion  and 
History.  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Dr.  Smith  currently  is 
researching  the  history  of  United  Methodist  higher  education. 

Department  Of  Sociology  And  Social  Work 

The  major  in  sociology  gives  students  an  understanding  of  human  behavior. 
By  examining  the  social  and  cultural  forces  that  shape  our  lives,  students 
gain  a  richer  understanding  of  themselves  and  contemporary  social  issues. 
Sociology  explores  how  and  why  people  behave  as  they  do  as  well  as  the 
effects  of  their  behavior  on  others.  In  an  economy  that  is  moving  from  a 
manufacturing  base  to  a  service  orientation,  graduates  in  sociology  are 
prepared  to  work  in  fields  where  an  understanding  of  the  dynamics  of  human 
relationships  is  important. 

The  social  work  major  prepares  students  for  beginning  professional  practice 
in  a  variety  of  social  work  settings.  The  major  emphasizes  the  generalist  ap- 
proach by  offering  a  solid  foundation  of  core  courses  based  on  social  work 
theory  and  practice.  The  program  also  provides  students  the  opportunity  to 
focus  upon  areas  of  personal  and  professional  interest  by  choosing  a  concen- 
tration in  such  areas  as  criminal  justice,  family  intervention,  and  the  aged 
and  aging/death  and  dying. 

The  major,  minor,  and  course  descriptions  in  Social  Work  are  on  page  125. 
Those  in  sociology  are  on  page  120. 

Faculty: 

Sharon  Darmofall  Arnold,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology.  M.A., 
University  of  Akron.  Among  her  teaching  interests  are  sociology  of  the 


62 


family,  intercultural  communication,  small  groups,  and  medical  sociology. 
Her  research  interests  are  achievement  orientation  of  female  students  and  the 
use  of  telecommunications  in  higher  education. 

Eileen  Frankland,  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Work.  M.S.W.,  Barry 
University.  Her  teaching  interests  include  direct  service  clinical  skills, 
systems  theory  interventions,  and  treatment  dynamics  with  a  special  interest 
in  substance  abuse.  Her  current  area  of  career  development  is  the  integration 
of  macro  level  concepts  in  undergraduate  social  work  education. 

Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and  Leadership 
Studies.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  Her  areas  of 
interest  include  family  and  marriage,  criminology,  criminal  justice,  mass 
media,  and  leadership.  She  is  currently  doing  research  on  leadership. 

Jan  Edwards,  Lecturer  in  Social  Work,  M.A.,  Ohio  University.  His 
teaching  interests  include  child  abuse  and  juvenile  delinquency. 

Robert  D.  Gingrich,  Lecturer  in  Social  Service,  M.S.,  Moravian  College. 
His  teaching  specialities  include  child  abuse,  juvenile  delinquency  and  sexual 
abuse. 

Holly  L.  Preston,  Lecturer  in  Sociology  and  Social  Work.  B.A.,  Ship- 
pensburg  University,  M.S.W.,  Marywood  College. 

Undergraduate  Degree  Requirements 
and  Course  Descriptions 

Accounting  (AC) 

The  Management  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  accounting. 

Major:  AC  151,  152,  162,  233,  251,  252,  353,  451,  455,  one  3  credit  hour 
accounting  elective;  EC  110,  120;  MG  222,  330,  361,  371,  460,  485;  EN 
210;  CS  147  (or  170);  MA  150  (or  111  or  160  or  161);  MA  170  (or  270  or 
372);  PH  260  (69  credits). 

Courses  in  Accounting 

151.  Principles  of  Accounting  I.     Fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of 
accounting  encompassing  business  transactions,  the  accounting  cycle,  and 
classified  financial  statements  including  discussion  of  various  topics  relating 
to  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  items.  For  accounting  majors.  Credit 
not  awarded  for  both  AC  151  and  AC  161.  3  credits. 


63 


152.  Principles  of  Accounting  II.    A  continuation  of  Principles  of  Ac- 
counting I  focusing  upon  accounting  concepts,  partnerships,  and  business 
transactions  related  to  corporate  liabilities,  equity,  and  investments.  Includes 
basic  financial  analysis.  For  accounting  majors.  Prerequisite:  AC  151;  or  AC 
161  with  minimum  grade  of  B  and  permission.  3  credits. 

161.  Financial  Accounting.    Basic  concepts  of  accounting  including  ac- 
counting for  business  transactions,  preparation  and  use  of  financial  state- 
ments, and  measurement  of  owners'  equity.  An  introductory  course  for  non- 
accounting  majors.  Credit  not  awarded  for  both  AC  151  and  AC  161.  3 
credits. 

162.  Managerial  Accounting.    Cost-volume-profit  relationships,  cost  analy- 
sis, business  segment  contribution,  profit  planning  and  budgeting  as  a  basic 
for  managerial  decision  making.  Prerequisite:  AC  151  or  AC  161.  3  credits. 

233.  Personal  Computer  Applications  in  the  Business  and  Economic  En- 
vironment.    An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their  use  as  a 
business  management  tool.  Through  classroom  instruction  and  laboratory  ex- 
ercises the  student  learns  commonly  used  business  applications.  Topics 
covered  include  word  processing,  electronic  spreadsheets,  database  manage- 
ment, business  graphics,  decision  support  systems,  and  integrated  accounting 
packages.  Prerequisite:  AC  151  or  161,  EC  110  or  120,  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

251.  Intermediate  Accounting  I.    An  advanced  course  in  accounting  prin- 
ciples stressing  the  environment  and  the  conceptual  framework  of  financial 
accounting,  statement  presentation,  revenue  recognition,  and  valuation 
problems  in  accounting  for  assets.  Prerequisite:  AC  152.  3  credits. 

252.  Intermediate  Accounting  II.    An  analysis  of  financial  statements,  ef- 
fects of  errors  and  changes  on  statements,  preparation  of  funds  flow  state- 
ment, and  valuation  problems  in  accounting  for  leases  and  pensions  and 
stockholders'  equity.  Prerequisite:  AC  251.  3  credits. 

351.  Advanced  Accounting.    Study  of  theory  and  standards  with  applica- 
tion to  such  special  topics  as  income  presentation,  interim  reporting,  and  per- 
share  disclosures.  Emphasis  on  business  combinations  and  consolidated 
financial  presentations.  Prerequisite:  AC  252.  3  credits. 

352.  Governmental  and  Non-Profit  Accounting.  Basic  concepts  of  fund 
and  budgetary  accounting  used  for  financial  activities  of  governmental  units 
and  other  not-for-profit  organizations.  Prerequisite:  AC  152.  3  credits. 


64 


353.  Cost  Accounting.    The  accumulation  and  recording  of  the  costs 
associated  with  the  manufacturing  operation  including  job-order,  process  and 
standard  cost  systems,  and  joint  and  by-product  costing.  Prerequisite:  AC 
152.  3  credits. 

451.  Individual  Income  Tax.    Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  as 
applied  to  individuals;  case  problems,  preparation  of  returns.  Prerequisite: 
AC  152  or  161.  3  credits. 

452.  Corporate  Income  Tax.     Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  as 
applied  to  corporations,  partnerships  and  fiduciaries;  case  problems,  prepara- 
tion of  returns.  Prerequisite:  AC  451.  3  credits. 

455.  Auditing.     A  study  of  the  process  of  evaluation  of  internal  controls 
and  interpretation  of  financial  information  to  permit  an  auditor  to  express  a 
professional  opinion  on  financial  reports.  Prerequisite:  AC  252.  3  credits. 

Actuarial  Science  (AS) 

The  Mathematical  Sciences  Department  is  described  on  page  46. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  actuarial  science. 

Major:  AS  385,481,482;  CS  147;  MA  111,112,202,211,222,335,371,372, 
463,471;  EC  110,120;  AC  161,162.  (58  credits)  The  examination  for  course 
100  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries,  Casualty  Actuarial  Society  must  be  passed 
by  the  fall  of  the  senior  year. 

Courses  in  Actuarial  Science 

385.  The  Theory  of  Interest.     Measurement  of  interest,  the  time  value  of 
money,  annuities,  amortization  and  sinking  funds,  bonds  and  related 
securities,  depreciation  and  capitalized  cost.  Prerequisite:  MA  211.  3  credits. 

481,482.  Actuarial  Mathematics  I  and  II.     Survival  distribufions  and  life 
tables;  life  insurance;  life  annuities;  net  premiums;  premium  reserves;  multi- 
ple life  functions;  multiple  decrement  models;  valuation  theory  for  pension 
plans;  the  expense  factor;  and  nonforfeiture  benefits  and  dividends.  Prere- 
quisite: AS  385  and  MA  372.  3  credits  per  semester. 

American  Studies  (AM) 

The  interdisciplinary  program  in  AM  is  coordinated  by  the  History  Depart- 
ment which  is  described  on  page  43. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  with  a  major  in  American  Studies. 


65 


Major:  AM  111,  211,  311,  313,  485;  AR  205  or  MU  200;  EN  221,  222; 
GO  211;  HI  261,  262,  311,  312;  PH  240  or  RE  120  (39  credits). 

Courses  in  American  Studies 

111.  Introduction  to  American  Studies.    An  interdisciplinary  approach  to 
the  study  of  America's  heritage  and  the  distinguishing  features  of  the 
American  mind  and  character.  3  credits. 

211.  American  Folklore.    A  study  of  the  historical  growth  of  American 
folklore;  such  genres  as  folk  art,  folk  music,  and  folk  speech;  contemporary 
expressions,  including  regional  and  ethnic  variations;  and  the  dynamics  of 
folk  performance  in  socio-cultural  context.  3  credits. 

311.  American  Science  and  Technology.    A  study  of  American  science 
and  technology  and  their  interrelations  with  economic,  cultural,  political  and 
intellectual  developments.  Prerequisite:  Any  laboratory  science  course. 
3  credits. 

313.  Applied  American  Studies.    An  introduction  to  non-teaching  careers 
in  American  Studies.  Students  examine  the  basics  of  archival  management, 
museum  curatorship,  editing,  oral  history  and  specialized  work  in  govern- 
ment, corporation,  historical  societies,  libraries,  preservation  agencies, 
research  agencies,  foundations,  higher  education.  3  credits. 

485.  American  Studies  Seminar.  A  capstone  course  organized  around  a 
major  theme  or  issue  in  the  American  experience.  Themes  and  issues  vary 
from  year  to  year  as  the  seminar  rotates  among  faculty  in  several  academic 
departments.  Students  are  able  to  integrate  their  educational  experience  and 
implement  further  the  interdisciplinary  methodology  in  an  holistic  approach 
to  a  topic  or  subject.  3  credits. 

Art  (AR) 

The  Art  Department  is  described  on  page  32. 

Minor:  AR  110,140,201,203,  1  elective  course  in  art  (15  credits). 

Courses  in  Art 

110.  Introduction  to  Art.  An  exploration  of  meaning  in  the  visual  arts. 
The  subject  is  approached  through  discussions  of  perception,  the  aesthetic 
experience,  and  form/content  analyses  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architec- 
ture. 3  credits. 


66 


140.  Drawing  and  Painting.    An  introduction  to  the  materials  and  pro- 
cesses of  drawing  and  painting.  Spatial  perception,  composition,  light  and 
dark  as  well  as  color  relationships  are  major  areas  of  study.  3  credits 

201.  Art  History  I.    Prehistoric  through  Medieval  Art.  A  survey  of  paint- 
ing, sculpture  and  architecture  beginning  with  prehistoric  sites  in  Europe  and 
the  Near  East,  followed  by  studies  of  ancient  Egypt,  Mesopotamia,  Greece, 
Rome  and  Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages.  3  credits. 

203.  Art  History  II.    Renaissance  to  Twentieth  Century.  A  survey  of  in- 
dividual masters  and  their  major  schools,  the  course  covers  the  period  from 
the  close  of  the  medieval  era  to  the  modem  day  and  includes  stylistic 
analyses  and  historical  contexts  for  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  of 
each  period.  3  credits. 

205.  American  Art  History.  An  examination  of  the  architecture,  painting, 
sculpture,  and  the  decorative  arts  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  day 
with  emphasis  on  the  Twentieth  Century.  3  credits. 

401.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.    Introduction  to  creative  art  activity 
for  children  in  elementary  school.  Topics  covered  include  philosophical  con- 
cepts, curriculum,  evaluation  and  studio  activity  involving  a  variety  of  art 
media,  techniques,  and  processes.  3  credits. 

Biochemistry  (BC) 

The  program  in  biochemistry  is  offered  jointly  by  the  Biology  Department, 
described  on  page  33  and  the  Chemistry  Department,  described  on  page  36. 

The  major  in  biochemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  that  provides  an 
opportunity  for  interested  students  to  engage  in  a  comprehensive  study  of  the 
chemical  basis  of  biological  processes.  It  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for 
advanced  study  in  medical,  dental,  and  other  professional  schools,  for  gradu- 
ate programs  in  a  variety  of  subjects  including  biochemistry,  clinical 
chemistry,  pharmacology,  molecular  biology,  genetics,  microbiology,  and 
physiology,  and  for  research  positions  in  industrial,  academic,  and  govern- 
ment laboratories. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  biochemistry. 

Major:  BI  111,  112,  201;  CH  111,  112,  113,  114,  213,  214,  215,  216;  BC 
401,  421,  422,  430,  499;  MA  161;  PHY  103,  104  or  111,  112  (51  credits); 
9  credits  from  BI  305,  306,  307,  322,  323,  404  and  CH  305,  306,  307, 
308,  311. 


67 


Courses  in  Biochemistry 

401.  Molecular  Biology.    Gene  structure,  function  and  regulation  at  the 
molecular  level  in  prokaryotic  and  eukaryotic  organisms.  Recombinant  DNA 
techniques  (genetic  engineering)  and  gene  sequencing  are  covered  in  detail. 
Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of  chemistry  and  BI  201  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  4  credits. 

421,422.  Biochemistry  I,II.    The  study  of  the  chemistry  of  proteins,  lipids, 
and  carbohydrates.  Topics  covered  include  amino  acid  chemistry,  protein 
structure,  molecular  weight  determination,  ligand  binding,  enzyme  kinetics, 
enzyme  and  coenzyme  mechanisms,  membrane  systems,  membrane  transport, 
intermediary  metabolism,  metabolic  control,  electron  transport,  and  oxidative 
phosphorylation.  Prerequisites:  CH  214,  216  and  312  or  permission.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.    Investigations  of  the  properties  of  pro- 
teins, nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisites:  CH  214,  216. 
1  credit. 

499.  Biochemistry  Seminar.    Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  special 
topics  in  biochemistry.  1  credit. 

Biology  (BI) 

The  Biology  Department  is  described  on  page  33. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Major:  BI  100,111,112,201,302  or  307,499;  one  course  each  in  the  general 
areas  of  physiology,  cellular  and  subcellular  biology,  and  morphology;  and  4 
additional  hours  of  biology  (34  credits).  CH  111,112,113,114,213,214, 
215,216  (16  credits).  PHY  103,104  or  111,112;  MA  161  or  111  (61-63 
total  credits). 

Courses  in  Biology 

BI  111  and  112  are  prerequisite  for  all  upper-level  courses  in  biology  unless 
otherwise  noted. 

101.  Human  Biology  I.    The  human  organism  is  utilized  as  the  primary 
focus  to  elucidate  physiological  principles  for  non-science  majors.  Topics  in- 
clude nutrition,  homeostasis,  major  organ  systems,  immunity,  and  exercise 
physiology.  Laboratory  exercises  include  sensory  physiology,  respiration, 
blood  pressure,  exercise  physiology,  and  ECG.  4  credits. 


68 


102.  Human  Biology  II.    Also  designed  for  the  non-science  major,  this 
course  emphasizes  the  mastery  of  certain  biological  principles  as  applied 
primarily  to  humans.  Topics  include  reproduction,  development,  classical  and 
molecular  genetics,  and  ecology.  Laboratory  exercises  supplement  lecture 
topics  and  include  an  examination  of  mitosis  and  meiosis,  Drosophila 
genetics,  population  genetics,  and  development.  4  credits. 

111.  General  Biology  I.     A  rigorous  study  of  basic  biological  principles, 
which  is  designed  for  science  majors.  Topics  emphasized  include  cell 
biology,  genetics,  taxonomy,  histology,  and  evolution.  Laboratory  exercises 
include  enzyme  kinetics,  carbohydrate  analysis,  isolation  and  identification  of 
plant  pigments,  histological  techniques,  and  animal  taxonomy.  4  credits. 

112.  General  Biology  II.    This  course,  also  rigorous  and  designed  for 
science  majors,  covers  concepts  in  physiology,  embryology,  botany  and 
ecology.  Laboratory  exercises  include  shark  anatomy,  invertebrate  dissection, 
animal  development,  plant  development  in  angiosperms,  and  stomate 
response  to  environmental  changes.  4  credits. 

201.  Genetics.     A  study  of  the  principles,  mechanisms  and  concepts  of 
classical  and  molecular  genetics.  The  laboratory  stresses  key  concepts  of 
genetics  utilizing  both  classical  and  molecular  approaches.  Laboratory  exer- 
cises include  analysis  of  nucleic  acids,  genetic  crosses,  and  studies  of 
bacteria,  bacteriophages  and  plasmids.  Prerequisites:  one  year  of  chemistry 
or  permission.  4  credits. 

221.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy.    The  comparative  anatomy  of 
vertebrates  with  emphasis  on  the  evolutionary  relationships  among  the 
various  lines  of  vertebrates.  Intensive  laboratory  work  involves  dissections 
and  demonstrations  of  representative  vertebrates.  4  credits. 

302.  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.    The  development  and  diversity  of 
plants  and  the  relationships  between  them.  Field  and  laboratory  work  will 
familiarize  the  student  with  the  structure  of  plants  and  with  the  identification 
of  flowering  plants  in  the  local  flora.  Prerequisite:  Biology  112  or  permis- 
sion. 4  credits. 

304.  Developmental  Biology.    The  study  of  basic  descriptive  phenomena  in 
the  development  of  typical  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  embryos,  with  a  con- 
sideration of  modem  embryological  problems.  4  credits. 

305.  Vertebrate  Histology  and  Microtechnique.    A  study  of  the  micro- 
scopic anatomy  of  vertebrate  tissues,  with  illustrations  of  basic  tissue 
similarities  and  specialization  in  relation  to  function.  The  laboratory  work  in- 
cludes the  preparation  of  slides  utilizing  routine  histological  and  histo- 
chemical  techniques.  4  credits. 


69 


306.  Microbiology.    A  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  bio- 
chemistry of  representative  microorganisms.  The  laboratory  emphasizes  basic 
bacteriological  techniques  and  procedures.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of 
chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

307.  Plant  Physiology.    A  study  of  the  functioning  of  plants,  with  emphasis 
on  vascular  plants.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  permission. 

4  credits. 

312.  Fundamentals  of  Ecology.    An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of 
ecology  with  extensive  laboratory  work  and  field  experiences  in  freshwater, 
marine,  and  terrestrial  ecosystems.  Prerequisites:  BI  112  or  permission. 
4  credits. 

322.  Animal  Physiology.    A  study  of  the  principles  of  vertebrate  body 
function,  with  emphasis  on  the  mechanisms  by  which  cells  and  organs  per- 
form their  functions  and  the  interactions  of  the  various  organs  in  maintaining 
total  body  function.  Prerequisites:  BI  101  or  112  and  one  semester  of 
chemistry,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

323.  Introduction  to  Immunology.    An  introduction  to  the  anatomical, 
physiological,  and  biochemical  factors  underlying  the  immune  response.  The 
course  begins  with  a  discussion  of  non-specific  immunity,  cellular  immunity, 
and  antibody-mediated  immune  responses.  The  course  then  moves  into  a 
study  of  contemporary  immunological  topics  which  are  discussed  with 
respect  to  major  research  papers  in  each  area.  Topics  include  auto-immunity, 
histocompatibility,  immunogenetics,  and  acquired  immune  deficiencies.  A 
research  paper  is  required.  Prerequisites:  BI  111,112  and  CH  111,113  or 
equivalent  or  permission.  4  credits. 

402.  Invertebrate  Zoology.    A  study  of  most  of  the  invertebrate  phyla, 
concentrating  on  movement,  metabolism,  information  and  control,  reproduc- 
tion and  association  between  animals.  4  credits. 

404.  Electron  Microscopy.    An  introduction  to  the  use  of  techniques  for 
scanning  and  transmission  electron  microscopic  studies.  Through  laboratory 
experience  the  students  will  learn  the  proper  use,  application,  and  limitations 
of  the  appropriate  instruments.  Prerequisite:  BI  305  or  permission  of 
instructor.  4  credits. 

409.  Quantitative  Ecology.    An  intensive  study  of  ecological  processes  em- 
phasizing the  quantitative  aspects  of  ecology  at  the  population  and  community 
levels.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 

451.  Student  Lab  Instruction.    A  course  designed  for  students  seeking  cer- 
tification to  teach  biology  in  secondary  education.  Topics  include  evaluation 
of  laboratory  experiments,  demonstrations  and  textbooks.  1  credit. 

70 


499.  Seminar.     Each  senior  student  is  required  to  do  independent  library 
research  on  an  assigned  topic  and  to  make  an  oral  presentation  to  the  biology 
faculty  and  students.  This  course  may  be  repeated.  1  or  2  credits. 

Chemistry  (CH) 

The  Chemistry  Department  is  described  on  page  36. 

Degrees:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a 
major  in  chemistry. 

Majors:  (B.S.  in  Chemistry)  CH  111,112,113,114,213,214,215,216,222, 
305,306,307,308,311,312,321,322,411;  6  Credits  from  CH 
421,422,491,498;  4  credits  of  CH  500;  MA  161,162;  PHY  111,112 
(63-64  credits). 

(B.S.,  major  in  chemistry)  CH  111,112,113,114,213,214,215,216,222,305, 
306,307,308,311,312,321,322;  MA  161,162;  PHY  111,112;  (50-51  credits). 

Minor:  CH  111,  112,  113,  114;  12  Credits  from  CH  213,  214,  222,  305, 
306,  311,  312,  411,  421,  422;  3  Credits  from  CH  215,  216,  307,  308,  321, 
322,  430. 

Courses  in  Chemistry 

100.  Introduction  to  Chemistry.     An  introduction  to  the  principles  of 
chemistry  including  mathematical  tools,  atomic  structure,  stoichiometry, 
elementary  concepts  of  equilibrium,  bonding,  and  organic  chemistry.  Intended 
for  non-science  majors.  Laboratory  experience  included.  4  credits. 

109.  Chemical  Skills.    A  step-by-step  approach  to  solving  chemical  prob- 
lems. Topics  include  the  application  of  mathematical  tools  in  introductory 
chemistry  and  techniques  for  finding  the  proper  approach  to  solve  problems. 
The  course  is  designed  to  be  taken  concurrently  with  CH  111.  1  credit 

111,  112.  Principles  of  Chemistry  I,II.     An  introduction  to  chemistry  for 
the  science  major.  First  semester  topics  include  atomic  and  molecular  struc- 
ture, chemical  reactions,  calculations  involving  chemical  concentrations,  gas 
laws,  and  bonding.  Second  semester  covers  kinetics,  acids  and  bases, 
equilibrium,  oxidation-reduction  chemistry,  thermodynamics,  electro- 
chemistry, and  nuclear  chemistry.  3  credits  per  semester. 


71 


113,  114.  Introductory  Laboratory  I,II.    Laboratory  courses  to  accompany 
111  and  112.  Experiments  cover  stoichiometry,  gas  laws  quantitative 
analysis,  equilibrium,  electrochemistry,  chemical  synthesis,  and  the  use  of 
computers  for  collecting  data.  Students  are  introduced  to  instrumentation 
including  infrared,  UV-visible,  and  atomic  absorption  spectrometers.  1  credit 
per  semester. 

213,  214.  Organic  Chemistry  I,II.    An  introduction  to  the  principles  of 
organic  chemistry.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  on  the  structure  of  organic 
molecules  and  how  the  structure  of  various  functional  groups  affects  their 
reactivity.  The  concepts  of  reactivity,  structure  and  mechanism  are  applied  to 
organic  synthesis.  3  credits  per  semester. 

215,  216.  Organic  Laboratory  1,11.    An  introduction  to  the  practice  of 
classical  organic  chemistry  and  modem  instrumental  organic  chemistry.  The 
techniques  of  organic  synthesis  are  taught  along  with  instrumental  methods 
including  infrared,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance,  and  mass  spectrometry. 
1  credit  per  semester. 

222.  Introductory  Inorganic  Chemistry.    The  application  of  elementary 
principles  of  chemistry  to  provide  a  basis  for  understanding  the  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  the  elements.  Topics  include  periodicity,  acidity  or 
basicity  of  metal  cations  and  oxoanions,  precipitation  reactions,  oxidation- 
reduction  chemistry,  the  structures  of  solids.  3  credits. 

305.  Analytical  Chemistry.     Gravimetric,  volumetric,  and  electro-chemical 
methods  of  chemical  analysis  are  covered.  Included  are  statistical  methods  of 
data  treatment  and  rigorous  considerations  of  complex  chemical  equilibria. 
Prerequisites:  CH  112  and  MA  161.  3  credits. 

306.  Instrumental  Analysis.    Basic  types  of  chemical  instrumentation,  and 
their  applications  in  analytical  chemistry  are  examined.  These  include:  gas 
and  liquid  chromatography;  infrared,  UV-VIS,  fluoresence,  atomic  absorp- 
tion, and  plasma  emission  spectrophotometry;  nuclear  magnetic  resonance 
and  mass  spectrometry;  and  radiochemical  methods.  Prerequisites:  CH  112 
and  MA  161.  3  credits. 

307.  Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory.  Techniques  of  gravimetric, 
volumetric,  and  electrochemical  analysis  are  applied  to  the  analysis  of 
unknowns.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CH  305.  1  credit. 

308.  Instrumental  Analysis  Laboratory.    Chemical  instrumentation  is 
utilized  in  analytical  method  development  and  analysis.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  CH  306.  1  credit. 


72 


311.  Physical  Chemistry  I.    The  study  of  thermodynamic  laws  and  func- 
tions, including  phase  and  reaction  equilibria.  Systems  under  study  include 
ideal  and  real  gases,  ideal  and  non-ideal  solutions,  and  multi-component 
phase  transitions.  3  credits. 

312.  Physical  Chemistry  II.     The  study  of  chemical  systems  from  a 
molecular  perspective.  Basic  concepts  of  quantum  chemistry  and  statistical 
theory  applied  to  atomic  and  molecular  structure.  Also  included  are  electro- 
chemistry, kinetics,  and  transport  processes.  3  credits. 

321,  322.  Physical  Laboratory  I,II.     Application  of  chemical  instrumenta- 
tion to  a  study  of  the  principles  of  physical  chemistry.  Experimental  work 
involves  calorimetry,  refractometry,  conductivity,  viscometry,  and  atomic 
absorption,  FTIR,  UV-VIS,  and  NMR  spectroscopy  applied  to  the  study  of 
phase  and  reaction  equilibria,  kinetics,  and  atomic  and  molecular  structure. 
1  credit  per  semester. 

411.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.    A  study  of  bonding  theories, 
molecular  structure,  spectroscopy,  and  reaction  mechanisms  with  special 
emphasis  on  transition  metal  complexes.  Prerequisite:  CH  312.  3  credits  per 
semester. 

451.  Methods  of  Teaching  Chemistry.    A  course  designed  for  students 
seeking  certification  to  teach  chemistry  in  secondary  education.  Topics 
include  valuation  of  laboratory  experiments,  demonstrations,  textbooks,  and 
computer  software.  3  credits. 

Communications 

See  English,  page  80. 

Computer  Science  (CS) 

The  Mathematical  Sciences  Department  is  described  on  page  46. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  computer  information 
systems;  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  computer  science. 

Major:  (Computer  Information  Systems)  CS  147,243,244,248,345,342  or 
346;  one  CS  course  numbered  above  400  or  6  hours  of  CS  400,  (21-24 
credits).  MA  150,170;  MA  111,160  or  161;  EN  210  or  216.  Five  courses 
numbered  above  200,  approved  by  the  advisor,  in  an  applications  field  of 
interest  (48-53  total  credits). 

Major:  (Computer  Science)  CS  147,248,  one  from  242,243,  or  244;  three 
additional  computer  science  courses  numbered  above  300  including  at  least 
one  numbered  above  400.  MA  111,112,202,211,  222,322  or  371;  335  or 
463.  EN  216.  PSY  337  (49  credits). 


73 


Minor:  CS  147,248,242  or  243  or  244,  two  CS  courses  numbered  above 
300,  MA  111  or  161,  one  additional  Mathematics  (MA)  course  numbered 
above  200  (22-23  credits). 

Courses  in  Computer  Science 

130.  Microcomputers,  Hardware  and  Software.  The  components  of  a 
microcomputer,  introduction  to  operating  systems,  languages  and  software 
packages.  3  credits. 

147.  Computers  and  Programming  in  Pascal.    Introduction  to  the  basic 
concepts  and  terminology  of  computer  hardware,  software,  operating  systems 
and  languages.  Programming  in  Pascal.  3  credits. 

170.  Computers  and  Programming  in  Basic-Plus.    Introduction  to  the 
basic  concepts  and  terminology  of  computer  hardware,  software,  operating 
systems  and  languages.  Programming  in  Basic-Plus.  3  credits. 

242.  Mathematical  Computing  with  FORTRAN.    The  use  of  the  com- 
puter in  executing  mathematical  algorithms  such  as:  implication  of  floating 
point  computation,  solution  of  nonlinear  equations,  numerical  integration, 
and  acceleration  methods.  FORTRAN  is  introduced  and  used  throughout  the 
course.  Prerequisites:  CS  147  or  CS  170,  MA  112  or  MA  161.  3  credits. 

243.  Interactive  Systems  with  Basic-Plus.    Time-sharing  systems, 
microcomputers  and  Basic;  arrays,  strings,  virtual  arrays,  random  access 
files,  elementary  graphics.  Prerequisite:  CS  147  or  CS  170.  3  credits. 

244.  Business  Computing  with  COBOL.    Processing  of  data,  the  storing 
and  manipulating  of  files;  sorting,  and  merging  of  records.  Prerequisite:  CS 
147  or  CS  170.  3  credits. 

248.  Advanced  Programming  with  Pascal.    Advanced  features  of  Pascal. 
Developing  large  programs.  Libraries,  units,  etc.  Prerequisite:  CS  147. 
3  credits. 

250.  Survey  of  Computers  and  their  Impact.  Computer  hardware  and 
software  from  the  microcomputer  to  the  mainframe.  The  social,  economic 
and  ethical  impact  of  computers.  3  credits. 

341.  Computer  Architecture  with  MACRO.    The  organization  of  com- 
puters, the  CPU,  memory,  disks,  interfaces,  interrupts,  macros,  device 
drivers.  Prerequisite:  CS  248.  3  credits. 

342.  Data  Structures.    Discrete  mathematical  structures  and  their  use  in 
computer  software.  Stacks,  lists,  queues,  hash  tables,  sorts,  linked  lists. 
Prerequisite:  CS  248,  MA  222  or  permission.  3  credits. 


74 


345.  Business  Computer  Systems.    An  overview  of  computer  hardware  and 
software  from  micro  to  mainframe.  Batch  processing,  time  sharing,  word 
processing,  spreadsheets.  Data  processing  and  communication.  Management 
of  and  with  computers.  Prerequisite:  CS  147.  3  credits. 

346.  Data  Algorithms.     Methodology  of  data  processing.  Representation, 
storage,  and  retrieval  of  data.  Methods  to  sort,  merge,  and  match  data. 
Sequential,  random,  indexed,  and  hash  files.  Prerequisite:  One  200  level 
language  course.  3  credits. 

441.  Computer  Languages  and  Compilers.     Syntax  and  semantics  of 
languages.  Lexical  analysis,  parsing,  and  translation.  Compiler  design.  Pre- 
requisite: CS  342.  3  credits. 

442.  Microcomputer  Systems.     The  architecture  of  microcomputers.  Pro- 
gramming in  assembly  language.  Interfacing  microcomputer  components.  The 
design  of  microcomputer  operating  systems.  Prerequisite:  CS  147.  3  credits. 

445.  Database  Management.    The  organization  of  files.  Database  structure 
and  implementations.  Integrity  and  security  of  databases.  Major  DBM 
systems.  Prerequisite:  two  300  level  courses.  3  credits. 

446.  Computer  Systems  Analysis  and  Design.    Principles  of  computer 
management.  Design  tools  and  techniques.  Hardware,  operating  systems, 
languages  and  their  interrelations.  Implementation  and  evaluation  of  com- 
puter systems.  Prerequisite:  CS  345  or  MA  335  and  two  level  300  courses. 
3  credits. 

Economics  (EC) 

The  Political  Science  and  Economics  Department  is  described  on  page  57. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a 
major  in  economics. 

Major:  Bachelor  of  Science:  EC  110,120,201,203,233,312,  6  elective  hours 
in  economics;  AC  161,162;  CS  147  or  170;  EN  210;  MA  150  or  160  or 
161  or  111;  MA  170  or  270  or  372;  MG  222,330,485;  PH  260  (54  hours). 

Major:  Bachelor  of  Arts:  EC  110,120,201,203,312,  and  four  additional  elec- 
tive courses  in  economics,  AC  161,  MA  150  or  MA  160  or  MA  161  or  MA 
111,  MA  170  or  MA  270  or  MA  372  (36  credits). 

Minor:  Bachelor  of  Science:  EC  110,120,201,203,312;  one  from  AC  161, 
MG  100,  or  one  elective  course  in  economics  (18  credits). 

Minor:  Bachelor  of  Arts:  EC  110,120,201,203,312,  and  one  additional  elec- 
tive economics  course  (18  credits). 


75 


Courses  in  Economics 

110.  Principles  of  Economics  I.    An  introductory  study  of  macroeconomic 
principles,  with  emphasis  on  national  income  determination,  the  price  level, 
employment,  economic  growth,  money  and  banking,  and  government 
monetary  and  fiscal  policies.  3  credits. 

120.  Principles  of  Economics  11.    An  introductory  study  of  microeconomic 
principles,  with  emphasis  on  price,  production,  and  distribution  theories 
under  conditions  of  varying  market  structures.  Factor  market  analysis  as  well 
as  implications  for  welfare  economics  and  public  policy  are  considered. 
3  credits. 

130.  Economics  of  Public  Issues.    A  survey  and  economic  analysis  of  cur- 
rent public  issues.  3  credits. 

201.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Analysis.    Managerial  and  economic 
decision-making  of  business  firms,  with  emphasis  on  sales,  costs,  profit,  and 
resource  allocation.  The  course  provides  a  study  of  the  tools  of  analysis,  in- 
cluding the  use  of  computers.  Prerequisites:  EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

203.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Analysis.    A  study  of  national  income 
and  employment  theory,  with  primary  emphasis  on  determination  of  the 
levels  of  employment  and  prices.  The  problems  of  unemployment  and  infla- 
tion are  analyzed  and  appropriate  monetary  and  fiscal  policies  considered. 
Prerequisites:  EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

233.  Personal  Computer  Applications  in  the  Business  and  Economic 
Environment.    An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their  use  as  an 
economic  analytical  and  business  management  tool.  Topics  include  economic 
data  analysis,  economic  graphics,  and  decision  support  systems.  Pre- 
requisites: EC  110  and  120,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

312.  Money  and  Banking.     Nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit,  in- 
cluding the  development  and  role  of  commercial  and  central  banking,  struc- 
ture and  functions  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  and  monetary  and  banking 
theory,  policy,  and  practice.  Prerequisites:  EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

315.  Health  Care  Finance  and  Economics.    Analysis  of  the  economic 
problems  of  health  and  medical  care  to  determine  how  to  provide  the  best 
health  care  to  the  most  people  in  a  cost-effective  manner.  Examination  of  the 
principle  elements  of  health  care,  including  the  physician,  the  hospital,  and 
the  pharmaceutical  industry,  as  well  as  the  influcence  of  government  and  the 
insurance  industry.  All  economic  analysis  will  be  considered  within  the  con- 
text of  medical  ethics  and  societal  values.  Prerequisite:  EC  110  and  120. 


76 


321.  Public  Finance.  A  study  of  the  economic  functioning  of  government, 
including  principles  of  taxation,  public  expenditures,  debt,  and  fiscal  policy. 
Prerequisites:  EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

332.  International  Economics.     A  study  of  theories  and  empirical  analysis 
of  international  economic  relations.  Topics  include  analyses  of  free  exchange 
of  goods,  factors,  and  money,  restrictive  trade  policies,  and  freer  economic 
practices.  Prerequisites:  EC  1 10  and  120.  3  credits. 

401.  History  of  Economic  Thought.    The  evolution  of  economic  thought 
through  the  principal  schools  from  mercantilism  to  the  present.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  analysis  of  the  various  theories  of  value,  wages,  interest,  rent, 
profit,  price  level,  business  cycles,  and  employment,  and  to  the  influences  of 
earlier  economic  ideas  upon  current  thinking  and  policy-making.  Pre- 
requisites: EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

411.  Economic  Growth  and  Development.     Theoretical  and  empirical  anal- 
ysis of  problems  of  economic  development  in  both  underdeveloped  and  ad- 
vanced countries.  Prerequisites:  EC  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

EDUCATION  (ED) 

The  Education  Department  is  described  on  page  38. 

The  program  in  Elementary  Education  is  described  on  page  78  and  that  in 
Secondary  Education  on  page  124. 

Minor:  ED  1 10,  GO  1 12;  one  of  EE  270,  341,  361;  one  of  EE  250,  332, 
GO  111;  one  of  ED  346,  391,  SE  420,  ED  442;  EE  280  or  SE  280,  1-3 
credits  (16-18  credits). 

Courses  in  Education 

110.  Foundations  of  Education.     A  study  of  the  social,  historical  and 
philosophical  foundations  of  American  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of 
the  principles  and  theories  of  influential  educators.  3  credits. 

346.  Educational  Technology  and  Instructional  Media.    A  study  of  the 
preparation  and  use  of  instructional  technology,  media,  and  equipment. 
3  credits. 

442.  The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.     An  introduction  to  current 
research  and  practices  concerning  exceptionalities  in  children,  including  the 
handicapped  and  gifted.  The  course  includes  attention  to  policies,  legislation, 
programs,  methods  and  materials.  Various  resource  personnel  are  invited  to 
address  pertinent  issues.  The  course  includes  a  minimum  of  one  hour  per 
week  field  experience  in  local  programs  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
exceptional  children.  Prerequisites:  ED  110,  PSY  100  or  PSY  120,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  3  credits. 

77 


ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 
(TEACHER  CERTIFICATION)  (EE) 

The  Education  Department  is  described  on  page  38. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  elementary 
education. 

MAJOR:  Elementary  education  majors  must  take:  ED  1 10;  EE  220,250, 
270,332,341,342,344,361,362,440,499;  AR  401;  GO  111;  HI  125  or  126; 
MA  100  or  equivalent;  PSY  100,220,321  (66  credits). 

The  minor  in  education  is  described  on  page  77. 

Courses  in  Elementary  Education 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.    A  course  designed  to  aid  elemen- 
tary education  majors  in  developing  music  skills  for  the  classroom,  including 
the  playing  of  instruments,  singing,  using  notation,  listening,  movement,  and 
creative  applications.  3  credits. 

250.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School.    A  study  of  basic  preschool 
to  eighth  grade  mathematical  concepts  with  major  emphasis  on  problem  solv- 
ing, estimating,  and  computers.  The  course  is  designed  to  view  mathematics 
as  a  multidisciplined  subject.  Attention  is  given  to  the  development  of  hands- 
on  teaching  activities,  simulations,  and  experiences  which  can  be  utilized 
effectively  with  any  classroom  population.  3  credits. 

260.  Principles  and  Practices  in  Early  Childhood  Education.    An  intro- 
duction to  contemporary  research,  theories,  programs,  curricula,  methods, 
and  materials  in  early  childhood  education,  nursery  school  through  grade  2. 
Includes  required  field  experience  in  a  local  early  childhood  center.  3  credits. 

270.  Children's  Literature.    A  study  of  literature  for  children  from  infants 
through  grade  8,  including  extensive  classroom  examination  of  books, 
poetry,  storytelling,  and  audiovisual  resources  in  children's  literature. 
3  credits. 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  the  Elementary  School.    Supervised  field 
experiences  in  appropriate  school  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission.  1-3 
credits. 

332.  The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School.    A  study  of  basic 
concepts  in  general  science,  earth  and  space  science,  physical  and  biological 
science,  and  environmental  studies.  The  course  emphasizes  the  experiential 
nature  of  science  in  the  elementary  classroom  with  special  attention  to  the 
materials  and  methodologies  appropriate  to  young  children.  3  credits. 


78 


341,342.  Teaching  of  Reading  I, II.    The  fundamentals  of  teaching  children 
to  read  from  the  readiness  programs  of  early  childhood  education  to  the 
more  comprehensive  techniques  required  to  teach  reading  in  all  subject  areas 
of  the  curricula  in  elementary  and  middle  schools.  Effective  reading  pro- 
grams, methods,  and  materials  are  examined  first  hand.  Attention  is  given  to 
the  classroom  teacher's  diagnosis  of  reading  difficulties  with  an  eye  to 
preventive  and  prescriptive  teaching.  Includes  during  each  semester  one  hour 
per  week  of  tutoring  of  selected  elementary  school  students.  Prerequisite:  EE 
270.  3  credits  per  semester. 

344.  Health  and  Safety  Education.    A  study  of  basic  health  and  safety 
practices  and  procedures  as  applied  to  the  elementary  school,  including  a 
program  of  physical  education  for  elementary  school  children,  an  American 
Red  Cross-approved  program  of  first  aid,  and  an  evaluation  of  sources  and 
use  of  materials.  Prerequisites:  ED  110;  PSY  220.  3  credits. 

361.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.    The  content,  methods  and 
materials  for  teaching  oral  and  written  language  beginning  with  early 
childhood:  listening,  speaking,  creative  and  practical  writing,  as  well  as  the 
related  skills  of  creative  dramatics,  handwriting,  grammar  and  usage.  The 
course  is  designed  to  assist  teachers  in  helping  children  to  communicate 
effectively  and  responsibly  in  a  creative  manner.  3  credits. 

362.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.    An  examination  of  the 
content,  methods  and  role  of  social  studies  in  the  elementary  school,  begin- 
ning with  early  childhood.  The  curriculum  is  examined  from  two  vantage 
points:  the  daily  lives  of  children  as  they  relate  to  developing  values  and 
attitudes  and  the  planned  study  of  people  as  they  live  and  have  lived  in  our 
world.  The  development  of  a  teaching  unit  and  the  examination  of  learning 
resources  contribute  to  a  sound  instructional  program.  3  credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.    Each  student  spends  an  entire  semester  in  a 
classroom  of  an  area  public  school  under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully 
selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  of  college  is  required.  Pre- 
requisites: ED  110;  PSY  220;  EE  250,270,332,341,342,361,362,  and  per- 
mission. 3-12  credits. 

499.  Senior  Seminar.    Special  topics  related  to  pertinent  issues  in  education 
are  researched  and  discussed  by  the  participants  in  the  course.  Issues  relating 
to  problems  in  student  teaching  or  to  further  professional  growth  in  the  pro- 
fession are  explored.  3  credits. 


79 


Engineering 

The  co-operative  ("3  +  2")  Engineering  program  is  described  under  the 
listing  for  the  Physics  department  on  page  56. 

English  (EN) 

The  English  Department  is  described  on  page  40. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  English. 

MAJOR:  Core  requirements:  EN  200;  three  from  221-228;  331;  341  or 
342;  499  (21  credits).  Students  must  choose  one  of  the  concentrations  below 
in  addition  to  the  core. 

Literature  concentration:  Three  additional  survey  courses  (EN  221-228 
three  additional  major  authors  (EN  340-349)  or  special  topics  courses 
(EN  390-399)  or  genre  (EN  335-339)  courses  (39  total  credits). 

Communications  concentration:  EN  213;  four  additional  communications 
courses;  3  credits  of  EN  400  (39  total  credits). 

Secondary  Education  concentration:  Two  additional  survey  courses  from 
EN  221-228  (must  include  both  221,  222);  three  additional  major  authors 
(EN  340-349)  or  special  topics  (EN  291-299,  390-399)  or  genre  (EN 
335-339)  courses;  EN  218;  EN  332;  FL  250;  and  either  EN  213  or  EN  336 
(48  total  credits). 

MINOR  (Literature):  EN  200;  EN  221  or  222;  two  from  EN  225,  226, 
227,  228;  two  additional  literature  courses  (18  credits). 

MINOR  (Communications):  EN  200,213,221  or  222;  three  additional  com- 
munications courses  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  English 

111,112.  English  Composition  1,11.    Both  semesters  help  the  student  find 
her  or  his  own  voice  within  the  demands  and  expectations  of  public  expres- 
sion. Both  courses  emphasize  the  development  of  clear,  organized,  and 
rhetorically  effective  prose.  112  also  emphasizes  reading  and  research  skills. 
Prerequisite  for  112:  111  or  permission  of  chairperson.  3  credits  per 
semester. 

200.  Introduction  to  Literary  Studies.    An  introduction  to  genres  and  to 
the  basic  methodology,  tools,  terminology,  and  concepts  of  the  study  of 
literature.  3  credits. 


80 


210.  Management  Communications.    The  dc  elopment  of  reading, 
writing,  speaking  and  listening  skills  for  business  management.  Prerequisites: 
EN  111,112  or  permission.  3  credits. 

213.  Journalism.    The  development  of  the  basic  skills  of  journalistic 
writing  such  as  interviewing,  covering  meetings,  gathering  and  reporting 
news  and  features  according  to  standard  formats  and  styles;  the  course  also 
discusses  legal  and  ethical  aspects  of  journalism.  3  credits. 

216.  Technical  Writing.    The  development  of  writing  skills  within  the  con- 
text of  specialized,  usually  technical  or  scientific,  subject  matters,  with  em- 
phasis on  style  and  forms.  Prerequisite  1 1 1  and  1 12  or  permission.  3  credits. 

218.  Oral  Communication.     Introduction  to  oral  communication,  both  for- 
mal and  informal.  3  credits. 

219.  Creative  Writing:  Fiction.     A  workshop  in  writing  short  fiction 

3  credits. 

220.  Creative  Writing:  Poetry.    A  workshop  in  writing  poetry. 
3  credits. 

221.  Survey  of  American  Literature  I.    A  survey  of  selected  major 
American  authors  from  the  colonial  period  to  about  the  Civil  War.  3  credits. 

222.  Survey  of  American  Literature  II.    A  survey  of  selected  major 
American  authors  from  about  the  Civil  War  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

225.  Survey  of  English  Literature  I.    A  survey  of  selected  major  English 
authors  to  about  1800.  3  credits. 

226.  Survey  of  English  Literature  II.    A  survey  of  selected  major  English 
authors  from  about  1800  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

227.  World  Literature  I.     A  survey  of  selected  major  writers  from  the 
early  Hebrews  and  Greeks  to  the  Renaissance.  3  credits. 

228.  World  Literature  II.    A  survey  of  selected  major  writers  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

311.  Feature  Writing.    Instructions  and  practice  in  writing  feature  articles 
for  newspapers,  trade  journals,  and  magazines;  free  lance  marketing  and 
market  analysis.  Prerequisite:  EN  213.  3  credits. 

312.  Radio  and  TV  Writing.    Theory  and  technique  of  writing  news  and 
features  for  broadcast  media.  Editing  and  rewriting  press  association  dis- 
patches, gathering  local  news,  recording  interviews,  and  preparing  newscasts 
and  feature  programs.  Prerequisite:  EN  213.  3  credits. 

313.  Advertising  Copy  and  Layout.  Principles  and  techniques  of  copy- 
writing;  selection  and  presentation  of  sales  points;  creative  strategy  in  pro- 
duction of  layouts.  Prerequisite  EN  213.3  credits. 


81 


314.  Public  Relations.    Purposes  and  methods  of  modem  public  relations  as 
practiced  by  business  and  industry,  organizations  and  institutions,  trades  and 
professions.  Public  opinion  evaluation.  Planning  of  public  relations  pro- 
grams. Prerequisite:  EN  213.  3  credits. 

315.  Editing.    Editing  theory  and  exercises  in  copyreading,  rewriting,  and 
headlining.  Prerequisite:  EN  213.  3  credits. 

331.  History  and  Traditional  Grammar  of  English.    An  examination  of 
the  evolution  of  English  sounds,  grammatical  forms,  and  vocabulary,  as  well 
as  a  survey  of  conventions  and  current  usage.  3  credits. 

332.  Theory  of  Composition.  A  study  of  ancient  and  modem  ideas  on  the 
writing  process  and  the  teaching  of  writing.  3  credits. 

335.  The  Novel.    A  study  of  the  development  of  the  English  novel  from 
Richardson  to  Joyce.  3  credits. 

336.  Theatre  Workshop.    A  workshop  in  the  elements  of  theatre  with 
classroom  practice  in  production  of  scenes  and  whole  plays.  3  credits. 

338.  Dramatic  Literature  I.    A  survey  of  dramatic  literature  from  the 
Greeks  to  about  1850,  with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques. 

3  credits. 

339.  Dramatic  Literature  II.    A  survey  of  dramatic  literature  from  about 
1850  to  the  present,  with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques. 

3  credits. 

341.  Shakespeare  I.    A  concentrated  study  of  early  Shakespearean  drama, 
especially  the  comedies  and  the  histories.  3  credits. 

342.  Shakespeare  II.    A  concentrated  study  of  late  Shakespearean  drama, 
especially  the  tragedies  and  the  romances.  3  credits. 

343-349.  Major  Authors.     An  examination  of  works  of  major  authors  in 
American,  English,  and  World  literature.  3  credits  each. 

499.    Seminar 


82 


Enviromental  Studies 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  career  preparation  in  environmental  studies 
through  the  cooperative  program  ("3  +  2")  with  Duke  University  may  major 
in  biology,  economics,  political  science  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley. 
All  such  students  shall  take  BI  111,112,302;  EC  110,120;  MA  161  or  111; 
MA  170,  regardless  of  major,  and  shall  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the 
College.  See  also  page  33. 

Foreign  Language  (FL) 

(See  also  French,  German,  Greek,  and  Spanish) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  41. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  foreign  language. 

MAJOR:  FL  250,  24  credits  above  the  intermediate  level  in  one  language, 
12  credits  above  the  intermediate  level  in  a  second  language  (39  credits).  For 
teaching  certification  FL  440  is  also  required. 

Courses  in  Foreign  Language 

250.  Introduction  to  Linguistics.     An  introductory  study  of  language  as  a 
communication  system,  designed  for  majors  and  non-majors  and  taught  in 
English.  3  credits. 

260.  Approaches  to  Culture.     A  survey  of  contemporary  life  in  French, 
German  and  Spanish  speaking  countries.  Topics  may  include  customs, 
values,  social  structures,  geography,  and  current  issues.  Taught  in  English. 
3  credits. 

440.  Methods  of  Teaching  Foreign  Language.  A  comprehensive  study  of 
modem  teaching  methods,  with  emphasis  on  basic  skills  for  secondary  school 
level  instruction.  Prerequisite:  FR  316,  or  SP  316,  or  GR  316.  2  credits. 

Forestry 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  career  preparation  in  forestry  through  the 
cooperative  program  ("3+2")  with  Duke  University  may  major  in  biology, 
economics,  political  science  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley.  All  such 
students  shall  take  BI  111,112,302;  EC  110,120;  MA  161  or  111;  MA  170. 
regardless  of  major,  and  shall  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  College. 
See  also  page  33. 


83 


French  (FR) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  41. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  French. 

MAJOR:  24  credits  in  French  above  the  intermediate  level,  FL  250 
(27  credits). 

MINOR:  18  credits  in  French  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  ad- 
vanced conversation  and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly 
recommended. 

Courses  in  French 

101,102.  Elementary  French  I,II.    Introductory  courses  in  French.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Conversational  French  I,II.    A  review  of  French 
grammar,  emphasizing  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading,  and 
writing.  Prerequisite:  FR  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

311.  Introduction  to  French  Literature.    Practice  in  the  close  reading  of 
literary  texts  and  in  the  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  FR  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.     Readings  in  the  works  of  living  French 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style,  innovations  in  form,  and  the  rela- 
tionship of  the  writer  to  current  problems.  Prerequisite:  FR  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

315.  French  Culture.  A  study  of  modem  France.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  those  qualities,  characteristics,  and  traditions  that  are  uniquely 
French.  Prerequisite:  FR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.    Intensive  practice  in 
spoken  and  written  French.  An  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level  with 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite:  FR  202 
or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  French.     An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  FR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance.    A  study  of 
medieval  French  literature  to  1600.  Prerequisite:  FR  311  or  316  or  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 


84 


420.  French  Literature  of  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV.    A  study  of  major 
French  authors  of  this  era,  the  apogee  of  French  civilization,  including 
Comeille,  Racine,  Moliere.  Prerequisite:  FR  311  or  FR  316  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

430.  French  Literature  of  the  Enlightenment.     A  study  of  the  main 
literary  and  philosophical  currents  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  Emphasis  on 
the  works  of  Montesquieu,  Diderot,  Voltaire,  and  Rousseau.  Prerequisite: 
FR  300  or  FR  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

440.  The  Modern  French  Novel.     A  study  of  the  French  novel.  Limited  to 
the  study  of  novels  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite: 
FR  311  or  FR  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  Modern  Theatre  and  Poetry  of  France.     A  study  of  theatre  and 
poetry  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  FR  311  or 
FR  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

General  Education  (GE) 

120.  The  Western  Experience:  Our  Cultural  Heritage.    A  study  of  how 
life  in  the  late  Twentieth  Century  has  been  influenced  by  historical 
developments  in  Europe  and  America,  including  the  growth  of  science,  the 
rise  of  national  states,  social  classes  and  values,  and  changing  views  of  the 
world.  3  credits. 

140.  Human  Culture  and  Behavior.     Culture  as  a  context  of  human 
behavior.  The  nature  and  definition  of  culture.  The  biological  and  social 
sources  of  culture.  Culture,  language,  personality.  The  impact  of  culture  on 
social  life  and  on  the  individual;  examples  from  Western  and  non-Western 
sources.  3  credits. 

160.  The  Aesthetic  Experience.  The  artist's  achievement.  Interrelation- 
ships among  the  arts.  The  creative  process.  Questions  of  form  versus  con- 
tent. Art  as  the  product  of  a  specific  socio-historical  context.  3  credits. 

GENERAL  STUDIES 

Bachelors  Degree 

The  bachelors  degree  program  in  General  Studies  is  intended  for  students 
who  desire  the  widest  possible  choice  in  selecting  a  program  of  study. 
Students  may  choose  their  courses  freely  from  among  the  arts,  humanities, 
sciences,  and  social  sciences. 


85 


DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  General 
Studies. 

REQUIREMENTS:  The  general  requirements  of  the  College;  24  or  more 
credits  selected  from  courses  at  the  300  level  or  above;  free  electives  to 
complete  the  number  of  credits  required  for  graduation;  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.00  or  better. 

Associate  Degree 

The  associate  degree  program  in  general  studies  is  intended  for  students  who 
do  not  wish  to  concentrate  in  a  single  area.  In  this  program  students  select 
their  courses  freely  from  among  the  arts,  humanities,  sciences,  and  social 
sciences. 

DEGREE:  Associate  of  Arts  or  Associate  of  Science  with  a  major  in 
General  Studies.  Open  only  to  students  matriculated  through  the  Continuing 
Education  Center. 

REQUIREMENTS:  27  credits  from  the  general  requirements  including  EN 
111,112,  LC  100  or  111,  and  one  course  from  each  of  the  other  General  Re- 
quirement areas,  except  physical  education;  33  credits  of  free  electives;  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00. 

Geography  (GO) 

Courses  in  geography  are  offered  to  acquaint  students  with  the  physical  and 
cultural  aspects  of  the  world  in  which  they  live  and  to  introduce  them  to 
geography  as  a  discipline.  The  courses  are  recommended  for  all  students 
who  wish  to  broaden  their  understanding  of  the  world. 

Courses  in  Geography 

111.  Physical  Geography  and  Its  Impact.    A  survey  of  the  physical 
aspects  of  the  earth  and  its  impact  on  life.  Attention  is  given  to  the  solar 
system,  the  earth's  movements,  climate,  weather,  landforms,  ecology,  en- 
vironmental awareness,  and  the  processes  that  form  and  change  the  earth's 
surface.  Students  explore  through  current  events,  geographic  searches,  slides, 
lectures,  and  discussions  the  impact  that  physical  geography  has  on  their 
everyday  lives.  Requirement  for  elementary  education  certification.  Pre- 
requisite: Elementary  Education  major  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 


86 


112.  Cultural  Geography.    A  survey  of  the  various  geographic  regions  of 
the  world  and  their  cultural  features,  including  their  natural  resources, 
economy,  social  and  religious  customs,  food  supply,  populations,  ecology, 
and  topical  geography.  Students  explore  the  events  and  forces  that  have 
divided  the  globe  into  two  basic  sets  of  countries,  those  of  the  technological 
world  and  those  of  the  developing  world.  Special  attention  is  given  to 
heightening  students'  international  awareness  and  appreciation  for  diverse 
cultures.  3  credits. 

211.  American  Cultural  Geography.    A  study  of  how  the  natural  environ- 
ment has  influenced  the  historic  development  of  American  culture,  including 
the  geographic  distribution  of  population  groups,  religious  denominations  and 
practices,  language  patterns,  architectural  styles,  and  the  like.  3  credits. 

German  (GR) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  4 1 . 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  German. 

MAJOR:  24  credits  in  German  above  the  intermediate  level;  FL  250. 
(27  credits). 

MINOR:  18  credits  in  German  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  ad- 
vanced conversation  and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly 
recommended. 

Courses  in  German 

101,102.  Elementary  German  I,II.    Introductory  courses  in  German.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Conversational  German  I,II.  A  review  of  German 
grammar,  with  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  GR  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

210.  Scientific  German.     An  introduction  to  scientific  writing  in  German. 
The  vocabulary  and  syntax  of  scientific  writing  with  emphasis  on  the  ac- 
curate translations  of  texts.  Taught  in  English.  Prerequisite:  GR  102. 
3  credits. 

311.  Introduction  to  German  Literature.  Practice  in  the  careful  reading 
of  literary  texts  and  in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  GR  202 
or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.  Readings  in  the  works  of  living  German 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style  and  the  relationship  of  the  writer 
to  current  problems.  Prerequisite:  GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

87 


315.  German  Culture.     Study  of  the  major  features  of  contemporary 
German  life.  Prerequisite:  GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.    Intensive  practice  in 
spoken  and  written  German  on  an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level, 
with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite: 
GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  German.  An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  GR  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  The  German  Heritage.    A  survey  of  German  culture  and  civilization 
including  history,  music,  art,  literature,  and  philosophy.  Prerequisite:  GR 
311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

420.  The  Age  of  Heroes.    An  exploration  of  the  idea  held  by  writers  from 
the  medieval  through  the  baroque  periods  that  an  exemplary  individual  is  the 
proper  measure  and  focus  of  human  aspiration  and  achievement.  Prerequisite: 
GR  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

430.  Goethe  and  Schiller.    A  detailed  study  of  these  literary  figures,  with 
an  examination  of  their  society  and  artistic  achievements.  Prerequisite:  GR 
311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

440.  The  German  Novelle.  The  novelle  as  a  literary  genre  as  well  as  its 
development  through  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite: 
GR  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.    A  study  of  represen- 
tative works  by  leading  authors  of  the  century  and  current  literary 
movements.  Prerequisite:  GR  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

Greek  (GK) 

101,102.  Elementary  Greek  I,II.    Introductory  study  in  the  basics  of 
ancient  Greek.  3  credits  per  semester. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Greek  I,n.      Readings  from  Greek  literature.  First 
semester  includes  readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels.  Second 
semester  includes  readings  from  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  Prerequisite:  GK 
102.  3  credits  per  semester. 

321.  Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.    Prerequisite:  GK  202.  3  credits. 

322.  Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.    Prerequisite:  GK  202.  3  credits. 

431.  Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul.    Prerequisite:  GK  202.  3  credits. 

432.  Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers.    Prerequisite:  GK  202. 
3  credits. 


Health  Care  Management 

The  Management  Department  is  described  on  page  41. 

The  major  in  health  care  management  is  designed  for  people  in  health  care 
fields  who  possess  an  associate  degree  or  diploma  and  professional  certifica- 
tion. These  qualifications  are  required  for  admission  to  the  program.  The 
program  combines  studies  in  the  liberal  arts  and  management,  plus  business 
practices  common  to  the  health  care  industry. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  health  care 
management. 

MAJOR:  AC  161,162,  CS  147  or  170,  EC  110,120,315,  EN  111,210, 
LC  100,  MG  330,487,  PH  260;  SO  324;  9-12  credits  in  sociology, 
psychology,  or  other  disciplines  approved  by  the  Director  of  Continuing 
Education;  and  any  four  of  the  following  courses  (12  credits):  MA  170,  MG 
222,340,350,361,371,372,384,420,425. 

Admission  to  this  degree  program  is  open  only  to  adults  who  have  com- 
pleted successfully  an  accredited  diploma  or  associate  degree  program  also 
with  certification  by  a  state  governmental  agency  or  a  national  professional 
accrediting  organization  in  the  following  fields:  Clinical  Medical  Assistant, 
Cytotechnologist,  Dental  Hygienist,  Emergency  Medical  Technician,  Medical 
Laboratory  Technician,  Nuclear  Medicine  Technologist,  Occupational 
Therapy  Assistant,  Physical  Therapy  Assistant,  Radiologic  Technologist, 
Registered  Nurse,  Respiratory  Therapist. 

Health  Professions 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  pre-professional  education  in  the  medical 
(medicine,  osteopathy,  optometry,  podiatry,  pharmacy,  chiropractic,  and 
dentistry)  and  veterinary  fields.  Students  interested  in  one  of  these  careers 
usually  follow  a  science  curriculum  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology  or 
chemistry. 

In  addition  to  the  basic  natural  sciences  suited  to  advanced  professional 
study,  the  student  who  is  interested  in  veterinary  medicine  may  participate  in 
a  cooperative  program  between  the  College  and  local  veterinarians,  specializ- 
ing in  both  small  and  large  animal  medicine.  Students  not  only  receive  credit 
for  the  work,  but  also  gain  valuable  experience  in  the  field. 

For  those  students  interested  in  podiatry,  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  have  established  an  accelerated 
curriculum  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  90  undergraduate  semester  hours  and 
four  years  of  podiatric  medical  education.  Following  three  years  of  study  at 

89 


Lebanon  Valley  College  a  student  may  be  recommended  for  further  study  at 
the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine.  Lebanon  Valley  College 
then  awards  the  baccalaureate  degree,  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology 
or  chemistry,  to  those  students  who  complete  successfully  one  year  of  basic 
science  education  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine. 

A  health  professions  committee  coordinates  the  various  plans  of  study  in  ad- 
dition to  offering  advice  and  assistance  to  those  persons  interested  in  health 
professions  careers. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  graduates  have  been  admitted  to  some  of  the 
nation's  finest  schools  including  Johns  Hopkins  University  Medical  School, 
The  University  of  Pennsylvania,  The  University  of  Pittsburgh,  Jefferson 
Medical  School,  The  Milton  S.  Hershey  Medical  Center,  Temple  University, 
The  University  of  Maryland,  The  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic 
Medicine,  The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  and  the  Penn- 
sylvania College  of  Optometry. 

History  (HI) 

The  History  Department  is  described  on  page  43. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  history. 

MAJOR:  History  is  a  two-track  major. 

For  students  seeking  secondary  education  certification  to  teach  Social 
Studies,  a  history  major  requires  HI  125,126,213,499,  two  upper-level 
courses  in  U.S.  history  and  three  in  non-U. S.  history  (27  credits). 

For  all  other  students,  the  history  major  requires  HI  125,126,213,313,499, 
two  upper-level  courses  in  U.S.  history  and  three  in  non-U. S.  history,  and 
two  elective  courses  in  history  (36  credits). 

MINOR:  HI  125,126,213;  one  upper-level  course  in  U.S.  history  and  two  in 
non-U. S.  history  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  History 

125.  Survey  of  United  States  History  I.    The  story  of  America  from 
Columbus  to  the  Civil  War.  3  credits. 

126.  Survey  of  United  States  History  II.    The  story  of  America  from 
Reconstruction  through  the  Reagan  years.  3  credits. 

201.  Ancient  History:  Greece  and  Rome.  The  beginnings  of  civilization 
with  particular  emphasis  upon  the  cultural  developments  of  the  Greeks  and 
Romans.  3  credits. 


90 


203.  The  Middle  Ages.  A  study  of  the  thousand-year  period  that  saw  the 
emergence  of  a  Christian  European  civilization.  Political,  social,  economic, 
and  intellectual  aspects  are  emphasized.  3  credits. 

205.  Early  Modern  Europe.     The  Renaissance,  Reformation,  Scientific 
Revolution,  and  the  development  of  national  political  states,  especially  in  the 
17th  and  18th  centuries.  3  credits. 

206.  Revolution  &  Nationalism,  1789-1914.  A  study  of  the  effects  of  the 
French  Revolution  and  the  Industrial  Revolution  on  Europe.  Particular  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  rise  of  class  antagonisms  and  national  rivalries.  3  credits. 

207.  Europe  in  the  20th  Century.     Developments  in  Europe  from  1914  to 
the  present,  with  particular  attention  to  the  impact  of  the  world  wars. 

3  credits. 

210.  European  Social  History.     An  inquiry  into  the  lives  and  experiences 
of  ordinary  folk.  Topics  include  women,  laboring  classes,  and  popular 
culture.  3  credits. 

213.  History  and  Historians.    The  lives  and  ideas  of  the  great  historians 
from  ancient  Greeks  to  recent  America.  3  credits. 

225.  The  Colonies  and  the  American  Revolution.    A  study  of  how  Euro- 
peans seized  the  New  World,  transformed  themselves  into  Americans,  and 
fought  to  build  a  republic  in  a  hostile  world  of  monarchies.  3  credits. 

226.  Age  of  Jefferson  &  Jackson.  How  the  old  republican  ideal  of  a 
virtuous  agrarian  society  struggles  to  confront  the  new  age  of  economic 
modernization,  social  diversity,  and  sectional  tension.  3  credits. 

227.  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction.    A  study  of  how  sectional  divisions 
over  slavery  led  to  a  bloody  war  and  a  bitter  postwar  effort  to  reshape 
Southern  society.  3  credits. 

229.  America  in  the  Atomic  Age.    The  impact  of  World  War  II,  the  cold 
war,  social  change,  and  international  responsibilities  upon  America  since 
1941.  3  credits. 

241.  Pennsylvania  History.     The  story  of  Pennsylvania's  founding,  settle- 
ment, expansion,  and  development  from  William  Penn  to  the  present. 
3  credits. 

261.  American  Intellectual  History.     A  survey  of  American  intellectual  life 
from  the  European  discovery  to  the  present,  concentrating  on  the  way  in 
which  developments  in  religion,  politics,  education,  science,  social  science, 
and  the  arts,  have  affected  Americans'  thinking  about  themselves,  their  com- 
munities, and  their  role  in  the  world.  3  credits. 


91 


262.  American  Social  History.    A  survey  of  American  social  history  from 
the  colonial  period  to  the  present,  focusing  on  the  transformation  of  Euro- 
pean culture  by  American  conditions.  Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  such 
developments  as  religious  diversity,  slavery,  the  achievement  of  indepen- 
dence, westward  expansion,  changing  patterns  of  immigration,  social 
organization,  industrialization,  urbanization,  and  involvement  in  international 
affairs.  3  credits. 

311.  American  Business  History  I.    An  examination  of  the  lives  and  ideas 
of  American  business  leaders  and  entrepreneurs,  the  development  of  the 
American  economy,  and  the  relationships  between  business,  society,  and 
government,  from  the  colonial  period  to  1890.  Special  emphasis  on  the 
following  industries:  communications,  energy,  finance,  fur,  manufacturing, 
retailing,  steel  and  transportation.  3  credits. 

312.  American  Business  History  II.    An  examination  of  the  lives  and 
ideas  of  American  business  leaders  and  entrepreneurs,  the  development  of 
the  American  economy,  the  growth  and  decline  of  the  trade  union  move- 
ment, and  the  relationships  between  business,  society  and  government  from 
1890  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  on  the  following  industries:  com- 
munications, energy,  entertainment,  finance,  manufacturing,  meat  packing, 
recreation,  and  transportation.  3  credits. 

313.  Public  History.     An  introduction  to  non-teaching  careers  in  history. 
Students  examine  the  basics  of  archival  management,  museum  curatorship, 
editing,  oral  history,  and  specialized  work  in  government,  corporations, 
historical  societies,  libraries,  preservation  agencies,  research  agencies,  foun- 
dations, and  higher  education.  3  credits. 

331.  Nazi  Germany  and  World  War  II.    A  look  in  depth  at  the  nature  of 
totalitarianism,  the  German  experience,  the  growth  of  the  Nazi  party,  the 
emergence  of  Hitler,  and  the  Holocaust.  3  credits. 

335.  Intellectual  History  Since  the  Renaissance.    A  survey  of  the  ideas 
that  have  dominated  the  development  of  Western  Civilization,  and  the 
political,  social,  and  economic  context  that  gave  them  meaning.  3  credits. 

341.  Survey  of  Russian  History.    The  development  of  Russia  and  the 
Soviet  Union  from  Kievan  beginnings  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  upon  the 
period  since  1600.  3  credits. 

344.  History  of  the  Far  East.    A  survey  of  the  political,  economic,  and 
cultural  institutions  of  China  and  Japan,  with  special  emphasis  given  to  the 
Western  impact  on  these  institutions  after  1500.  3  credits. 


92 


360.  American  Military  History.    A  survey  of  American  military  institu- 
tions from  Old  World  tradition  to  the  post  Vietnam  era,  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  United  States  Army.  The  course  features 
leadership  case  studies.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions,  and  evaluations  of  important  works 
of  history.  Open  to  history  majors  and  minors,  and  to  others  by  permission 
of  instructor.  3  credits. 

Honors  (HC) 

The  Honors  program  and  courses  are  described  on  page  26. 

Hotel  Management  (HM) 

The  Management  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  hotel  management. 

MAJOR:  HM  111,112,211,222,231,311,322,331,411,422,431;  AC  161,162; 
EC  120;  MG  330,340,420,485;  EN  210;  PH  260  (60  credits). 

MINOR:  HM  111,112,211,222,231,311;  AC  161  (21  credits). 
Courses  in  Hotel  Management 

111.  Introduction  to  the  Hotel  Industry.    History,  development  and  opera- 
tion of  the  hotel  industry.  Emphasis  on  current  organization,  problems,  op- 
portunities and  trends.  Overview  of  how  the  hotel  industry  functions  in  the 
world  economy.  Management  orientation  stressed.  3  credits. 

112.  Front  Office  Management.    An  analysis  of  the  integrated  functions  of 
the  front  office  and  housekeeping  departments.  Topics  include  work  and  in- 
formation flow  within  and  between  departments,  demand  forecasting,  pricing 
strategies,  reservations  and  control,  front  desk  responsibilities,  guest  services, 
emergency  procedures,  night  auditing,  and  a  general  introduction  to  the  art 
of  innkeeping.  Materials,  equipment  and  techniques  involved  in  the  house- 
keeping function  will  also  be  analyzed.  Prerequisite:  HM  111.  3  credits. 

211.  Hotel  Law.     Fundamentals  of  hotel  law  including  innkeeper  laws  and 
dramshop  laws.  The  case  study  method  develops  an  awareness  and  under- 
standing of  the  legal  problems  confronting  hotel  managers.  Prerequisite:  HM 
111.3  credits. 


93 


221.  The  Psychology  and  Sociology  of  Leisure.    An  analysis  of  the  funda- 
mental psychological  and  sociological  concepts  and  theories  related  to  the 
motivation  for  travel.  Review  of  consumer  behavior  in  the  hotel  industry. 
Evaluating  customer  needs  and  services.  Prerequisite:  HM  111  and  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 

222.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  I.    Introduction  to  the  food  and 
beverage  functions  with  emphasis  on  menu  planning  and  purchasing.  In- 
cludes fundamentals  and  language,  systems,  equipment,  operational  respon- 
sibilities, management  organizational  patterns,  nutrition,  storage,  and  sanita- 
tion. Prerequisite:  HM  111.  3  credits. 

231.  Supervised  Field  Experience:    Front  Office  Management.  Emphasizes 
selected  aspects  of  front  office  management.  Accompanied  by  readings, 
reports,  journals,  and  faculty  conferences.  One  hundred  thirty-five  (135) 
hours  of  field  work  in  the  hotel  industry.  Prerequisite:  HM  112  and  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 

311.  Advanced  Hotel  Management.    An  analysis  of  the  following  aspects 
of  hotel  organizations:  health,  safety  and  security;  building  and  grounds; 
equipment  purchase,  repair  and  maintenance;  facilities  design;  renovation  and 
maintenance;  internal  controls;  and  energy  management.  Prerequisite:  HM 
112.  3  credits. 

322.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  II.    Analysis  of  the  food  and 
beverage  functions  with  emphasis  on  production  and  services.  Prerequisite: 
HM  112.  3  credits. 

331.  Supervised  Field  Experience:  Marketing.    Emphasizes  selected 
aspects  of  marketing  techniques  and  research.  Accompanied  by  readings, 
reports,  journals,  and  faculty  conferences.  One  hundred  thirty-five  (135) 
hours  of  field  work  in  the  hotel  industry.  Prerequisite:  HM  112,  MG  340 
and  permission.  3  credits. 

411.  Hotel  Financial  Management.    To  develop  an  understanding  of  com- 
mon techniques  and  methods  by  which  management  in  the  hospitality  in- 
dustry, can  interpret,  analyze,  and  make  decisions  based  on  information  pro- 
vided by  the  accounting  system.  Prerequisites:  AC  161,  162.  3  credits. 

422.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  III.    Advanced  analyses  of  the  food 
and  beverage  functions  with  emphasis  on  cost  control  and  profit  planning. 
Relevant  computer  software  applications  are  reviewed  in  depth.  Prerequisite: 
HM  322.  3  credits. 


94 


431.  Supervised  Field  Experience:    Accounting  and  Finance.  Emphasizes 
selected  aspects  of  accounting  and  financial  management  concepts  and 
techniques.  Accompanied  by  readings,  reports,  journals,  and  faculty  con- 
ferences. One  hundred  thirty-five  (135)  hours  of  field  work  in  the  hotel  in- 
dustry. 3  credits. 

International  Business 

The  program  in  International  Business  is  offered  jointly  by  the  Foreign 
Languages  department  which  is  described  on  page  41,  and  the  Management 
department,  which  is  described  on  page  44. 

The  program  in  international  business  provides  an  opportunity  to  integrate 
the  study  of  business  with  the  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  and  culture. 
It  is  designed  to  equip  students  with  the  background  and  skills  necessary  to 
work  with  foreign  corporations  within  the  United  States  and  with  American 
corporations  abroad.  While  acquiring  a  strong  liberal  arts  background, 
students  who  elect  this  major  will  receive  training  in  accounting,  manage- 
ment, economics  and  political  science.  They  also  will  become  familiar  with 
a  foreign  culture  and  will  acquire  proficiency  in  French,  German  or  Spanish. 
International  business  majors  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  internships  to  gain 
valuable  field  experience. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  international  business. 

MAJOR:  AC  161,162;  EC  110,120,332;  MG  330,340,361,376,485;  PS 
210,230,312;  RE  140;  CS  147  or  170;  MA  150  or  160  or  161  or  111;  MA 
170  or  270,  or  372;  FR,  GR,  SP  315,316;  and  two  other  courses  in  the 
selected  foreign  language  above  the  intermediate  level  (63-65  credits). 

LEADERSHIP  STUDIES  (LC) 

The  program  in  Leadership  Studies  is  described  on  page  24. 

Courses  in  Leadership 

100,  111.  Theories  and  Applications  of  Leadership  Processes.    Theories 
and  concepts  of  leadership,  power  and  authority.  Analysis  of  their  practical 
applications.  Specific  areas  to  be  covered  include  group  dynamics,  com- 
munication skills,  conflict  resolution,  motivation,  decision  making,  and  values 
clarification  and  ethics.  Prerequisite  for  LC  111,  permission  of  instructor. 
3  credits. 


95 


330.  Ethical  Issues  and  Values  in  Leadership.    A  critical  examination  of 
the  ethical  and  valuational  questions  that  reside  at  the  core  of  both  leadership 
and  leadership  theories.  Prerequisite:  LC  100  or  HI.  3  credits. 

350.  Advanced  Leadership  Studies.    Models  and  theories  of  leadership  as 
exemplified  in  selected  case  studies.  Analysis  of  leadership  in  other  cultures 
and  assessment  of  the  student's  own  leadership  style  are  also  included. 
Prerequisite:  LC  100  or  111,  PH  220  or  RE  222.  3  credits. 

400.  Leadership  Internship.    Prerequisite:  LC  350.  3-15  credits. 

Management  (MG) 

The  Management  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  management. 

MAJOR:  AC  161,162;  EC  110,120;  EN  210;  CS  147  (or  170);  MG  222, 
233,330,340,361,371,460,483,485;  MA  150  (or  111  or  160  or  161);  MA 
170  (or  270  or  372);  PH  260  (54-56  credits). 

Courses  in  Management 

100.  Business  and  Its  Environment.    An  overview  of  business  operations 
for  the  non-business  major.  Specialized  fields  within  business  organizations 
are  analyzed.  The  environment  and  the  role  of  business  in  modem  society 
are  examined.  Not  open  to  accounting,  economics,  management,  or  interna- 
tional business  majors.  3  credits. 

222.  Quantitative  Methods.     An  introduction  to  some  of  the  quantitative 
methods  used  in  modem  management  and  economics.  Topics  include  prob- 
ability concepts,  forecasting,  decision  theory,  linear  programming,  queuing 
theory,  network  models,  and  Markov  analysis.  Prerequisites:  MA  150  and 
170.  3  credits. 

233.  Personal  Computer  Applications  in  the  Business  and  Economic 
Environment.    An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their  use  as  a 
business  management  tool.  Through  classroom  instruction  and  laboratory  ex- 
ercises the  student  learns  commonly  used  business  applications.  Topics 
covered  include  word  processing,  electronic  spreadsheets,  database  manage- 
ment, business  graphics,  decision  support  systems,  and  integrated  accounting 
packages.  Prerequisite:  AC  151  or  161,  EC  110  or  120,  or  permission. 
3  credits. 


96 


250.  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  and  Practice.    This  course  acquaints  the 
student  with  aspects  of  listing,  selling,  and  leasing  property.  Includes  listing 
and  selling  techniques;  contracts;  financing  including  FHA  and  VA;  qualify- 
ing the  customer;  settlement  procedures  including  prorations;  and  special 
fields  of  real  estate  such  as  development  and  construction.  4  credits. 

330.  Principles  of  Management  and  Organizations.    A  study  of  manage- 
ment principles,  organizational  theory,  and  administrative  techniques  as 
applied  to  the  effective  and  efficient  operation  of  both  profit  and  nonprofit 
organizations.  Emphasizes  the  organization's  structure,  leadership,  interper- 
sonal relationships,  and  managerial  functions.  3  credits. 

340.  Principles  of  Marketing.     An  overview  of  marketing  from  the 
management  perspective.  Topics  include  marketing  strategies;  marketing 
research;  consumer  behavior;  selecting  target  markets;  developing,  pricing, 
distributing,  and  promoting  products  and  services  and  non-profit  marketing. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

341.  Consumer  Behavior.     Analysis  of  factors  affecting  purchase  decisions 
in  the  marketplace;  application  of  behavioral  and  social  science  concepts  to 
the  study  of  consumer  behavior.  Emphasis  on  use  of  knowledge  of  consumer 
behavior  for  marketing  decisions.  Prerequisite:  MG  330  and  MG  340,  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

350.  Organizational  Behavior  and  Development.    A  detailed  study  of 
theories  and  models  of  organizational  behavior  and  development,  with 
emphasis  on  the  practical  application  of  these  models  in  the  workplace  to 
improve  individual,  group,  and  organizational  performance.  Prerequisite: 
junior  standing  and  MG  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

361.  Managerial  Finance.  A  study  of  financial  management  covering 
analysis  of  asset,  liability  and  capital  relationships  and  operations;  manage- 
ment of  current  assets  and  working  capital;  capital  planning  and  budgeting; 
capital  structure  and  dividend  policy;  short  and  intermediate  term  financing; 
internal  and  external  long  term  financing;  mergers  and  acquisitions;  multina- 
tional operations;  and  corporation  failures  and  liquidation.  Prerequisite:  AC 
152  or  AC  162;  EC  110,  120;  MG  222.  3  credits. 

362.  Investments.     An  analysis  of  investment  and  its  relation  to  other 
economic,  legal,  and  social  institutions.  The  course  includes  discussion  of 
investment  principles,  machinery,  policy,  management  investment  types,  and 
the  development  of  portfolios  for  individuals  and  institutions.  Prerequisite: 
MG  361.  3  credits. 


97 


364.  Advertising.    The  role  advertising  plays  in  American  life  and  its  effect 
upon  consumer  behavior.  Analysis  of  media  strategies,  functions  of  advertis- 
ing agencies,  creation  of  successful  advertisements,  and  the  legal  and  ethical 
restraints  on  advertising.  Prerequisite:  MG  340.  3  credits. 

371.  Business  Law  I.    Elementary  principles  of  law  relating  to  the  field  of 
business.  The  course  covers  contracts,  government  regulation  of  business, 
consumer  protection,  bankruptcy,  personal  property,  real  estate,  bailments, 
insurance  and  estates.  Prerequisite:  AC  152  or  162  highly  recommended. 

3  credits. 

372.  Business  Law  II.    Elementary  principles  of  law  relating  to  business. 
Includes  agency,  employment,  commercial  paper,  security  devices, 
insurance,  partnerships,  corporation,  estates,  bankruptcy.  Prerequisite:  AC 
152  or  162  highly  recommended.  3  credits. 

376.  International  Business  Management.  A  study  of  the  management 
techniques  and  procedures  in  international  and  multinational  organizations. 
Prerequisite:  MG  340.  3  credits. 

380.  Small  Business  Management.    A  study  of  small  business,  including 
organization,  staffing,  production,  marketing,  and  profit  planning.  Cases  are 
used  extensively  in  presenting  the  course  material.  Prerequisite:  AC  152  or 
162,  MG  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

384.  Marketing  Research.    An  introduction  to  the  methodology  of 
marketing  research.  Specific  topics  covered  include  problem  formulation, 
research  design,  sample  design,  data  collection,  analysis  and  interpretation  of 
data,  and  presentation  of  research  findings.  Prerequisite:  MG  330  and  MG 
340.  3  credits. 

420.  Personnel  Management.    This  course  examines  the  problems  in  effec- 
tively recruiting,  selecting,  training,  developing,  compensating,  and  disci- 
plining human  resources;  it  includes  both  equal  employment  opportunity  and 
labor-management  relations.  Prerequisite:  MG  330  or  permission.  3  credits. 

425.  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations.    Emphasis  on  the  origin,  growth, 
and  development  of  labor  organizations  and  the  impact  of  such  organizations 
on  management  practices.  Topics  included  are:  legislation  affecting  industrial 
relations;  collective  bargaining  process;  contract  administration;  industrial 
jurisprudence;  and  arbitration.  Prerequisite:  MG  330  or  permission.  3  credits. 


98 


460.  Management  Information  Systems.    Examines  data  sources  and  the 
role  of  information  in  the  organization  for  purposes  of  management  planning, 
operations,  and  control  in  various  types  of  business  environments.  Treats 
information  as  a  key  organizational  resource  parallel  to  people,  money, 
materials,  and  technology.  Views  information  and  its  uses  within  general 
systems  framework.  Prerequisite:  AC  152  or  162,  CS  147  or  170,  MG  330, 
or  permission.  3  credits. 

483.  Production  and  Operations  Management.    An  overview  of  the  pro- 
duction/operations management  function  as  applied  to  both  manufacturing 
and  service  organizations.  It  provides  a  background  of  the  concepts  and  pro- 
cesses used  in  the  production/service  operations  area.  Integrated  throughout 
are  considerations  of  the  information  systems,  the  people  involved,  the  quan- 
titative techniques  employed,  and  the  international  implications.  Prerequisite: 
MG  222  and  MG  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

485.  Business  Policy.    A  capstone  course  to  study  administrative  processes 
under  conditions  of  uncertainty,  integrating  prior  studies  in  management, 
accounting,  and  economics.  Uses  the  case  method  and  a  computer  simula- 
tion. Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

487.  Health  Care  Management.    A  capstone  course  to  study  the  admin- 
istrative processes  of  American's  health  care  industry  including  institutional 
infra-structure,  governance  systems,  financial  systems,  personnel  systems, 
quality  controls,  nursing  and  clinical  services,  and  marketing.  The  course 
integrates  prior  study  in  health  care,  management,  accounting,  and 
economics.  Students  will  develop  problem  solving  skills  and  an  appropriate 
management  style.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

Mathematics  (MA) 

The  Mathematical  Sciences  Department  is  described  on  page  46. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  mathematics. 

MAJOR:  MA  111,112,202,211,222,499,  CS  147,  five  courses  in  mathe- 
matics (15  credits)  numbered  above  300,  as  approved  to  include  a  balance 
between  abstract  and  applied  courses  (40  credits). 

MINOR:  MA  111,112  or  161,162,211;  MA  202,222,  CS  147  and  one 
mathematics  course  (3  credits)  numbered  above  300,  approved  by  the  advisor 
(22  credits). 


99 


Courses  in  Mathematics 

100.  Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics  with  Computers.    A  study  of  a 
variety  of  topics  from  mathematics,  the  computer,  and  the  use  of  the  com- 
puter as  a  tool.  Topics  may  include:  patterns  and  inductive  reasoning, 
calculators,  number  systems,  nature  of  algebra,  interest,  installment  buying, 
metric  system,  geometric  concepts,  computer  word  processing,  and  writing  a 
computer  program.  3  credits. 

102.  Pre-Calculus,  Algebra  and  Trigonometry.    A  review  of  college 
algebra  and  trigonometry.  Algebraic  expressions  and  equations,  inequalities, 
absolute  value,  exponents,  logarithms,  functional  notation,  graphs  of  func- 
tions, systems  of  equations,  modeling  and  work  problems,  angular  measure- 
ment, trigonometric  functions,  identities,  formulas,  radian  measure,  graphs  of 
trigonometric  and  inverse  functions.  3  credits. 

111,112.  Analysis  I,II.    A  rigorous  calculus  sequence  for  departmental 
majors.  Prerequisite:  placement  testing  or  MA  102.  5  credits  per  semester. 

150.  Finite  Mathematics,    hitroduction  to  finite  mathematics  with  emphasis 
on  economic  and  business  applications.  Topics  include:  sets,  lines  and 
systems  of  equations,  matrices,  linear  programming,  probability,  statistics, 
Markov  processes,  mathematics  of  finance.  3  credits. 

160.  Calculus  for  Business.  Introduction  to  differential  and  integral 
calculus  with  emphasis  on  concepts  and  techniques  most  applicable  to 
business  and  economics.  Prerequisite:  placement  testing  or  MA  102. 

3  credits. 

161.  Calculus  I.    The  first  course  of  a  calculus  sequence  with  emphasis  on 
applications.  Topics  include:  functions  and  limits,  differentiation,  integration, 
introduction  to  logarithm  and  exponential  functions.  Preerequisite:  placement 
testing  or  MA  102.  3  credits. 

162.  Calculus  11.    Continuation  of  topics  from  MA  161.  Additional  applica- 
tions of  differentiation  and  integration,  logarithm  and  exponential  functions, 
inverse  trigonometric  and  hyperbolic  functions,  improper  integrals,  I'hopital's 
rule,  infinite  series,  and  conic  sections.  Prerequisite:  MA  161.  4  credits. 

170.  Elementary  Statistics.    Elementary  descriptive  and  inferential 
statistics.  Topics  include:  graphical  representation,  measures  of  central 
tendency,  probability,  binomial  distribution,  normal 

distribution,  hypothesis  testing,  estimation,  comparison  testing,  linear  models 
and  correlation,  and  contingency  tables.  3  credits. 

202.  Foundations  of  Mathematics.    Introduction  to  logic,  set  theory  and 
real  and  complex  numbers.  Prerequisite:  MA  112.  3  credits. 


100 


211.  Analysis  III.    Continuation  of  Analysis  I, II.  Prerequisite:  MA  112  or 
MA  162.  3  credits. 

222.  Linear  Algebra.     Vectors,  matrices,  and  systems  of  equations.  Pre- 
requisite: MA  112.  3  credits. 

261.  Calculus  III.     Continuation  of  Calculus  I, II.  Topics  include:  polar 
coordinates,  parametric  equations,  vectors  in  the  plane,  three-dimensional 
space,  partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  and  vector  calculus.  Pre- 
requisite: MA  111  or  162.  3  credits. 

266.  Differential  Equations.  First  and  second  order  differential  equations, 
partial  differential  equations.  Prerequisite:  MA  211  or  MA  261.  3  credits. 

270.  Intermediate  Statistics.    An  advanced  version  of  MA  170.  Pre- 
requisite: MA  112  or  MA  162.  3  credits. 

322.  Abstract  Algebra.     Fundamentals  of  groups,  rings,  fields.  Pre- 
requisite: MA  222.  3  credits. 

325.  Geometry.    Axiomatic  development  of  Absolute,  Euclidean  and  non- 
Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  MA  112.  3  credits. 

335.  Operations  Research  I.  Linear  programming,  dynamic  programming, 
integer  programming,  queueing  theory,  project  scheduling,  stochastic  simula- 
tion, and  decision  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MA  222,  371.  3  credits. 

336.  Operations  Research  II.    Continuation  of  topics  from  MA  335,  and 
selected  topics  from  goal  programming,  network  analysis,  game  theory, 
stochastic  processes,  inventory  theory,  forecasting,  and  reliability.  Pre- 
requisite: MA  335.  3  credits. 

371.  Mathematical  Probability.    Random  variables,  probability  law  and 
distributions.  Prerequisite:  MA  211.  3  credits. 

372.  Mathematical  Statistics.  Generating  functions,  decision  theory,  tests 
of  hypotheses.  Prerequisite:  MA  371.  3  credits. 

412.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.    Analytic  functions.  Cauchy 
theorem,  conformal  mapping.  Prerequisite:  MA  202.  3  credits. 

452.  Seminar  for  Teachers.     Issues  of  concern  for  the  prospective  secon- 
dary school  mathematics  teacher.  1  credit. 

463.  Numerical  Analysis  I.  Iteration,  interpolation,  numerical  integration, 
and  linear  systems.  Prerequisite:  MA  266,  CS  147.  3  credits. 

464.  Numerical  Analysis  II.    Continuation  of  MA  463,  and  differential 
equations,  and  matrix  methods.  Prerequisite:  MA  463.  3  credits. 

471.  Applied  Statistics.  Linear  regression  and  correlation  analysis,  analysis 
of  variance,  sampling,  time  series  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MA  372.  3  credits. 

101 


499.  Seminar.    Problem  solving  techniques  and  other  selected  topics.  Pre- 
requisite: MA  211.  3  credits. 

Medical  Technology 

In  addition  to  the  degree  described  below,  Lebanon  Valley  College  also 
offers  a  "2+2"  cooperative  program  in  medical  technology  with  Thomas 
Jefferson  University  and  a  "2  +  3"  program  with  Hahnemann  University, 
both  in  Philadelphia.  These  Programs  are  described  on  page  33. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology. 

MAJOR:  BI  100,111,112,306,322,  eight  additional  credits  in  biology;  CH 
111,  112,113,114,213,214,215,216;  PHY  103,104;  MA  170  (52  credits). 
The  senior  year  is  spent  off-campus  at  an  accredited  hospital  School  of 
Medical  Technology.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  apply  and  become 
accepted  into  a  hospital  program.  Thirty  (30)  semester  hours  of  credit  are 
awarded  for  the  successful  completion  of  this  year. 

Military  Science  (MI) 

The  Military  Science  program  is  described  on  page  49. 

REQUIREMENTS:  MI  101,102,201,202,301,302,401,402;  HI  360,  an  ad- 
vanced writing  course,  and  a  course  in  human  behavior. 

Courses  in  Military  Science 

101,102.  Introduction  to  Military  Science.    Emphasis  on  developing  self- 
confidence  and  bearing.  Instruction  and  weekly  practical  training  in  such 
basic  skills  as  map  reading,  rappelling,  weapons,  communications,  first  aid, 
tactical  movements,  customs  and  courtesies,  public  speaking,  and  leadership. 
Meets  one  hour  per  week  each  semester.  Also  four  to  six  Saturdays  of 
voluntary  adventure  training  and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester. 
1  credit  each  semester. 

201,202.  Application  of  Military  Science.    Advanced  instruction  in  topics 
introduced  in  the  first  year.  Participation  in  operations  and  basic  tactics  to 
demonstrate  leadership  problems  and  to  develop  leadership  skills.  Meets  two 
hours  per  week  each  semester.  Also  four  to  six  Saturdays  of  voluntary 
adventure  training  and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester.  1  credit  each 
semester. 


102 


301,302.  Advanced  Application  of  Military  Science.    Emphasis  on  leader- 
ship. Situations  require  direct  interaction  with  other  cadets  and  test  the  stu- 
dent's ability  to  meet  set  goals  and  to  get  others  to  do  the  same.  Students 
master  basic  tactical  skills  of  the  small  unit  leader.  Meets  two  hours  per 
week  and  selected  weekends  each  semester.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to  Ad- 
vanced Course  cadets.  1  credit  each  semester. 

401,402.  Command  and  Staff.    Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  planning 
and  decision-making  capabilities  in  the  areas  of  military  operations,  logistics, 
and  administration.  Meets  two  hours  per  week  and  selected  weekends  each 
semester.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to  Advanced  Course  cadets.  1  credit  each 
semester. 

Music  (MU) 

The  Music  Department  is  described  on  page  51. 

DEGREES:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  music;  Bachelor  of  Music; 
Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  sacred  music;  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a 
major  in  music  education;  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  sound  record- 
ing technology. 

MAJORS:  Core  courses  in  all  music  degree  programs  are:  (Area  I)  MU 
115,116,117,118,215,217,226,316;  (Area  V)  MU  341,342;  (Area  VI)  MU 
246;  (Area  VII)  MU  530  [B.S.],  or  540  [B.A.],  or  550  [B.M.]. 

Music  (B.A.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MU  224,315,329;  (Area  II)  MU 
132,326,327  for  voice  majors;  (Area  IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V)  MU  306  for 
piano  majors,  MU  462;  (Area  VII)  MU  510  or  530-piano  for  voice  majors, 
MU  540-piano/voice  depending  upon  performance  area. 

Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MU 
224,315,329,416;  (Area  II)  MU  403,480;  (Area  III)  MU  123,124-brass  or 
231,232-woodwinds  or  127,228-percussion;  (Area  IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V) 
MU  462;  (Area  VII)  MU  510  or  530-piano,  520  or  530-voice,  MU 
550-orchestral/band  instrument  depending  upon  performance  area. 

Piano  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MU  224,315,329,416;  (Area  II) 
MU  406,411,480,600  maximum  6  credits;  (Area  IV)  ensembles-6  credits; 
(Area  V)  MU  306,462;  (Area  VI)  MU  345  or  347;  (Area  VII)  MU  520  or 
530-voice,  MU  550-piano. 

Sacred  Music  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MU  224,315,329;  (Area 
V)  MU  462;  (Area  VI)  MU  347.  Organ  track:  (Area  II)  MU  132,422;  (Area 
IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V)  MU  321,322,351,352,354,421;  (Area  VII)  MU  520 
or  530-voice,  530-piano,  MU  550-organ.  Voice  track:  (Area  II)  MU  132, 
326,327,422;  (Area  IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V)  MU  321,322,351,421;  (Area 
VII)  MU  530-piano,  530-organ,  550-voice. 

103 


Music  Education  (B.S.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MU  416;  (Area  II)  MU 
333,334,335,336,441,402  or  404;  (Area  HI)  MU  123,124,127,228,231,232, 
337,338;  (Area  IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V)  MU  341,342;  (Area  VI)  MU  345 
or  347;  ED  110;  PSY  100  or  120;  PSY  220.  Students  whose  principal  per- 
formance medium  is  piano  are  required  to  study  1  year  of  voice.  Students 
whose  principal  performance  medium  is  voice  are  required  to  complete  2 
years  of  piano.  Students  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  a  band  or 
orchestral  instrument  are  required  to  complete  2  years  of  piano  study  and  1 
year  of  voice  study.  All  study  includes  class  or  private  instruction.  Music 
education  majors  are  permitted  to  register  for  only  the  half-hour  lesson  in 
their  principal  performance  medium  during  the  student  teaching  semester.  All 
students  may  earn  up  to  12  credits  for  ensemble  participation. 

MINOR:  MU  115,116,117,341  or  342,  6  credits  of  Private  Instruction  (MU 
530)  and  4  credits  in  music  ensembles  or  elective  courses.  All  programs 
must  be  approved  by  the  Chairperson. 

Student  Recitals 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  students  in  acquainting  them 
with  a  wide  range  of  the  best  musical  literature,  in  developing  musical  taste 
and  discrimination,  in  affording  the  experience  of  appearing  before  an  audi- 
ence, and  in  gaining  self-reliance  as  well  as  nerve  control  and  stage  de- 
meanor. Students  at  all  levels  of  performance  appear  in  these  student 
recitals. 

Courses  in  Music  Theory  (Area  I) 

Enrollment  in  all  music  courses  above  the  100  level  requires  the  permission 
of  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department. 

115.  Harmony  I.  A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  and  their  notation. 
Harmonization  of  melodies  and  basses  with  fundamental  triads.  Analysis. 
2  credits. 

116.  Harmony  II.    A  study  of  inversions  of  triads,  seventh  chords,  the 
principles  of  modulation  and  figured  bass.  Analysis  of  hymns  and  standard 
literature.  2  credits. 

117.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  I.    The  singing  and  aural  recognition 
of  intervals,  scales  triads  and  simple  harmonic  progressions.  2  credits. 

118.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  II.    A  continuation  of  117,  em- 
phasizing clef  reading,  modality,  modulation  and  more  complicated  rhythmic 
devices  and  harmonic  patterns.  2  credits. 


104 


115.  Harmony  III.    The  writing  and  analysis  of  exercises  and  literature  that 
nclude  secondary  dominant,  diminished  seventh  chords  and  substitutes  for 
liatonic  harmony.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  Twentieth  Century  composi- 
ional  techniques.  2  credits. 

117.  Basic  Concepts  of  Structure  and  Style.    An  advanced  ear  training 
;ourse  using  literature  representing  various  stylistic  periods  and  performance 
nedia  as  the  basis  for  analysis,  discussion  and  aural  recognition.  2  credits. 

t24.  Counterpoint.    Introductory  work  in  strict  counterpoint  through  three- 
ind  four-part  work  in  all  the  species.  2  credits. 

126.  Form  and  Analysis  I.     A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  sim- 
)le  and  compound  forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo  and  sonata 
brms.  Emphasis  is  placed  primarily  upon  structural  content.  The  course  pro- 
'ides  experience  and  skill  in  both  aural  and  visual  analysis.  2  credits. 

H5.  Harmony  IV.     Elementary  Composition.  Exposure  to  the  composition 
>f  various  forms,  including  theme  and  variation,  rondo,  song  and  dance 
brms;  exploration  of  Twentieth  Century  compositional  techniques.  2  credits. 

116.  Keyboard  Harmony.     Score  reading  and  the  realization  of  figured 
>ass  at  the  keyboard,  transposition,  and  improvisation.  The  successful  com- 
)letion  of  a  piano  jury  is  required  for  admission  to  the  course.  2  credits. 

129.  Form  and  Analysis  II.     A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of 
iigal  forms,  suite,  complex  sonata  forms  and  techniques  for  analysis  of  cer- 
ain  contemporary  styles  of  music.  2  credits. 

H6.  Orchestration.     A  study  of  instrumentation  and  the  devices  and 
echniques  for  scoring  transcriptions,  arrangements  and  solos  for  orchestra 
ind  band,  with  special  emphasis  on  practical  scoring  for  mixed  ensembles  as 
hey  occur  in  public  schools.  Laboratory  analysis  and  performance.  Scoring 
>f  original  works.  2  credits. 

Materials  and  Methods  Courses  (Area  II) 

32.  Diction  for  Singers.     An  introduction  to  the  pronunciation  of  singer's 
inglish,  German,  French,  Italian,  and  Latin,  utilizing  the  International 
*honetic  Alphabet.  Required  for  sacred  music  majors  and  for  voice  students 
najoring  in  music;  open  to  other  students  with  permission  of  the  instructor, 
credit. 

20.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.     A  course  designed  to  aid  elemen- 
ary  education  majors  in  developing  music  skills  for  the  classroom,  including 
he  playing  of  instruments,  singing,  notation,  listening,  movement,  and 
reative  applications.  3  credits. 


105 


280.  Field  Practicum  in  Music  Education.    Supervised  field  experiences  in 
appropriate  settings.  Required  pass/fail.  Prerequisites:  ED  110  and  permis- 
sion. 1-3  credits. 

326.  Vocal  Literature.    A  survey  of  solo  vocal  literature,  with  emphasis  on 
teaching  repertoire.  Extensive  listening  is  required.  Students  may  have 
opportunities  to  perform  works  studied.  2  credits. 

327.  Vocal  Pedagogy.    This  course  prepares  the  advanced  voice  student  to 
teach  private  lessons  at  the  secondary  school  level.  Students  in  the  class  are 
expected  to  develop  vocal  exercise  procedures,  become  familiar  with  suitable 
teaching  repertoire  and  apply  teaching  procedures  in  a  laboratory  situation. 
Selected  writings  in  vocal  pedagogy  and  voice  therapy  are  studied.  2  credits. 

333.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Elementary.    A  com- 
prehensive study  of  general  music  teaching  at  the  elementary  school  level, 
the  philosophy  of  music  education,  varied  approaches  for  developing  concep- 
tual learning  and  music  skills,  creative  applications,  and  analysis  of 
materials.  3  credits. 

334.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Junior  High/Middle 
School.    A  study  of  materials  and  approaches  appropriate  for  general  music 
classes  in  the  junior  high/middle  school,  including  adolescent  voices, 
musically-oriented  learning  experiences,  and  planning  a  general  curriculum. 
3  credits. 

335.  Methods  and  Materials:  Instrumental.    A  comprehensive  study  of 
methods  and  materials  applicable  to  the  teaching  of  band  and  orchestral  in- 
struments and  instrumental  groups  from  elementary  through  high  school 
levels.  Topics  include:  an  overview  of  the  historical  and  philosophical 
perspectives  of  music  education,  development  of  organizational  skills  and  ad- 
ministrative responsibilities  and  a  review  of  the  playing  and  teaching  tech- 
niques of  all  instruments.  3  credits. 

336.  Music  Education  Field  Practicum.    Students  are  placed  in  schools 
one  hour  per  week  where  they  are  involved  in  teaching/learning  enviroment. 
1  credit. 

402.  Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Problems.    A  lecture/discussion 
course  highlighting  the  typical  problems  confronting  the  school  instrumental 
music  teacher.  Topics  include:  marching  band  charting  and  show  design 
techniques,  instrument  repair  and  maintenance,  selection  of  beginners, 
rehearsal  scheduling,  budgeting,  evaluation,  literature  selection,  and 
organization  of  festivals,  contests,  trips,  and  public  performances.  Individual 
research  projects  and  student  presentations.  2  credits. 


106 


403.  Pedagogy.    Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.  A  survey  of  literature 
and  teaching  materials  that  relate  to  the  student's  performance  area.  Students 
may  be  expected  to  apply  teaching  procedures  in  a  laboratory  situation. 

2  credits. 

404.  Music  Education  Seminar,  Secondary  Level.    A  study  of  the  high 
school  vocal  music  curriculum  and  related  course  offerings.  2  credits. 

406.  Piano  Pedagogy.    A  practical  course  that  explores  fundamental  prin- 
ciples necessary  to  be  an  effective  piano  teacher.  Subjects  include  practice 
techniques,  memorization  and  the  selection  of  appropriate  technical  materials 
for  both  beginners  and  advanced  students.  Laboratory  teaching  may  be 
required  of  the  student.  2  credits. 

41 L  Piano  Ensemble.     A  course  that  acquaints  students  with  problems 
related  to  piano  ensemble  performance.  Practical  experience  will  be  gained 
through  study  and  performance  of  appropriate  literature.  2  credits. 

422.  Church  Music  Methods  and  Administration.    A  course  that  ac- 
quaints students  with  the  total  church  music  program.  Topics  include  the 
development  of  a  choir  program,  methods  and  techniques  of  rehearsal, 
budget  preparation,  and  committee  and  pastoral  relationships.  2  credits. 

441.  Student  Teaching.     Music  education  majors  spend  a  semester  in  the 
music  department  of  a  school  district  under  the  supervision  of  cooperating 
teachers.  Prerequisites:  (1)  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0  during 
the  first  six  semesters  in  college;  (2)  successful  completion  of  piano  and 
voice  juries;  (3)  completion  of  Music  333,334,335,336  including  field  ex- 
periences; (4)  approval  of  the  music  faculty.  Students  are  responsible  for 
transportation;  the  college  cannot  insure  that  student  teaching  placement  can 
be  in  a  local  geographical  area. 

480.  Chamber  Music.     Under  the  guidance  of  an  instructor,  the  student 
studies  and  performs  chamber  works  appropriate  to  his/her  performance 
medium.  Prepared  works  may  be  presented  in  recital.  1-2  credits. 

600.  Accompanying.     Under  the  guidance  of  a  piano  instructor  the  piano 
major  prepares  accompaniments  for  recital  performance.  One  credit  per 
semester  is  given  for  one  solo  recital  or  two  half  recitals.  A  maximum  of  six 
credits,  usually  distributed  over  the  last  three  years,  may  be  earned. 

Instrumental  Courses  (Area  III) 

Class  Instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  Instruments.  Practical  courses  in 
which  students,  in  addition  to  being  taught  the  fundamental  principles 
underlying  the  playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  instruments,  learn  to  play 


107 


on  instruments  of  each  group:  string,  woodwind,  brass,  and  percussion. 
Problems  of  class  procedure  in  public  schools  are  discussed;  transposition  of 
all  instruments  is  taught.  Ensemble  playing  is  an  integral  part  of  these 
courses.  Bibliographical  materials  are  surveyed. 

Brass  Instruments  (trumpet,  horn,  trombone,  baritone,  tuba) 

123.  Brass  I.    A  study  of  the  trumpet  and  trombone.  Emphasis  on 
pedagogical  techniques.  1  credit. 

124.  Brass  II.    A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  brass  family  (horn, 
baritone,  tuba).  Emphasis  on  pedagogical  techniques.  Mixed  brass  ensem- 
ble experience.  1  credit. 

Percussion  Instruments  (snare  drum,  timpani,  bass  drum,  and  others) 

127.  Percussion  I.    A  study  of  the  snare  drum.  1/2  credit. 

228.  Percussion  II.    A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments. 
1/2  credit. 

Woodwind  Instruments  (clarinet,  flute,  oboe,  saxophone,  bassoon) 

231.  Woodwind  I.    A  study  of  the  clarinet.  1  credit. 

232.  Woodwind  II.    A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments. 
1  credit. 

String  Instruments  (violin,  viola,  cello,  string  bass) 

337.  String  I.    A  study  of  all  the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 

338.  String  II.    A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  the  above  instruments. 
1  credit. 

Music  Organizations  (Area  TV) 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group  experience  are  provided 
by  music  organizations.  Membership  in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an  audi- 
tion basis  to  all  students. 

601.  Symphonic  and  Marching  Band.    The  symphonic  band  performs 
original  literature  as  well  as  arrangements  of  standard  repertoire.  During  the 
football  season  it  presents  half-time  performances.  Membership  is  by  audi- 
tion and  is  dependent  upon  the  instrumentation  needs  of  the  organization.  All 
music  education  majors,  regardless  of  performance  medium,  are  required  to 
be  in  marching  band  for  a  minimum  of  two  semesters.  1  credit. 

603.  Symphony  Orchestra.    A  wide  variety  of  symphonic  literature  is 
studied  and  performed.  In  the  second  semester  the  orchestra  accompanies 
soloists  in  a  concerto-aria  concert  and  on  occasion  combines  with  choral 
organizations  for  the  performance  of  a  major  work.  1  credit. 


108 


604.  Concert  Choir.    The  Concert  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately 
fifty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  All  phases  of  choral  literature  are  studied 
intensively.  In  addition  to  local  concerts,  the  choir  tours  annually.  1  credit. 

605.  College  Chorus.     The  College  Chorus  offers  the  opportunity  to  study 
and  perform  literature  of  various  styles  and  composers  including  major  choral 
works.  Choral  experience  is  preferred  but  not  required.  Required  of  all 
majors  in  the  department.  1/2  credit. 

613.  Clarinet  Choir.     1/2  credit. 

614.  Woodwind  Quintet.     1/2  credit. 

615.  Brass  Ensemble.     1/2  credit. 

616.  Percussion  Ensemble.     1/2  credit. 
621.  Flute  Ensemble.     1/2  credit. 

623.  String  Ensemble.     1/2  credit. 

624.  Woodwind  Ensemble.     1/2  credit. 

625.  Low  Brass  Ensemble.     1/2  credit. 

626.  Jazz  Band.     1  credit. 

628.  Small  Jazz  Ensemble.     1/2  credit. 
630.  Chamber  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 
635.  Handbell  Choir.  1/2  credit. 

The  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music  Courses  (Area  V) 

100.  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.     For  the  non-music  major,  a 
survey  of  Western  music  from  ancient  to  modem  times.  The  course  is 
designed  to  increase  the  individual's  musical  perception.  May  not  be  taken  if 
the  student  has  completed  MU  341  and/or  342.  3  credits. 

200.  American  Music  History.    A  historical  survey  of  American  music, 
emphasizing  stylistic  developments  and  illustrative  musical  examples.  The 
course  emphasizes  the  Twentieth  Century  including  jazz,  pop,  rock  and 
American  musical  theatre.  3  credits. 

306.  History  and  Literature  of  the  Piano.    A  survey  of  the  development 
of  the  piano  and  its  literature  with  emphasis  on  piano  methods  books  and 
related  materials.  2  credits. 

321.  Hymnology.  A  study  of  the  historical  development  of  hymns  and 
hymn  singing,  as  well  as  an  in-depth  analysis  of  the  current  hymnodical 
practices  of  the  Christian  churches.  2  credits. 


109 


322.  Sacred  Choral  Literature  Seminar.    A  study  of  standard  oratorios, 
requiems,  cantatas  and  anthems  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of 
aesthetic  judgement  in  selecting  literature  for  various  liturgical  settings. 
2  credits. 

341.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  I.    A  survey  course  in  the  history  of 
Western  Music,  with  emphasis  on  stylistic  developments  and  illustrative 
musical  examples.  Ends  with  Bach.  May  not  be  taken  if  student  has  com- 
pleted MU  100.  3  credits. 

342.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  H.    A  survey  course  in  the  history 
of  Western  Music,  with  emphasis  on  stylistic  developments  and  illustrative 
musical  examples.  Covers  Handel  to  the  present.  May  not  be  taken  if  stu- 
dent has  completed  MU  100.  3  credits. 

351,352,354.  Organ  Seminar  I,II,IV.    Three  semesters  of  study,  prefer- 
ably in  sequence,  based  on  the  investigation  of  the  following:  351 -Organ 
Design  and  Tonal  Evolution;  352-Organ  History  and  Literature  (A  survey 
from  early  periods  through  contemporary  times);  354-Church  Service  Play- 
ing. 2  credits  per  semester. 

421.  Liturgy.    A  study  of  the  music  and  its  form  as  related  to  the  historical 
development  of  the  current  practice  of  the  service  of  the  Christian  churches. 
2  credits. 

462.  Music  Literature  Seminar.    A  study  of  music  literature  to  extend  the 
student's  familiarity  with  selected  works.  Application  of  accumulated 
knowledge  of  theory,  music  history,  form,  and  twentieth-century  music. 
Each  student  pursues  an  individual  project  of  particular  interest.  2  credits. 

Conducting  Courses  (Area  VI) 

246.  Principles  of  Conducting.    The  principles  of  conducting  and  baton 
technique.  Students  conduct  ensembles  derived  from  class  personnel. 
2  credits. 

345.  Instrumental  Conducting.    Emphasis  on  practical  work  with 
instrumental  groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are  applied  through  individual 
experience.  2  credits. 

347.  Choral  Conducting.    Basic  conducting  techniques  applied  to  the 
choral  idiom.  Rehearsal  procedures,  materials  and  specific  problems  of  the 
choral  conductor  are  stressed  through  laboratory  experience.  2  credits. 

Applied  Music  Instruction  (Area  VII) 

Private  instruction  in  the  principal  performance  medium  as  required  by  the 
degree  program  is  included  in  the  base  tuition  charge  for  full-time  students. 
Other  private  instruction  elected  by  the  student  is  subject  to  additional  fees. 

110 


510.  Class  Piano  Instruction.     1  credit. 

520.  Class  Voice  Instruction.     1  credit. 

530.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Orchestra  I  and  Band 
Instruments).     Piano  study  (private  or  class)  is  required  for  a  minimum  of 
two  years.  1  credit. 

540.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestra  I  and  Band 
Instruments).     A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction 
except  where  required  by  the  degree.  2  credits. 

550.  Individual  Instruction.     Private  lessons  in  the  principal  performance 
medium,  as  required  by  the  degree,  are  included  in  the  tuition.  Private 
lessons  in  areas  other  than  the  principal  performance  medium  are  subject  to 
extra  fees.  3  credits. 

Sound  Recording  Technology  Courses 

See  page  129. 

Philosophy  (PH) 

The  Religion  and  Philosophy  Department  is  described  on  page  61. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  philosophy. 

MAJOR:  PH  120,220,300;  at  least  one  course  from  PH  301-336;  12  addi- 
tional credits  in  philosophy  (24  credits). 

MINOR:  PH  220,300;  at  least  one  course  from  PH  301-336;  9  additional 
credits  in  philosophy  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Philosophy 

110.  Problems  of  Philosophy.     Examination  of  major  philosophical  issues 
and  the  ways  major  philosophers  have  dealt  with  them.  3  credits. 

120.  Basic  Logic.     An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear  and  effective  think- 
ing. Attention  is  given  to  the  logic  of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference, 
and  the  logic  of  factual  inquiry.  Main  emphasis  is  upon  deductive  logic. 
Students  are  introduced  to  the  elements  of  symbolic  logic  as  well  as  to  tradi- 
tional modes  of  analysis.  3  credits. 

220.  Ethics.    An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  values  applied  to 
human  conduct,  with  an  examination  of  the  responses  of  major  ethical 
theories  to  those  problems.  3  credits. 


Ill 


230.  Philosophy  of  Religion.    A  study  of  the  issues  raised  for  philosophy 
by  contemporary  religious  and  theological  thought.  The  course  includes 
critical  examinations  of  such  problems  as  faith  and  reason;  the  meaning  of 
revelation,  symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments  for  the  existence  of 
God;  faith  and  history;  religion  and  culture.  3  credits. 

240.  American  Philosophy.    A  survey  of  philosophical  thought  in  the 
United  States  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the 
work  of  Peirce,  James,  and  Dewey.  3  credits. 

260.  Ethical  Issues  in  Organizations.    An  examination  of  ethics  and  values 
within  the  context  of  modem  corporate  organizations.  The  course  considers 
issues  pertinent  to  corporate  responsibilty,  whistle-blowing,  the  profit  motive, 
consumerism,  bribery,  conflict  of  interest,  and  cost/benefit  analysis.  Some 
attention  is  given  to  classical  ethical  theories;  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
course  is  devoted  to  case  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MG  330  or  PH  110  or  by 
permission.  3  credits. 

300.  History  of  Philosophy.    The  development  of  philosophical  thought 
from  the  pre-Socratics  through  the  nineteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on 
philosophy  as  a  discipline  of  systematic  inquiry.  3  credits. 

336.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.    An  examination  of  representative 
American,  British,  and  Continental  philosophers  from  1900  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  PH  300  or  permission.  3  credits. 

340-349.  Major  Authors.    Intensive  studies  of  individual  great  philosophers 
or  principal  schools.  Prerequisite:  PH  300  or  permission.  3  credits. 

Physical  Education  (PE) 

The  Physical  Education  Department  is  described  on  page  56. 

The  College  does  not  offer  a  major  or  minor  in  Physical  Education. 

Courses  in  Physical  Education 

102.  Aerobic  Exercises.    A  combination  of  exercise  and  dance  steps  in 
rhythmic  movements.  The  course  promotes  the  value  of  a  total  fitness  pro- 
gram, including  diet  and  weight  control  and  heart  rate  monitoring.  1  credit. 

107.  Badminton.    Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  rules  of  bad- 
minton. 1  credit. 

110.  Basketball.    Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  strategies  of  the 
game.  1  credit. 

113.  Bowling.     Instruction  in  the  techniques,  etiquette,  history  and  method 
of  scoring.  1  credit. 

112 


122.  Fitness.  Examination  of  varied  progranrl^  for  fitness,  with  emphasis  on 
diet  and  weight  control,  cardiovascular  efficiency,  strength  improvement,  and 
flexibility  training.  1  credit. 

125.  Golf.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  tactics,  rules  and  etiquette  of  golf. 
1  credit. 

131.  Racquetball.  Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  different  forms 
of  competition  used  in  racquetball.  1  credit. 

146.  Tennis.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  rules  and  tactics,  with  extensive 
practice  in  singles  and  doubles.  1  credit. 

160.  Beginning  Swimming.    Instruction  in  the  fundamentals  of  swimming. 
1  credit. 

165.  Intermediate  Swimming.    Advanced  instruction  in  swimming. 
1  credit. 

180.  Softball  and  Volleyball.    Instruction  in  the  techniques  and  tactics  of 
Softball  and  volleyball  and  varied  forms  of  competition. 

Physics  (PHY) 

The  Physics  Department  is  described  on  page  56. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  physics. 

MAJOR:  PHY  111,112,211,311,312,321,322,  plus  6  additional  semester 
hours  (at  least  2  in  experimental  physics);  MA  161,162,  261  and  266  or  MA 
111,112,211  and  266  (43-46  credits). 

Courses  in  Physics 

100.  Physics  and  Its  Impact.    A  course  that  acquaints  the  student  with 
some  of  the  important  concepts  of  physics,  both  classical  and  modem,  and 
with  the  scientific  method,  its  nature  and  its  limitations.  The  role  of  physics 
in  the  history  of  thought  and  its  relationships  to  other  disciplines  and  to 
society  and  govemment  are  considered.  The  weekly  two-hour  laboratory 
period  provides  experience  in  the  acquisition,  representation,  and  analysis  of 
experimental  data,  and  demonstration  of  the  physical  phenomena  with  which 
the  course  deals.  4  credits. 

103,104.  General  College  Physics  I,II.    An  introduction  to  the  fundamental 
concepts  and  laws  of  the  various  branches  of  physics,  including  mechanics, 
heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  structure, 
with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  4  credits  per  semester. 


113 


110.  The  Physics  of  Music.    The  study  of  wave  motion,  analysis  and  syn- 
thesis of  waves,  resonance,  physical  characteristics  of  music  sounds,  musical 
instruments,  the  reproduction  and  amplification  of  sound,  and  the  acoustical 
properties  of  rooms.  A  working  knowledge  of  algebra  is  required.  3  credits. 

111,112.  Principles  of  Physics  I,  11.    An  introductory  course  in  classical 
physics,  designed  for  students  who  desire  a  rigorous  mathematical  approach 
to  college  physics.  Calculus  is  used  throughout.  The  first  semester  is  devoted 
to  mechanics  and  heat,  and  the  second  semester  to  electricity,  magnetism, 
and  optics,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite: 
MA  111  or  161.  4  credits  per  semester. 

211.  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.    An  introduction  to  modem  physics,  in- 
cluding the  foundation  of  atomic  physics,  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  the 
atomic  nucleus,  radioactivity,  and  nuclear  reactions,  with  laboratory  work  in 
each  area.  Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  112,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

212.  Introduction  to  Electronics.    The  physics  of  electrons  and  electronic 
devices,  including  diodes,  transistors,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators, 
switching  circuits,  and  integrated  circuits,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  112,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

311,312.  Analytical  Mechanics  1,11.    A  rigorous  study  of  classical  mechan- 
ics, including  the  motion  of  a  single  particle,  the  motion  of  a  system  of  par- 
ticles, and  the  motion  of  a  rigid  body.  Damped  and  forced  harmonic  motion, 
the  central  force  problem,  the  Euler  description  of  rigid  body  motion,  and 
the  Lagrange  generalization  of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among  the  topics 
treated.  Prerequisites:  PHY  111  and  MA  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

321,322.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,II.    Theory  of  the  basic  phenomena 
of  electromagnetism  together  with  the  application  of  fundamental  principles 
of  the  solving  of  problems.  The  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter, 
direct  current  circuits,  altemating  current  circuits,  the  Maxwell  field  equa- 
tions, and  the  propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the  topics 
treated.  Prerequisites:  PHY  112  and  MA  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

327,328.  Experimental  Physics  I,II.    Experimental  work  selected  from  the 
area  of  mechanics,  AC  and  DC  electrical  measurements,  optics,  atomic 
physics,  or  nuclear  physics,  with  emphasis  on  experimental  design,  measur- 
ing techniques,  and  analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite:  PHY  211.  1  credit  per 
semester. 

350.  Audio  Electronics.    A  study  of  electronics  as  used  in  audio  engineer- 
ing. The  course  examines  RC  and  LC  circuits,  filters,  impedance,  audio  fre- 
quency amplifier  circuits,  and  basic  digital  theory.  Laboratory  work  is  in- 
cluded. Prerequisite:  PHY  212.  3  credits. 


114 


421,422.  Modern  Physics  I,II.    A  study  of  selected  topics  in  modem 
physics,  utilizing  the  methods  of  quantum  mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equa- 
tion is  solved  for  such  systems  as  potential  barriers,  potential  wells,  the 
linear  oscillator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom.  Perturbation  techniques  and  the 
operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  are  introduced  where  appropriate. 
Prerequisites:  PHY  211  and  MA  266,  or  permission.  3  credits  per  semester. 

430.  The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Secondary  Schools.    A  course  designed 
to  acquaint  the  student  with  some  of  the  special  methods,  programs,  and 
problems  in  the  teaching  of  physics  in  secondary  schools.  Required  for 
secondary  certification  in  physics.  1  credit. 

Political  Science  (PS) 

The  Economics  and  Political  Science  Department  is  described  on  page  57. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  political  science. 

MAJOR:  PS  111,112,210,220,230  and  eight  additional  elective  courses  in 
political  science  (one  of  these  elective  courses  may  be  from  another  social 
science  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  major  advisor). 

MINOR:  PS  111,112,210,220,230,  and  one  additional  elective  course  in 
political  science. 

Courses  in  Political  Science 

111.  American  National  Government  I.    The  nature  of  American 
democracy,  constitutional  foundations  of  American  government,  the  federal 
system,  civil  rights  and  liberties,  political  behavior,  political  parties,  and 
campaigns  and  elections.  3  credits. 

112.  American  National  Government  II.  The  structures  and  functions  of 
American  government  (Presidency,  Congress,  courts,  and  bureaucracy),  and 
the  foreign  and  domestic  policy  making  process.  3  credits. 

210.  Comparative  Government.    A  comparative  study  of  important  politi- 
cal systems  of  the  world,  including  an  introduction  to  the  basic  methodolo- 
gies. PS  111  and  112  strongly  recommended  as  preparation.  3  credits. 

216.  Quantitative  Methods.    See  PSY  216.  3  credits. 

220.  PoHtical  Theory.  A  survey  of  the  different  philosophies  and  theories 
of  government,  ancient  and  modem,  but  especially  since  the  Sixteenth  Cen- 
tury. Prerequisite:  PS  111  and  112.  3  credits. 


115 


230.  International  Politics.  The  origin,  forms,  dynamics,  and  prospects  of 
the  international  political  pattern,  with  emphasis  on  current  developments  and 
changing  concepts  in  world  politics.  3  credits. 

240.  Public  Administration.    An  examination  of  the  structures  through 
which  governments  try  to  carry  out  their  policies.  The  course  covers  both  the 
practical  matters  of  accountability  and  efficiency,  and  the  analytical  concerns 
of  organizational  theory  and  bureaucratic  culture.  3  credits. 

250.  Public  Policy  Analysis.    This  course  gives  students  an  understanding 
of  the  public  policy  process  and  of  policy  analysis  at  the  national  level  of 
government.  The  course  includes  theories  of  policy-making  as  well  as  an  ex- 
amination of  such  substantive  policy  areas  as  foreign,  defense,  subsidy,  and 
redistributive  policies.  Prerequisites:  PS  111  and  112,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  3  credits. 

310.  Scope  and  Methods  of  Political  Science.    A  course  in  the  conduct 
and  interpretation  of  research  in  political  science.  Topics  include  formulation 
of  a  research  problem,  research  design,  techniques  of  scaling  and  measure- 
ment, data  collection  and  analysis,  and  writing  the  research  report.  Pre- 
requisite: permission;  MA  170  is  strongly  recommended.  3  credits. 

312.  American  Foreign  Policy.    A  survey  of  the  external  relations  of  the 
American  government,  emphasizing  Twentieth  Century  developments.  Sub- 
jects include  diplomacy,  military  affairs,  geographic  and  regional  problems, 
trade  and  aid,  technology  and  underdevelopment,  alliances,  nuclear  prob- 
lems, and  opposing  ideologies.  PS  111  and  112  strongly  recommended  as 
preparation.  3  credits. 

315.  American  Constitutional  Law  I.    The  development  of  American  con- 
stitutional law  from  1776  to  1947.  Topics  include  judicial  review,  national 
supremacy,  private  property,  contracts,  commerce  powers,  equal  rights,  and 
civil  liberties.  3  credits. 

316.  American  Constitutional  Law  II.    The  development  of  American 
constitutional  law  from  1947  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is  given  to  civil  liber- 
ties, equal  rights,  and  rights  of  the  accused,  with  some  treatment  of  presi- 
dential powers,  the  commerce  clause,  and  the  contract  clause.  3  credits. 

320.  Electoral  Politics.  The  dynamics  of  the  electoral  process,  with  em- 
phasis on  presidential  and  congressional  elections  and  including  the  role  of 
parties,  public  opinion,  and  interest  groups.  3  credits. 

330.  State  and  Local  Government.    This  course  covers  the  governmental 
institutions  and  characteristics  of  state  and  local  political  systems  and  the 
major  inter-governmental  problems  in  state  and  local  relations  with  the 
federal  government.  3  credits. 

116 


340.  The  Third  World.     A  survey  of  the  developing  nations  of  Latin 
America,  Asia,  Africa,  and  the  Middle  East.  The  political  economy  of 
development,  in  both  its  domestic  and  international  dimensions  emphasized. 
Prerequisites:  PS  210  and  230,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

350.  Select  Problems.     A  course  to  give  students  a  chance  to  explore  in 
depth  a  topic  of  special  interest.  3  credits. 

360.  Modern  Communism.    A  survey  of  the  communist  world,  stressing 
the  development  of  Marxist  thought  and  its  evolving  application  in  the  Soviet 
Union,  China,  and  other  communist  states.  Prerequisite:  PS  210  and  230,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

415.  Foundations  of  American  Law.    A  historical  survey  of  the  Western 
legal  tradition  from  classical  times  through  the  Eighteenth  Century.  The 
course  examines  conceptions  of  English  common  law  and  its  relationship  to 
the  evolution  of  American  law.  Strongly  recommended  for  pre-law  students. 
Prerequisite:  permission.  3  credits. 

420.  Seminar  in  World  Politics.    A  consideration  of  significant  theories  of 
international  relations  and  their  applicability  to  such  selected  contemporary 
issues  as  superpower  relations,  conflict  resolution,  arms  control,  and 
economic  interdependence.  Prerequisites:  PS  230,  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 3  credits. 

Pre-Law  Program 

Although  there  is  no  Pre-Law  major  or  department,  a  Pre-Law  student  is  ad- 
vised to  take  certain  courses  which  will  help  prepare  him  or  her  for  law 
school  and  a  legal  career.  Each  student  should  confer  with  the  Pre-Law  ad- 
visor in  selecting  a  specific  pattern  of  courses  appropriate  to  that  student's 
objectives.  Generally  recommended  courses  are  as  follows:  AC  161,  MA 
371,372,  PS  111,112,315,316,  and  415. 

Pre-Medical,  Pre-Dentistry,  Pre- Veterinary 

See  Health  Professions  on  page  89. 

Psychobiology  (PSB) 

The  major  in  psychobiology  is  offered  jointly  by  the  departments  of  Biology, 
described  on  page  33  and  Psychology,  described  on  page  58. 


117 


This  cross-disciplinary  major  emphasizes  the  physiological  determinants  and 
consequences  of  behavior.  Consisting  of  a  balance  of  psychology  and 
biology  course  work,  the  program  prepares  students  for  graduate  study  in 
medicine,  veterinary  medicine,  graduate  programs  in  psychology,  animal 
behavior,  physiological  psychology,  psychopharmacology,  behavior  genetics, 
and  neuroscience,  as  well  as  research  positions  in  industry,  universities, 
hospitals,  and  government  laboratories. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  psychobiology. 

MAJOR:  PSY  200,335,444  plus  two  from  the  following:  PSY  120,216,236, 
431  (15  credits);  BI  111,112,201,322  (16  credits);  PSY  491  or  BI  491,  BI 
499,  BI  500  or  PSY  500  (8  credits);  CH  111,112,113,114,  MA  161,  CS 
170  (14  credits);  plus  8  additional  credits  in  the  sciences,  in  consultation 
with  advisor.  Recommended  CH  213,214,215,216,  PHY  103,104  or  111,112 
(8  credits)  61  total  credits. 

Courses  in  Psychobiology 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.    A  study  of  physiological  explanations 
of  behavior.  The  laboratory  includes  sheep  eye  and  brain  dissections, 
stereotaxic  surgery,  and  histological  examination  of  the  brain.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  100  or  120  or  permission.  3  credits. 

499.  Psychobiology  Seminar.    Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on 
selected  topics  in  psychobiology.  This  course  may  be  repeated.  1  credit. 

Psychology  (PSY) 

The  Psychology  Department  is  described  on  page  58. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  psychology. 

MAJOR:  PSY  100,120,200,216,236,343,443;  and  three  additional  courses 
from  a  single  specialty  area  (30  credits). 

MINOR:  PSY  100,120,200,216  and  three  elective  courses  in  psychology  (21 
credits).  For  an  emphasis  in  clinical/counseling  psychology  two  of  the  elec- 
tives  should  be  from  332,343,431,432.  For  an  emphasis  in  experimental/ 
physiological  psychology  two  of  the  electives  should  be  from 
225,236,335,346,443,444.  For  an  emphasis  in  organizational  psychology  two 
of  the  electives  should  be  from  332,335,337,339,346.  For  an  emphasis  in 
developmental  psychology  two  of  the  electives  should  be  from 
321,322,326,343. 


118 


Courses  in  Psychology 

100.  Psychology:    The  Individual  and  Society.  An  introduction  to 
psychology  as  a  social  science.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  interactions  of  the  in- 
dividual and  society  that  influence  development,  learning,  motivation,  sex- 
uality, and  identity,  as  well  as  social  and  emotional  adjustment.  3  credits. 

120.  Psychology:  By  Experiment.     This  introductory  course  forcuses  on 
psychology  as  a  science.  It  emphasizes  laboratory  research,  and  includes 
topics  relevant  to  science  in  general  (eg.  research  design,  experimental 
methods,  data  analysis  and  intrepretation,  and  scientific  ethics)  and  content 
topics  of  experimental  psychology  (eg.  sensory  and  perceptual  processes, 
learning  and  memory,  psychological  testing,  and  social  behaviors).  3  credits. 

200.  Advanced  General  Psychology.    A  survey  course  examining  the  rela- 
tionship between  research  and  theory  in  the  field  of  psychology.  The  course 
is  intended  to  give  the  student  an  overview  of  all  areas  of  specialization 
within  psychology.  3  credits. 

216.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Behavioral  Science.    Evaluation  of 
behavioral  research  emphasizing  the  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  used 
in  experiments  and  correlational  studies.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  PSY  100 
or  120.  3  credits. 

220.  Educational  Psychology.    Studies  of  cognitive,  behavioral,  emotional 
and  social  processes  in  the  school;  required  for  certification  in  elementary 
and  music  education.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

235.  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.    This  course  focuses  on  the  struc- 
tures and  functions  of  sensory  systems.  It  utilizes  the  visual  system  as  a 
model  to  delineate  information  processing  strategy  differences  in  the  eye,  the 
optic  nerve,  and  the  brain.  The  course  will  delineate  sensory  from  perceptual 
processes.  The  perception  of  color,  space,  movement,  objects,  and  patterns 
will  be  discussed  from  experimental,  physiological,  and  philosophical 
perspecfives.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120  or  permission.  3  credits. 

236.  Learning  and  Memory.    This  course  will  survey  psychological 
research  on  learning  and  memory.  Topic  areas  covered  will  include  classical 
and  instrumental  conditioning,  verbal  learning,  problem  solving,  basic 
memory  processes,  and  models  of  learning  and  memory.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
100  or  120  or  permission.  3  credits. 

237.  Laboratory  Investigations  I:  Research  Investigations  of 
Psychological  Phenomena.    This  course  involves  hands-on  empirical  in- 
vestigations in  psychology.  Students  design  and  conduct  individual  research 
projects.  Prerequisite:  permission.  1-3  credits. 


119 


238.  Laboratory  Investigations  11:  Research  Investigations  of 
Psychological  Phenomena.    This  course  involves  hands-on  empirical  in- 
vestigations in  psychology.  Students  design  and  conduct  individual  research 
projects.  Prerequisite:  permission.  1-3  credits. 

321.  Psychology  of  Child  Development.    A  study  of  the  patterns  of 
cognitive,  social  and  emotional  developmental  changes  occuring  during 
childhood.  Special  attention  is  given  to  research  studies,  developmental 
mechanisms  and  theories  of  development.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120. 
3  credits. 

322.  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Development.    A  study  of  the  psychological 
characteristics  and  changes  occuring  during  adolescence.  Topics  include 
psychological  development,  social  influences,  cognitive  and  intellectual 
development,  emotional  development,  identity  and  self-concept,  sexual 
development,  values,  and  transition  to  adulthood.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or 
120.  3  credits. 

326.  Psychology  of  Adult  Development.    A  study  of  research  literature  and 
theories  concerned  with  psychological  change  in  the  adult,  from  late  adoles- 
cence to  death.  The  course  includes  the  works  of  such  theorists  as  Maslow 
and  Erikson.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

332.  Psychological  Testing  and  Assessment.    An  introduction  to  the  prin- 
ciples of  psychological  measurement,  methods  of  test  design  and  construc- 
tion, and  applications  and  interpretations  of  existing  psychological  tests. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

335.  Research  Design  and  Statistics.    A  survey  of  experimental  designs 
utilized  in  psychological  investigations.  Designs  include  factorial  experi- 
ments, field  studies,  correlative  designs  and  multivariate  techniques.  The 
primary  readings  are  selected  from  current  research  in  clinical,  educational, 
organizational,  and  laboratory  settings.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120,  216 
or  permission.  3  credits. 

337.  Organizational  Psychology.    A  study  of  psychological  principles  as 
applied  to  problems  of  organizational  behavior,  with  emphasis  on  personnel 
selection,  human  engineering,  group  dynamics,  systems  design,  training, 
leadership,  and  performance  evaluation.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120. 
3  credits. 

339.  Career  Counseling.    The  course  surveys  assessment  of  skills  and 
competencies,  occupational  research,  decision-making,  and  job  search 
strategies.  Students  are  encouraged  to  apply  the  theories  of  career  counseling 
to  their  own  vocational  decisions  and  goals.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120  or 
permission.  3  credits. 


120 


343.  Personality.    A  study  of  the  major  theories  of  personality,  with  em- 
phasis on  psychoanalysis,  humanistic  psychology,  behaviorism,  social  learn- 
ing, and  trait  theory.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120;  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing, or  permission.  3  credits. 

346.  Social  Psychology.    A  study  of  the  inter-  and  intra-personal  relation- 
ships between  individuals  and  groups,  with  emphasis  on  theories  and  re- 
search studies.  The  topics  covered  may  include  attitude  development  and 
change,  conformity,  persuasion,  person  perception,  attribution,  attraction, 
and  group  processes.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120;  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing, or  permission.  3  credits. 

348.  Investigations  of  Social  Psychological  Processes.    Laboratory  exer- 
cises and  demonstrations  of  social  psychological  phenomena,  as  well  as  in- 
dependent and  group  research  projects,  are  included.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100 
or  120;  PSY  216  highly  recommended.  Co-requisite:  PSY  346.  1  credit. 

431.  Abnormal  Behavior  and  Experience.    A  study  of  mental,  emotional 
and  behavioral  problems,  including  alcohol  and  drug  abuse,  brain  disorders, 
criminal  and  psychopathic  behavior,  neuroses,  psychophysiological  reactions, 
psychoses,  sexual  deviations,  subnormal  intelligence,  and  suicide.  Prerequi- 
sites: PSY  100  or  120;  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

432.  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.    A  study  of  the  ways  psycholo- 
gists assist  persons  and  groups.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  assessment, 
individual  and  group  therapy,  marriage  and  family  counseling,  and  community 
psychology.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120;  PSY  431  or  nursing  training 
with  psychiatric  affiliation,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

443.  History  and  Theory.    A  study  of  the  history  of  psychology  including 
philosophical  concepts,  early  schools  of  psychology,  important  trends,  and 
famous  psychologists.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100,  120,  236;  junior  or  senior 
standing;  or  permission.  3  credits. 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.     A  study  of  the  biological  underpinnings  of 
behavioral  processes.  The  course  focuses  on  the  physiology  of  reflexes,  sen- 
sation and  perception,  learning  and  memory,  sleep,  and  motivation  and  emo- 
tion. The  laboratory  portion  of  the  course  includes  sheep  brain  dissection, 
rodent  stereotaxic  neurosurgery,  and  behavioral  observation.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

Recording  Technology 

See  Sound  Recording  Technology  on  page  129. 


121 


Religion  (RE) 

The  Religion  and  Philosophy  Department  is  described  on  page  61. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  religion. 

MAJOR:  RE  110,111,112,222,331,499;  one  from  202,211,212;  three  elec- 
tive courses  in  religion  including  GK  321,431  (30  credits).  The  following 
courses,  though  recommended,  are  not  required  for  a  major  in  religion:  BI 
101;  GK  101,102,111,112;  PH  110,230;  PSY  100;  SOC  110,230.  Christian 
Education  Concentration:  RE  110,111,112,120,211,202  or  212,222,241,242, 
243,331,  3  credits  of  400  (36  credits).  Other  courses  in  areas  such  as  com- 
munication, education,  and  the  social  sciences  are  strongly  recommended  in 
consultation  with  the  program  advisor. 

MINOR:  RE  110,111  or  112,120  or  140,222,  two  elective  courses  in 
religion  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Religion 

110.  Introduction  to  Religion.    An  exploration  of  the  many  dimensions  of 
religion  as  a  central  human  experience  through  an  examination  of  such  topics 
as:  varieties  of  religious  experience  and  expression,  religious  knowledge,  the 
self  and  meaning,  religion  in  its  sociocultural  context,  religion  and  the 
natural  order,  and  such  universal  issues  as  death,  the  End,  evil,  suffering, 
and  the  moral  order.  3  credits. 

111.  Introduction  to  Biblical  Religion.    An  examination  of  some  of  the 
basic  themes  of  biblical  religion  in  relation  to  their  historical  context  and 
their  contemporary  implications.  3  credits. 

112.  Introduction  to  Christianity.    A  study  of  the  rise  and  development  of 
the  major  forms  of  Christianity  (Roman  Catholic,  Eastem  Orthodox,  Protes- 
tant) in  Europe  and  America,  including  doctrine  and  theological  expression, 
ethics,  worship,  church  structure,  and  relationship  to  culture.  3  credits. 

120.  Religion  in  America.    A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of 
religious  expression  in  America,  with  particular  attention  to  Protestantism, 
Roman  Catholicism,  and  Judaism.  3  credits. 

140.  World  Religions.     An  examination  of  the  rise  and  development  of 
religion  with  a  study  of  the  ideas  and  cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the  great 
world  faiths.  Special  attention  given  to  Asian  religions.  3  credits. 

202.  The  Prophets.    A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings  of  the  Old  Testament 
prophets  and  an  analysis  of  their  contributions  to  Hebrew-Christian  religious 
thought.  3  credits. 


122 


206.  Near  East  Archaeology  and  the  Bible.     An  examination  of  archae- 
ology in  biblical  lands,  its  methods,  objectives,  and  contributions  to  history, 
culture,  and  religion.  3  credits. 

211.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.     An  intensive  study  of  the  life  and 
message  of  Jesus  as  set  forth  in  the  Gospels.  3  credits. 

212.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.     A  study  of  the  life,  writings,  and 
theological  thought  of  Paul  and  their  relationship  to  the  practices,  problems, 
and  beliefs  of  the  early  Church.  3  credits. 

222.  Christian  Ethics.     A  systematic  analysis  of  the  implications  of  the 
Christian  faith,  both  for  personal  moral  decision  and  for  social  policy  in  such 
areas  as  marriage  and  family,  government  and  political  life,  work  and  the 
economic  order.  3  credits. 

230.  American  Folk  Religion.    A  study  of  the  folk  traditions  of  selected 
American  denominations  and  sects  and  of  the  theological  implications  of 
secular  folklore.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  field  work  as  well  as  on 
analysis.  3  credits. 

241.  Principles  of  Christian  Education.    A  study  of  the  overall  structure 
and  meaning  of  Christian  education,  including  education  as  ministry,  history 
of  religious  education,  theoretical  approaches,  the  impact  of  other  disciplines 
(sociology,  psychology,  education),  developmental  theories,  the  role  of  Bible 
and  theology,  and  contemporary  concerns  and  expressions  of  Christian 
education.  3  credits. 

242.  Methods  of  Christian  Education.  A  study  of  elements  involved  in 
the  implementation  of  a  program  of  Christian  education  in  the  local  parish, 
including  planning,  evaluation,  leader  development,  teaching  and  learning, 
resources,  skills,  and  work  in  the  age  levels.  3  credits. 

243.  Selected  Problems  in  Christian  Education.    A  study  of  such  impor- 
tant themes  and  issues  in  Christian  education,  as  theology  and  education, 
conversion  and  nurture,  indoctrination  and  reflection,  developmental  models 
and  theological  teachings,  content-centered  or  student-centered  approach,  and 
the  role  of  the  professional.  3  credits. 

331.  Christian  Tradition  and  Reform,     A  study  of  the  major  and  continu- 
ing strains  in  the  history  of  Christianity  and  the  principal  reform  movements. 
Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological 
students.  3  credits. 


123 


332.  The  Sacred  in  Modern  Writing.    Identification,  analysis,  and  inter- 
pretation of  issues  of  special  theological  import  raised  by  thinkers  repre- 
senting non-theological  disciplines.  Prerequisite:  RE  110  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

403.  Classical  Christian  Thinkers.  An  intensive  study  of  the  thought  of 
such  classical  religious  thinkers  as  Augustine,  Aquinas,  Luther,  and  others. 
3  credits. 

499.  Seminar:  Selected  Religious  Problems.    A  study  of  selected  problems 
arising  from  recent  theological  efforts.  Research  methodology  is  stressed. 
Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological 
students;  others  by  permission.  Prerequisite:  RE  111  and  112.  3  credits. 

Secondary  Education  (Teacher  Certification)  (SE) 

The  Education  Department  is  described  on  page  38. 

There  is  no  separate  major  for  those  interested  in  secondary  education. 
Interested  students  major  in  a  subject  area  and  also  enroll  for  courses  in  the 
Education  Department. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  chosen 
major. 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Candidates  must  complete  21  credits  in 
professional  education  courses  and  the  approved  program  in  the  chosen 
major.  ED  1 10  should  be  taken  in  the  sophomore  year  and  SE  430  in  the 
junior  year.  SE  420  and  440  comprise  the  student  teaching  semester  of  the 
senior  or  postgraduate  year. 

The  minor  in  education  is  described  on  page  77. 

Courses  in  Secondary  Education 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  the  Secondary  School.    Supervised  field  experi- 
ences in  appropriate  school  settings.  Designed  to  offer  practical  experiences 
for  prospective  secondary  teachers  or  students  planning  an  educational 
ministry.  Prerequisites:  Permission.  1-3  credits. 

420.  Human  Growth  and  Development.    A  survey  of  human  character- 
istics, research  in  developmental  psychology  and  their  implications  for 
teaching  and  learning.  Prerequisite:  ED  110.  3  credits. 

430.  Practicum  and  Methods.    A  study  of  the  basic  principles  and  pro- 
cedures for  secondary  classroom  management  and  instruction.  Prerequisite: 
ED  110.  3  credits. 


124 


431.  Social  Studies  in  Secondary  Education.    A  study  of  curricular  pat- 
terns for  areas  within  the  social  studies.  Students  will  prepare  instructional 
objectives,  select  and  organize  subject  matter,  investigate  a  variety  of  learn- 
ing activities  and  strategies  for  developing  inquiry  skills,  decision-making 
ability  and  values.  1  -  2  credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.     Students  spend  an  entire  semester  in  an  ap- 
propriate area  school  under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperat- 
ing teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  Requirements  are:  (1)  a  grade  point 
average  of  at  least  2.0  in  the  major  field;  (2)  completion  of  all  courses  re- 
quired of  the  major  for  student  teaching;  (3)  completion  of  professional 
education  courses  required  for  student  teaching;  (4)  approval  of  the  major 
advisor  and  of  the  director  of  secondary  student  teaching.  Prerequisites:  ED 
110,  430.  ED  420  is  normally  taken  concurrently.  3-12  credits. 

Social  Work  (SW) 

The  Sociology  and  Social  Work  Department  is  described  on  page  62. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Social  Work. 

MAJOR:  SO  110,311;  SW  262,272,331,341  or  342,499;  9  credits  of  SW 
400;  4  additional  courses  in  sociology  or  social  work  (42  credits). 

MINOR:  SO  110,  SW  262,272,331,341;  6  credits  of  SW  400;  one  course 
from  SO  210,230,261,278,324,331,333,351,362,372,  SW  272,345,499. 
Students  majoring  in  sociology  shall  elect  SW  499  and  one  course  in 
sociology  in  addition  to  their  major  requirements  (24  credits). 

Courses  in  Social  Work 

262.  Social  Welfare.    An  introduction  to  social  welfare  policies  and  institu- 
tions including  the  evolution  of  the  welfare  system  in  our  society  and  its  ap- 
proach to  social  problems.  Focuses  upon  controversies  relevant  to  public 
welfare.  Prerequisite:  SO  110.  3  credits. 

272.  Human  Behavior  in  the  Social  Environment.     An  examination  of  the 
interrelation  of  biological,  psychological  and  sociocultural  systems  and  their 
effects  on  human  development  and  behavior.  A  life  span  perspective  is  used 
to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  total  person  as  he/she  functions  in  rela- 
tion to  his/her  environment  at  each  stage  in  the  developmental  process.  The 
impact  of  diversity  in  ethnic  background,  race,  class,  sexual  orientation  and 
culture  in  a  pluralisdc  society  will  also  be  addressed.  Prerequisite:  SO  110. 
3  credits. 


125 


331.  Social  Work  Theory.    A  consideration  of  the  theories  that  underlie 
social  work  intervention,  introducing  the  social  systems  perspective  with 
emphasis  on  the  social  work  profession's  knowledge  base,  values  and  skills. 
Prerequisite:  SW  262.  3  credits. 

341.  Social  Work  Practice  I.    An  examination  of  the  knowledge,  attitudes 
and  skills  required  for  social  work  practice  with  emphasis  on  social  casework 
and  group  work  dynamics.  Prerequisite:  SW  331.  3  credits 

342.  Social  Work  Practice  II.    An  examination  of  the  knowledge, 
attitudes,  and  skills  required  for  social  work  practice  with  emphasis  on 
modem  organizations,  administration,  and  communities  issues.  Prerequisite: 
SW  331.  3  credits. 

345.  Family  Therapy.    An  introduction  to  family  and  small  group  interven- 
tion focusing  upon  the  family  as  a  system,  group  structure  and  dynamics, 
and  theories  and  techniques  of  intervention.  Prerequisite:  SO  230  and  SW 
341  or  permission.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.    Detailed  study  of  a  selected  social  work  area.  Topics  may 
vary.  This  course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar  requiring  extensive  student  par- 
ticipation. Prerequisite:  SW  341  or  342.  3  credits. 

Sociology  (SO) 

The  Sociology  and  Social  Work  Department  is  described  on  page  62. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  sociology. 

MAJOR:  SO  110,311,421,499,  15  additional  credits  in  sociology  (27 
credits). 

MINOR:  SO  110,311,421;  one  course  from  SO  210,278,324,  or  331;  one 
course  from  SO  211,230,261,322,333,340,351,362,372,382;  one  elective 
course  in  sociology  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Sociology 

110.  Introduction  to  Sociology.    A  study  of  the  basic  sociological  perspec- 
tive including  the  nature  of  society,  the  influence  of  culture,  the  development 
of  the  self,  and  group  dynamics.  Specific  topics  include  deviance  and  social 
control,  the  family  and  other  institutions,  racism,  sexism  and  poverty. 
3  credits. 

120.  Introduction  to  Anthropology.    Introduction  to  both  physical  and 
cultural  anthropology  including  human  evolution,  human  variation,  and 
cross-cultural  analysis,  and  comparison.  3  credits. 


126 


210.  Social  Problems.     Contemporary  social  problems  as  seen  through  dif- 
ferent analytical  perspectives.  Problems  covered  include  war  and  peace, 
pollution  and  environmental  exploitation,  crime  and  delinquency,  and  emo- 
tional and  physical  illness.  Prerequisite:  SO  110  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202. 

3  credits. 

211.  Urbanology.    An  analysis  of  the  city  as  a  unique  form  of  social 
organization.  From  a  multi-disciplinary  perspective,  the  course  presents  the 
nature  of  urbanization  and  the  impact  of  urbanism  on  contemporary  society. 
Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

230.  Sociology  of  Marriage  and  the  Family.    An  overview  of  marriage 
and  the  family  focusing  upon  love,  mate  selection,  alternative  life  styles, 
marital  communication,  conflict  resolution,  parenting,  divorce  and  widow- 
hood. Utilizes  a  historical  and  cross-cultural  perspective  in  addition  to 
sociological  analysis.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202. 
3  credits. 

261.  The  Aged  and  Aging.    An  investigation  of  the  process  of  aging  and 
contemporary  issues  related  to  the  elderly.  Topics  covered  include 
Alzheimer's  disease,  retirement,  stereotypes  of  the  elderly  and  contributions 
of  the  elderly  to  society.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202. 
3  credits. 

278.  Juvenile  Delinquency.    An  examination  of  the  causes  and  effects  of 
juvenile  delinquency,  the  juvenile  justice  system  and  treatment  programs  for 
the  juvenile  offender.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202. 
3  credits. 

311.  Research  Methods.    A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  and  skills  involved 
in  critically  evaluating  and  carrying  out  social  scientific  research.  Topics  in- 
clude values  and  ethics  of  research  on  human  behavior,  research  design,  in- 
terviewing and  questionnaire  construction.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  junior 
standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

322.  Sociology  of  Religion.    The  structure  and  functions  of  religious 
organizations  and  phenomena  with  emphasis  on  the  varieties  of  religious 
expression  in  America.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202. 
3  credits. 


127 


324.  Medical  Sociology.    An  examination  of  the  societal  bases  of  health, 
illness  and  health  care.  The  course  will  include  an  examination  of  the  three 
components  of  medicine:  the  patient,  the  medical  professional  and  the  health 
care  organization.  Specific  topics  will  include:  the  role  of  the  patient;  doctor- 
patient  relationships;  the  socialization  of  medical  professionals;  the  hospital 
as  a  complex  organization,  cross-cultural  comparisons  of  health  care  and  cur- 
rent topics  of  concern  such  as  the  AIDS  epidemic,  new  technologies,  and 
social  response  to  the  terminally  ill  patient.  3  credits. 

331.  Criminology.     An  examination  of  the  causes  of  crime.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  violent  crime,  homicide,  and  rape.  In  addition,  such  property 
crimes  as  arson,  robbery,  burglary  and  shoplifting  are  covered.  The  question 
of  whether  or  not  such  victimless  crimes  such  as  pornography,  prostitution 
and  drug  use  should  be  considered  crimes  is  explored.  Prerequisite:  SO  110, 
or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

333.  Criminal  Justice.    A  sociological,  historical,  and  philosophical 
examination  of  punishment  and  the  criminal  justice  system.  Rights  of  the 
accused,  victimology,  prisons,  and  the  death  penalty  are  studied.  Prereq- 
uisite: SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

340.  Group  Structure  and  Dynamics.    An  overview  of  the  theory  and 
research  on  small  group  organization  and  process  including  issues  related  to 
leadership,  effective  communication  in  groups,  conformity  and  influence. 
Application  of  basic  principles  to  practical  situations.  Exercises  designed  to 
improve  group  leadership  and  participation  skills.  Prerequisite:  SO  1 10,  or 
GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

351.  Death  and  Dying.    Exploration  of  the  basic  legal,  medical,  ethical  and 
social  issues  related  to  contemporary  understanding  of  death  and  dying. 
Examines  the  stages  of  dying,  the  grief  process,  euthanasia,  suicide,  the 
hospice  movement  and  life  after  death.  Prerequisite:  SO  1 10,  or  GE  140,  or 
HC  202.  3  credits. 

362.  Social  Inequality.    An  examination  of  the  patterns  of  structured  in- 
equality in  American  society,  including  the  class  system  and  racial  and 
ethnic  groups.  Prerequisite:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 

372.  Substance  Abuse.    An  examination  of  the  problems  associated  with 
substance  abuse  including  a  study  of  the  prevalent  myths  concerning 
substance  abuse,  an  exploration  of  the  causes  of  substance  abuse  and  an 
exploration  of  how  it  affects  the  individual,  the  family  and  society  as  a 
whole.  In  addition,  the  course  will  examine  current  methods  of  intervention 
and  treatment.  Prerequisites:  SO  110,  or  GE  140,  or  HC  202.  3  credits. 


128 


382.  Sociology  of  the  Mass  Media.     Seminar  on  how  society  shapes  the 
mass  media  and  the  effects  of  the  mass  media  on  individuals  and  society. 
Topics  include  propaganda,  television  violence  and  aggression,  and  advertis- 
ing. Special  attention  is  given  to  values  and  images  portrayed  by  the  mass 
media.  Prerequisite:  6  credits  in  sociology  or  permission.  3  credits. 

421.  Social  Theory.     An  intensive  examination  of  the  major  sociological 
theorists  and  movements.  Prerequisite:  12  credits  in  sociology.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.    A  critical  analysis  of  selected  themes  and  issues  in  contem- 
porary sociology.  Topics  may  vary.  This  course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar 
requiring  extensive  student  participation.  Prerequisite:  SO  421.  3  credits. 

Sound  Recording  Technology 

The  Music  Department  is  described  on  page  51. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  sound  recording  technology. 

MAJOR  REQUIREMENTS 

Bachelor  of  Music:  Sound  Recording  Technology 

Recording  Technology 

SRT  277  Recording  Technology  I  3 

SRT  278  Recording  Technology  II  3 

SRT  377  Recording  Technology  III  3 

SRT  386  Recital  Recording  Program  1 

SRT  388  Audio  Topics  Practicum  3 

SRT  487  Advanced  Audio  Topics  Practicum  3 

SRT  400  Internship  3-6 

Physics  (also  fills  Area  6  requirement) 

PHY  103  General  College  Physics  I  4 

PHY  104  General  College  Physics  II  4 

PHY  110  Physics  of  Music  3 

PHY  212  Electronics  3 

PHY  350  Audio  Electronics  3 

Music 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

.5 

2 

2 

129 


MU  115 

Harmony  I 

MU  116 

Harmony  II 

MU  117 

Ear  Training/Sight  Singing  I 

MU  118 

Ear  Training/Sight  Singing  II 

MU  123 

Brass  I 

MU  127 

Percussion  I 

MU  215 

Harmony  III 

MU  217 

Basic  Concepts 

MU226 

Form  and  Analysis  I 

2 

MU  228 

Percussion  II 

< 

MU231 

Woodwinds  I 

1 

MU  246 

Principles  of  Conducting 

2 

MU  337 

String  I 

1 

MU  345** 

Instrumental  Conducting 

2 

MU  347** 

Choral  Conducting 

2 

MU416 

Orchestration 

2 

MU  510 

Piano  Class  (3  semesters) 

3 

MU  520 

Voice  Class  (2  semesters) 

2 

MU  530 

Private  Lesson  (8  semesters) 

8 

MU605 

College  Chorus  (8  semesters) 

MU  6-- 

Performing  Ensembles  (8  semesters) 

Management 

AC  161 

Financial  Accounting 

3 

MG330 

Principles  of  Management  and 

Organization 

3 

Computer  Science 

CS  — 

3 

CS  — 

3 

cs  — 

3 

Mathematics  (also  fills  Area  3  requirement) 

MA  --  3 

**Students  may  choose  either  MU  345  or  MU  347. 

Courses  in  Sound  Recording  Technology 

277.  Recording  Technology  I.    An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of 
sound  recording  technology.  Topics  include  sound  and  listening,  the  basic 
audio  chain,  microphones,  analog  tape  machines,  basic  mixers,  and  equip- 
ment interface.  Mastery  of  the  fundamentals  will  facilitate  students  to 
engineer  simple  and  multi-microphone  two-track  stereo  recordings.  Pre- 
requisite for  non-majors:  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

278.  Recording  Technology  II.    This  course  begins  with  multi-track  con- 
soles and  tape  machines,  and  continues  study  of  multi-track  techniques  and 
mixdown,  microphone  placement,  reverberation,  equalization,  compressors 
and  expanders,  noise  reduction,  and  the  decibel.  Emphasis  is  on  critical 
listening  and  practical  applications.  Students  learn  to  engineer  a  multi- 
microphone,  multi-track  recordings  and  mixdown  sessions.  Prerequisite:  SRT 
277.  3  credits. 

130 


377.  Recording  Technology  III.    This  course  examines  advanced  tech- 
niques of  recording  and  mixing,  special  effects  and  digital  effects  processors, 
and  analog  tape  machine  theory  and  alignment.  Also  studied  are  digital 
technologies,  and  time  code  usage.  Mastery  of  these  topics  will  facilitate 
students  to  engineer  multi-microphone  multi-track  productions.  Prerequisite: 
SRT  278.  3  credits. 

386.  Recital  Recording  Practicum.     Students  record  a  chamber  music  per- 
formance, applying  researched  techniques,  and  produce  a  recording  com- 
parable to  commercial  release  standards.  Prerequisite:  SRT  377.  1  credit. 

388.  Audio  Topics  Practicum.    Students  study  topics  of  individual  interest, 
ranging  from  research  to  production,  technique,  and  maintenance.  Pre- 
requisite: SRT  377;  non-majors  require  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

400.  Internship.    The  student  works  in  a  local  recording,  broadcasting,  or 
production  facility,  learning  special  techniques  in  a  professional  environment. 
Prerequisites:  SRT  388  and  SRT  487;  non-majors  require  permission  of  in- 
structor. 3-6  credits. 

487.  Advanced  Audio  Topics  Practicum.    Students  study  senior  level 
topics  of  individual  interest  including  advanced  research,  applications,  and 
production.  Prerequisite:  SRT  377;  non-majors  require  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

Spanish  (SP) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  41. 

DEGREE:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Spanish. 

MAJOR:  24  credits  in  Spanish  above  the  intermediate  level;  FL  250  (27 
credits).  For  teaching  certification,  FL  440  is  required. 

MINOR:  18  credits  in  Spanish  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  ad- 
vanced conversation  and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly 
recommended. 

Courses  in  Spanish 

101,102.  Elementary  Spanish  I,II.    Introductory  courses  in  Spanish. 
3  credits. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Conversational  Spanish  I, II.  A  review  of  Spanish 
grammar,  and  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  SP  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 


131 


311.  Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature.    Practice  in  the  careful  reading 
of  literary  texts  and  in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  SP  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.  Readings  in  the  works  of  living  Spanish 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style  and  the  relationship  of  the  writer 
to  current  problems.  Prerequisite:  SP  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

315.  Hispanic  Culture.    A  study  of  Hispanic  culture  and  language,  with 
emphasis  on  the  culture  as  found  in  modem  Spain  and  its  reflection  in 
America.  Prerequisite:  SP  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.    Intensive  practice  in 
spoken  and  written  Spanish  on  an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level, 
with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite:  SP 
202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  Spanish.    An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  SP  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance.  A  study 
of  the  outstanding  works  of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  SP  311  or  316  or  per- 
mission. 3  credits. 

420.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age.    A  study  of  the  major  works 
of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  SP  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

430.  Spanish  Literature  and  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries. 

Readings  from  the  Enlightenment  in  Spain,  and  an  examination  of  the  major 
works  of  romanticism  and  realism.  Prerequisite:  SP  311  or  316  or  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 

440.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.    A  study  of  the 
literary  movements  of  the  century,  starting  with  the  Generation  '98  and 
modernism.  Prerequisite:  SP  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  Spanish-American  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.    A  study  of 
the  important  writers  of  the  century,  with  emphasis  on  recent  developments 
in  the  literature  of  Spanish- America.  Prerequisite:  SP  311  or  316  or  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 

Teacher  Certification 

See  Elementary  Education  on  page  78  or  Secondary  Education  on  page  124. 


132 


Graduate  Academic  Programs 

MBA  Program 

The  Lebanon  Valley  College  MBA  Program  is  an  interdisciplinary  program 
designed  to  prepare  graduates  for  managerial  responsibilities  at  various  levels 
of  business  organizations.  The  program  provides  a  strong  theoretical  founda- 
tion as  well  as  operational  expertise  in  the  areas  of  finance,  management, 
marketing,  human  resource  management  and  production  and  service 
management. 

The  MBA  Program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  unique  program  that 
combines  liberal  arts/general  education  coursework  with  career  preparation  in 
the  field  of  business  administration.  The  interdisciplinary  nature  of  the  cur- 
riculum includes  standard  MBA  courses  and  courses  in  Corporate  and  Exec- 
utive Communications,  Executive  Leadership  and  Organizational  Ethics. 

Every  MBA  candidate  must  complete  27  credits  of  core  courses  and  9 
credits  of  electives.  All  courses  in  the  undergraduate  common  body  of 
knowledge  also  must  be  completed  successfully. 

MBA  Faculty 

Sharon  F.  Clark,  Graduate  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Law  and  Labor 
Relations.  Dr.  Clark  holds  a  bachelor  degree  and  a  juris  doctorate  degree 
from  the  University  of  Richmond.  She  has  several  years  experience  in 
private  law  practice  and  several  years  as  a  Supervisory  Tax  Attorney  with 
the  Internal  Revenue  Service.  Dr.  Clark  teaches  corporate  income  tax  and  a 
variety  of  management  courses  including  Personnel  Management,  Business 
Law,  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations,  and  Hotel  Law. 

Dennis  N.  Eshleman,  Graduate  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing. 
MBA,  Columbia  University.  Mr.  Eshleman  is  a  manager  for  New  Product 
Development  for  Hershey  Foods. 

Bryan  V.  Hearsey,  Graduate  Professor  of  Quantitative  Studies.  Ph.D., 
Washington  State  University.  An  associate  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries,  he 
has  many  contacts  within  the  Actuarial  Profession.  Dr.  Hearsey  is  interested 
in  approaches  to  providing  mathematics  education  to  the  liberal  arts  student 
not  majoring  in  mathematical  sciences,  and  teacher  education  as  well  as  ac- 
tuarial science.  He  teaches  upper  level  actuarial  science  courses  and  a  broad 
range  of  mathematics  courses. 


133 


Edward  H.  Krebs,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Managerial  Economics 
and  Entrepreneurship.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University.  He  previously  serv- 
ed as  an  Economic  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  and  as  a  private 
consultant.  His  interests  are  in  environmental  and  resource  economics. 

David  Lasky,  Graduate  Professor  of  Organizational  Behavior.  Chairperson. 
Ph.D.,  Temple  University.  Organizational  behavior,  research  design,  and 
career  counseling  are  the  focus  of  his  teaching  interests.  His  current  research 
is  in  the  area  of  organizational  change  in  the  public  sector  and  patients' 
rights. 

Robert  W.  Leonard,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Management. 
M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University.  Mr.  Leonard  teaches  Managerial  Finance, 
Principles  of  Management,  Productions  Operations  Management,  Organiza- 
tional Behavior  and  Development,  and  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations. 

Leon  E.  Markowicz,  Graduate  Professor  of  Communications  and  Leadership 
Studies.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  He  teaches  courses  in  the 
Leadership  Studies  Program  and  assists  in  developing  and  coordinating 
Leadership  internships.  He  serves  local  business  as  communications 
consultant. 

Daniel  B.  McKinley,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Leadership.  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  M.A.L.S.,  Wesley  an  University.  Mr.  McKinley 
maintains  an  interest  in  small  group  development  and  offers  leadership  labs 
for  communication  skills  development. 

Gail  Sanderson,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Managerial  Accounting. 
M.B.A.,  Boston  University;  CPA.  Ms.  Sanderson  has  professional  ex- 
perience in  accounting  (public  and  private  sectors);  income  tax;  computer 
systems  analysis  and  design. 

Warren  K.  A.  Thompson,  Graduate  Associate  Professor  of  Organizational 
Ethics.  M.A.,  University  of  Texas.  His  teaching  specialties  are  philosophical 
ethics  and  business  and  organizational  ethics.  He  has  a  particular  interest  in 
the  ethical  implications  of  the  Holocaust,  and  has  recently  contributed  a 
chapter  for  a  forthcoming  anthology  devoted  to  philosophy  and  the 
Holocaust. 

MBA  Admissions 

All  candidates  must  have  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or 
university. 

All  candidates  must  submit  a  completed  application  form  with  the  required 
application  fee.  They  must  take  a  GMAT  examination  and  have  the  official 

134 


test  results  sent  to  the  Continuing  Education  Center.  They  must  ask  two 
supervisors  at  their  place  of  employment  to  complete  and  forward  confiden- 
tially to  the  Continuing  Education  Center  evaluation  and  recommendation 
forms.  Official  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate  work  and  any  graduate 
courses  to  be  considered  for  transfer  must  be  sent  by  the  respective  colleges 
or  universities  to  the  Continuing  Education  Center. 

All  candidates  are  required  to  visit  the  campus  for  a  personal  interview  prior 
to  admission. 

Graduate  admissions  are  on  a  rolling  basis;  action  will  be  taken  quickly  after 
all  paperwork  has  been  processed.  Candidates  must  confirm  their  acceptance 
in  writing  within  30  days  of  the  date  of  the  admissions  letter. 

MBA  ACADEMIC  POLICIES 

ACADEMIC  ADVISING  AND  REGISTRATION 

MBA  students  should  meet  with  the  MBA  Academic  Advisor  as  soon  as 
possible  after  being  accepted  into  the  graduate  program.  The  advisor  will 
develop  graduation  plans  with  the  student.  All  course  registrations  require  the 
MBA  advisor's  signature. 

VETERAN  REGISTRATION 

The  College  meets  all  of  the  criteria  of  Veterans  Education  under  the  provi- 
sions of  Title  38,  United  States  Code,  Section  1775.  The  MBA  program  has 
been  approved  for  payment  assistance.  Veterans  pay  the  cost  of  tuition,  fees, 
books  and  supplies  directly  to  the  College.  They  are  reimbursed  by  the 
Veterans  Administration  on  a  monthly  basis.  Applicants  having  any  questions 
concerning  their  veteran's  benefits  should  contact  the  College's  veterans 
representative  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 

A  candidate  for  the  MBA  must  complete  a  minimum  of  36  credits,  of  which 
30  must  be  earned  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  There  are  nine  required  core 
courses  (27  credits)  and  any  three  electives  of  the  student's  choice  (9  credits) 
for  a  total  of  36  credits.  A  candidate  must  achieve  at  least  a  3.0  cumulative 
average  with  only  one  C  within  the  36  graduate  credits  to  be  certified  for 
graduation. 


135 


TRANSFER  CREDIT 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  may  be  transferred  from  another  accredited 
graduate  program  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education. 
No  transfer  credit  shall  be  accepted  if  the  grade  eamed  at  another  institution 
was  less  than  B.  Students  wishing  to  transfer  credits  may  be  asked  to  submit 
course  outlines,  textbook  used,  and  any  reading  materials  so  proper  credit 
may  be  given. 

CONCURRENT  COURSES 

A  student  enrolled  for  the  MBA  degree  may  not  take  courses  concurrently  at 
any  other  educational  institution  without  prior  consent  of  the  MBA  Academic 
Advisor  and  the  Registrar. 

GRADING 

Student  achievement  is  graded  A  (distinguished  performance),  B  (superior 
work),  C  (minimum  passing  grade,  but  unsatisfactory  work),  F  (course  re- 
quirements not  met).  No  MBA  courses  may  be  taken  pass/fail.  A  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  3.0  (4.0  =  A)  with  only  one  C  within  the  36 
graduate  credits  is  required  for  graduation.  Graduate  courses  are  not  graded 
plus  or  minus. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades,  the  symbols  I  and  W  also  are  used.  I  in- 
dicates that  student  work  is  incomplete  (certain  required  work  postponed  by 
the  student  for  substantial  reason  with  the  prior  consent  of  the  instructor  and 
the  Registrar),  but  otherwise  satisfactory.  The  work  must  be  completed 
within  the  first  eight  weeks  of  the  following  semester  including  summer 
semesters  or  the  I  automatically  becomes  an  F.  W  indicates  withdrawal  from 
a  course. 

REVIEW  PROCEDURE 

Every  student's  academic  progress  shall  be  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each 
academic  period  by  the  MBA  Academic  Advisor.  Any  student  whose 
average  falls  below  3.0  or  who  earns  a  C  or  F  in  three  or  more  credit  hours 
may  be  placed  on  academic  probation.  A  student  on  academic  probation  may 
be  required  to  retake  courses  or  correct  other  academic  deficiencies.  Students 
who  fail  to  correct  deficiencies  may  be  dropped  from  the  program.  A  student 
may  appeal  any  decision  of  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education  to  the 
MBA  Operations  Committee. 


136 


COURSE  WITHDRAWAL  AND  TUITION  REFUND 

Any  student  who  withdraws  from  courses  for  which  he  or  she  is  registered 
must  notify  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  the  Registrar  in 
writing.  The  effective  date  of  withdrawal  is  the  date  on  which  the  student 
notifies  these  offices.  Failure  to  give  notice  of  withdrawal  will  result  in  a 
grade  of  F. 

Tuition  charges  shall  be  refunded  for  withdrawals  according  to  the  following 
schedule: 

Fall  &  Spring  Semesters 

During  the  first  week  of  classes:  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes:  80% 

During  the  third  week  of  classes;  50% 

After  the  third  week  of  classes:  0% 

Summer  School 

During  the  first  week  of  classes:  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes:  50% 

After  the  second  week  of  classes:  0% 

A  student  who  is  absent  from  college  because  of  sickness  or  any  other  rea- 
son and  who  retains  his  place  in  class  pays  in  full  during  his  or  her  absence. 

TIME  RESTRICTION 

The  maximum  time  for  completion  of  the  MBA  program  is  seven  years  from 
the  date  of  the  admission  letter.  Students  who  have  not  earned  the  graduate 
degree  during  this  period  shall  have  their  academic  standing  reviewed  and 
may  be  asked  to  meet  additional  requirements  in  order  to  graduate. 

ACADEMIC  DISHONESTY 

Students  are  expected  to  uphold  the  principles  of  academic  honesty. 
Academic  dishonesty  shall  not  be  tolerated. 

For  the  first  academic  dishonesty  offense,  failure  in  the  course  is  mandatory 
and  the  faculty  member  is  required  to  inform  the  Director  of  Continuing 
Education  in  writing.  A  letter  of  warning  shall  be  sent  to  the  student  by  the 
Director  of  Continuing  Education  explaining  the  consequences  and  the  right 
of  appeal. 

For  the  second  offense,  failure  in  the  course  and  expulsion  from  the  MBA 
program  and  College  are  mandatory  and  without  appeal. 


137 


ADDRESS  CHANGES 

Any  change  of  address  must  be  reported  to  the  Continuing  Education  Center 
as  soon  as  possible.  A  forwarding  address  should  also  be  given  to  the  Postal 
Service. 

PRIVACY  OF  STUDENT  RECORDS 

In  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974 
(P.L.  39-380)  Lebanon  Valley  College  releases  no  student  education  records 
without  written  consent  and  request  of  the  student  or  as  prescribed  by  the 
law.  Each  student  has  access  to  his  or  her  education  records  with  exclusions 
only  as  specified  by  the  law. 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Students  may  participate  in  the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program,  a  low, 
simple-interest  loan  that  is  available  from  most  lending  institutions.  A  stu- 
dent can  borrow  up  to  $3,750  as  a  half-time  graduate  student,  which  implies 
three  credit  hours.  The  loan  is  interest-free  while  attending  college  and 
payments  do  not  become  due  until  six  months  after  graduation  or  enrollment 
as  less  than  a  half-time  student. 

Graduate  students  should  contact  the  Financial  Aid  Office  at  717-867-6181 
to  discuss  alternative  financial  aid  programs. 

EMPLOYEE  TUITION  REIMBURSEMENT 

Students  are  encouraged  to  inquire  about  tuition  remission  programs  at  their 
places  of  employment.  Most  employers  of  current  students  provide  education 
subsidies  of  50-100%  of  tuition.  Students  must  pay  50%  of  tuition  costs  plus 
comprehensive  fee  at  the  time  of  registration. 

WITHDRAWAL  FROM  PROGRAM 
AND  COLLEGE  AND  READMISSION 

To  withdraw  from  Lebanon  Valley  College,  an  MBA  student  must  complete 
an  official  withdrawal  form  obtained  from  the  MBA  Academic  Advisor.  To 
apply  for  readmission,  an  MBA  student  must  have  the  written  approval  of 
the  Director  of  Continuing  Education. 


138 


Graduate  Degree  Requirements  and  Course  Descriptions 

Degree:  MBA 

Requirements: 

Undergraduate  Core  (Common  body  of  knowledge):  AC  151  or  161,  AC 
152  or  162;  EC  110,  120;  MA  111  or  150  or  160  or  161,  170  or  270;  MG 
222,  233  or  CS  170,  330,  340,  361,  460. 

Graduate  Core:  GM  800,  805,  810,  815,  820,  825  830,  835,  895  (27 
credits)  and  three  of  the  following  GM  850,  855,  860,  865,  870,  875,  880, 
885  (9  credits).  Total  of  36  credits. 

MBA  Courses 

800.  Quantitative  Analysis.    A  survey  of  management  science.  Topics  in- 
clude linear  programming,  transportation  and  assignment  problems,  decision 
and  network  analysis,  stochastic  processes,  queueing,  and  simulation. 
Includes  an  introduction  to  appropriate  computer  software.  3  credits. 

805.  Financial  Policy.    A  quantitative  approach  to  managerial  problems  of 
long  term  financing,  asset  management,  dividend  policy,  and  ethics  in  the 
firm  and  marketplace.  Emphasis  placed  on  the  application  of  experience  to 
class  discussion  based  on  the  use  of  the  Wall  Street  Journal.  Required 
presentation  of  a  current  topic.  3  credits. 

810.  Organizational  Behavior.    Systematic  presentation  of  theory  and 
research  in  areas  of  organizational  behavior;  including  motivation,  group 
dynamics,  leadership,  decision-making,  organization-change,  career  planning, 
and  communication.  3  credits. 

815.  Marketing  Management.    Seminar  focusing  on  issues  arising  from  the 
interplay  between  marketing  and  society.  Examples  include  ethics  of  selling, 
advertising,  marketing  research  and  the  social  responsibility  of  marketers. 
Governmental  intervention  and  regulations  are  analyzed.  3  credits. 

820.  Production  and  Service  Management.    The  production  and  service 
functions  cast  in  the  systems  framework,  recognizing  relationships  among 
various  components  of  the  organization.  Specific  problems  in  analysis  plan- 
ning, design  and  control  of  operations,  processes  services,  and  human 
resources  are  examined.  Models  surveyed  include  process  planning,  product 
planning,  scheduling  and  control.  3  credits. 


139 


825.  Executive  Communications.    Organizational  communications  skills. 
Emphasis  on  writing,  speaking,  and  interpersonal  communication.  Informa- 
tion sharing  at  group  and  organizational  levels.  3  credits. 

830.  Corporate  and  Organizational  Ethics.    The  ethical  assumptions  and 
implications  of  corporate  and  organizational  policies  and  practices.  Intensive 
readings  in  the  literature  of  both  theoretical  and  applied  ethics.  Case-study 
analyses.  Topics  include:  corporate  and  organizational  social  and  political 
responsibility,  ethics  and  business,  ethics  and  organizational  life,  governmen- 
tal relations,  and  social  auditing.  3  credits. 

835.  Executive  Leadership.    Theories  and  concepts  of  leadership.  Ex- 
amination of  the  forces  in  the  leader-follower  interaction.  Analysis  of  the 
skills,  behaviors,  attitudes,  and  values  of  effective  and  ethical  leaders  and 
followers.  Application  of  concepts,  information,  and  experience  to  case 
studies.  3  credits. 

850.  Human  Resource  Management.    A  survey  of  personnel  management 
activities  in  organizations  including  exploration  of  recent  developments  in  the 
field  of  human  resource  management.  Topics  include  human  resource  plan- 
ning, recruitment,  selection,  training,  equal  employment  opportunity,  per- 
formance appraisal,  discipline,  career  planning,  compensation,  safety  and 
health.  Instruction  method  includes  case  study,  readings  and  classroom  lec- 
ture. 3  credits. 

855.  Legal  Environment  of  Business.    Legal  concepts  and  principles  im- 
portant to  business  decision  making  including  employment  law,  labor- 
management  relations  and  relevant  legislation,  tax  consequences  of  business 
transactions,  government  regulation,  contract  law  and  application  of  the 
Uniform  Commercial  Code  to  business  transactions.  Case  study,  readings 
and  classroom  lecture.  3  credits. 

860.  International  Business  Management.    Theories,  concepts,  practices 
and  techniques  of  conducting  business  in  foreign  countries.  The  strategic 
issues,  the  operational  practices,  and  the  governmental  relations  of  multi- 
national companies  are  analyzed  through  use  of  case  study,  lecture  and 
speakers.  Topics  include:  economic,  political  and  cultural  integration;  trade 
restrictions  and  barriers;  overseas  investment  and  financing;  entry  into 
foreign  markets  and  marketing  strategies.  3  credits. 

865.  Entrepreneurship.    Entrepreneurship,  intrapreneurship,  small  business, 
and  acquisitions.  Special  attention  to  sources  of  funding,  and  the  role  of 
govemment  in  the  development  of  new  enterprises.  3  credits. 


140 


870.  Labor  Management  Relations.    Labor  Management  Relations  is 
directed  primarily  to  the  understanding  of  the  issues  and  alternatives  arising 
out  of  the  work  place.  The  course  provides  both  an  overview  of  what  has 
been  identified  as  industrial  relations  as  well  as  familiarity  with  the  tools 
used  by  its  practitioners.  Also  it  will  review  closely  some  of  the  more  in- 
teresting and  developing  areas  of  the  subject  matter.  Students  will  study 
negotiation,  administration,  wage/fringe  issues  and  contents  of  labor 
agreements.  3  credits. 

875.  Managerial  Accounting.    This  course  provides  students  previously  ex- 
posed to  basic  financial  and  managerial  accounting  principles  with  an  oppor- 
tunity to  study  the  structure  and  use  accounting  systems  designed  to  aid 
management  in  controlling  costs  and  profits.  The  course  stresses  the  follow- 
ing: financial  statement  analysis,  sources  and  uses  of  funds  analysis,  tax  im- 
plications on  managerial  decisions,  responsibility  accounting  and  the  impact 
of  inflation.  3  credits. 

880.  Investments  and  Portfolio  Management.    This  course  will  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  tools  essential  for  sound  money  management.  Investment 
management  begins  by  considering  the  goals  of  the  investor  with  respect  to 
risk  exposure,  tax  environment,  liquidity  needs  and  appreciation  versus  in- 
come potentials.  Strategies  will  be  developed  to  satisfy  these  objectives. 
Mathematical  models  of  portfolio  selection  to  help  reduce  risk  through  diver- 
sification will  be  developed.  Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  theories  of 
determinants  of  asset  prices,  including  the  capital-asset  pricing  model. 
3  credits. 

885.  Managerial  Economics.  This  course  focuses  on  economic  planning 
and  decision-making  in  the  firm.  The  study  of  actual  problems  is  provided 
by  means  of  case  analysis  and  independent  study.  3  credits. 

895.  Business  Policy.    The  strategic  management  of  large  business  entities, 
including  the  formulation  and  evaluation  of  missions,  strategies,  objectives 
and  policies.  Historical  and  current  situations  are  discussed.  Cases  are  used 
and  outside  research  is  required.  Prerequisite:  24  hours  of  graduate  credit. 
3  credits. 


141 


DIRECTORY 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES  - 
LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 

Officers 

THOMAS  C.  REINHART  Chairperson 

ELAINE  G.  HACKMAN  Vice-Chairperson 

JOHN  R.  EBY  Vice-Chairperson 

EDWARD  H.  ARNOLD  Vice-Chairperson 

HARRY  B.  YOST  Secretary 

MARY  N.  ESHLEMAN  Assistant  Secretary 

E.  PETER  STRICKLER  Treasurer 
HARLAN  R.  WENGERT  Assistant  Treasurer 
ALLAN  W.  MUND  Chairperson  Emeritus 

F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  JR.  Chairperson  Emeritus 
ELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER  Chairperson  Emerita 

Trustees 

EDWARD  H.  ARNOLD,  B.S.,  L.H.D.;  President,  Arnold  Industries; 

Lebanon,  PA  (1990). 
KATHERINE  J.  BISHOP,  B.A.,  M.B.A.;  General  Manager,  Lebanon 

Chemical  Corporation;  Lebanon,  PA  (1991). 
G.  HAROLD  BUCHER,  B.S.;  Retired  President,  People's  National  Bank; 

Annville,  PA  (1989). 
RAYMOND  H.  CARR;  President  and  Chairperson  of  the  Board,  The 

Pickering  Group;  Lionville,  PA  (1991). 
RUTH  A.  DAUGHERTY,  B.A.;  Chairperson,  General  Commission  on 

Communications,  United  Methodist  Church;  West  Chester,  PA  (1989). 
JAMES  J.  DAVISON;  Retired  Business  Executive;  Freehold,  NJ  (1990). 
WESLEY  T.  DELLINGER,  B.S.;  Vice  President,  J.C.  Hauer's  Sons,  Inc.; 

Palmyra,  PA  (1991). 
CARROLL  E.  DITZLER;  B.S.,  M.S.,  D.D.S.;  Dentist;  Mt.  Gretna,  PA 

(1990). 


142 


JOHN  R.  EBY,  B.S.;  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Common- 
wealth Communications  Services,  Inc.;  Lancaster,  PA  (1989). 
RUFUS  A.  FULTON,  B.A.;  President,  Fulton  Financial  Coip.;  Lancaster, 

PA  (1989). 
DARWIN  G.  CLICK,  B.S.;  Partner,  Click,  Stanilla  and  Siegel;  Lebanon, 

PA  (1991). 
MARTIN  L.  GLUNTZ;  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.;  Vice  President,  Manufacturing 

and  Distribution  Services,  Hershey  International  Ltd.,  Hershey  Foods  Cor- 
poration, Hershey,  PA  (1990). 
ARTHUR  L.  GOLDBERG,  Esq.,  A.B.,  LL.B.;  Attorney,  Goldberg,  Evans 

and  Katzman;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1989). 
ELAINE  G.  HACKMAN,  B.A.;  Retired  Business  Executive;  Akron,  PA 

(1991). 
CAROLYN  R.  HANES,  B.A.,M.A.,Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Sociology  and 

Social  Work,  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies,  Chairperson,  Lebanon 

Valley  College;  Annville,  PA  (1991). 
SUSAN  WOLFE  HASSINGER,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Conference  Consultant, 

Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference,  United  Methodist  Church;  Down- 

ingtown,  PA  (1991). 
ZEDNA  M.  HAVERSTOCK;  Treasurer-Comptroller,  Central  Pennsylvania 

Conference,  United  Methodist  Church;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1990). 
BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D;  Professor  of  Mathematics, 

Lebanon  Valley  College;  Annville,  PA  (1989). 
WILLIAM  DAVID  HUTCHINSON,  B.A.,  J.D.;  Circuit  Judge,  United 

States  Court  of  Appeals;  Schuykill  Haven,  PA  (1990). 
LOIS  G.  JOHNSON,  B.S.  M.Ed.;  Chairperson,  Department  of  English, 

Delaware  Technical  and  Community  College;  Glen  Mills,  PA  (1989). 
GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN,  A.B.,B.D.,D.D.,  Retired  Pastor,  United 

Methodist  Church;  Carlisle,  PA  (1989). 
CONSTANCE  W.  LEITNER,  B.S.;  Musician;  Carlisle,  PA  (1989). 
LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Leadership 

Studies,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  Annville,  PA  (1989). 
H.  LEROY  MARLOW,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.;  Assistant  Director  of  Continu- 
ing Education;  Director  of  the  Pennsylvania  Technical  Assistant  Program; 

Head  of  Management  Development  Services,  The  Pennsylvania  State 

University;  State  College,  PA  (1990). 
BRIAN  K.  MATLICK,  B.S.,  M.S.;  Director  of  Agribusiness,  Hershey 

Foods  Corporation,  Hershey,  PA  (1990). 
FELTON  E.  MAY,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.D.;  Resident  Bishop  of  the  Harrisburg 

Area,  United  Methodist  Church;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1991). 


143 


JOAN  C.  MCCULLOH,  A.B.,  M.A.T.;  Chairperson,  Department  of 

English,  Annville-Cleona  High  School;  Mercersburg,  PA  (1989). 
JOHN  G.  McELLHENNEY,  A.B.,B.D.,D.D.;  Pastor,  First  United 

Methodist  Church;  West  Chester,  PA  (1990). 
SUSAN  M.  MORRISON,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Resident  Bishop  of  the  Philadelphia 

Area,  United  Methodist  Church;  Valley  Forge,  PA  (1991). 
GRANT  T.  NICHOLLS,  B.A.,  B.S.;  President,  Personal  Financial  Advisors; 

Allamuchy,  NJ  (1990). 
JOHN  D.  NORTON,  III,  A. B.,  M. A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Political  Science, 

Chairperson  Political  Science  and  Economics  Department,  Lebanon  Valley 

College;  Annville,  PA  (1989). 
KENNETH  H.  PLUMMER;  Retired  President,  E.D.  Plummer  Sons,  Inc.; 

Chambersburg,  PA  (1990). 
THOMAS  C.  REINHART,  B.S.;  President,  T.C.R.  Packaging,  Inc.,  Albee- 

Campbell,  Inc.,  and  People  Seekers;  Wyomissing,  PA  (1990). 
DONALD  R.  SHOVER,  JR.,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.Min.;  District  Superinten- 
dent, United  Methodist  Church;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1991). 
JOHN  J.  SHUMAKER,  B.A.,  J.D.,  Member,  Pennsylvania  State  Senate; 

Grantville,  PA  (1990). 
JOAN  S.  SOWERS,  B.A.,  M.A.;  Homemaker;  Lebanon,  PA  (1991). 
MORTON  SPECTOR;  Vice  President  and  Treasurer,  D  &  H  Distributing 

Co.;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1989). 
PAUL  E.  STAMBACH,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  Ph.D.;  Pastor,  Asbury  United 

Methodist  Church;  York,  PA  (1989). 
E.  PETER  STRICKLER,  B.S.;  President,  Strickler  Insurance  Agency,  Inc.; 

Lebanon,  PA  (1989). 
JOHN  A.  SYNODINOS,  B.S.,  M.S.;  President,  Lebanon  Valley  College; 

Annville,  PA. 
KATHRYN  SEIVERLING  TAYLOR,  B.A.;  Supervisor,  Deny  Township; 

Hershey,  PA  (1991). 
SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK,  B.A.,M.A.,Ph.D.;  Associate  Professor  of 

Biology,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  Palmyra,  PA  (1990). 
JOHN  A.  WALTER,  B.S.,  J.D.;  Judge,  Lebanon  County  Court  of  Common 

Pleas;  Mt.  Gretna,  PA  (1989). 
ELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  D.Sci.;  Chief  of  Carcinogen 

Metabolism  and  Toxicology  Branch,  National  Cancer  Institute;  Bethesda, 

MD  (1991). 
HARLAN  R.  WENGERT,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  D.Sci.;  Chairperson,  Wengert's 

Dairy;  Lebanon,  PA  (1990). 
E.D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.,  L.H.D.;  Private  Investor;  Lebanon,  PA  (1990). 


144 


J.  DENNIS  WILLIAMS,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.Min.;  Pastor,  District  Superin- 
tendent, Anthracite  District,  United  Methodist  Church;  Orwigsburg,  PA 
(1991). 

SAMUEL  A.  WILLMAN,  B.S.,  M.Com.;  Vice  President,  Marketing,  York 
Container  Company;  Red  Lion,  PA  (1990). 

CHARLES  W.  WOLFE,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Vice  President  for  University  Rela- 
tions, Emeritus,  Bucknell  University;  Denver,  PA  (1989). 

HARRY  B.  YOST,  Esq.,  LL.B.,  LL.M.;  Attorney,  Hassell,  Yost  and 
Sorrentino;  Lancaster,  PA  (1991). 

Emeriti 

WILLIAM  D.  BOS  WELL,  Esq.,  Ph.B.,  LL.B.;  Attorney,  Berman  and 

Boswell;  Harrisburg,  PA. 
WILLIAM  D.  BRYSON,  LL.D.;  Retired  Executive,  Walter  W.  Moyer 

Company;  Ephrata,  PA. 
CURVIN  N.  DELLINGER,  B.S.;  President,  J.C.  Hauer's  Sons,  Inc.; 

Lebanon,  PA. 
DEWITT  M.  ESSICK,  A.B.,  M.S.;  Retired  Manager  of  Education  and 

Training,  Armstrong  World  Industries;  Lancaster,  PA. 
EUGENE  C.  FISH,  Esq.,  B.S.,  LL.B.,  J.D.;  President,  Peerless  Industries, 

Inc.;  Chairperson  of  the  Board,  Eastern  Foundry  Company;  Attorney, 

Romeika,  Fish  and  Scheckter;  Senior  Partner,  Tax  Associates;  Jenkintown, 

PA. 
THOMAS  W.  GUINIVAN,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United 

Methodist  Church;  Mechanicsburg,  PA. 
PAUL  E.  HORN,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist 

Church;  Harrisburg,  PA. 
ALLAN  W.  MUND,  LL.D.;  Retired  Chairperson,  Ellicott  Machine  Cor- 
poration; Towson,  MD. 
HAROLD  S.  PEIFFER,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United 

Methodist  Church;  Lancaster,  PA. 
JESSIE  A.  PRATT,  B.S.;  Retired  Administrative  Assistant,  Legal  Division, 

City  of  Philadelphia;  Philadelphia,  PA. 
EZRA  H.  RANCK,  A.B.,B.D.,D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist 

Church;  Lancaster,  PA. 
MELVIN  S.  RIFE;  Retired  Executive,  St.  Regis  Paper  Company;  York.  PA. 
F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  Jr.,  B.S.,  LL.D.;  Retired  Principal,  Arthur 

Young  and  Company;  Richmond,  VA. 
DANIEL  L.  SHEARER,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.;  Executive  Assistant  to 

the  Bishop  of  the  Harrisburg  Area,  United  Methodist  Church;  Hum- 

melstown,  PA. 

145 


Honorary 

JEFFERSON  C.  BARNHART,  Esq.,  A.B.,  LL.B;  Attorney,  McNees, 

Wallace  and  Nurick;  Hershey,  PA. 
HORACE  E.  SMITH,  Esq.,  A.B.,  LL.B.;  Attorney,  Smith  and  McCleary; 

York,  PA. 
ANNE  B.  SWEIGART,  B.S.;  Chairperson  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive 

Officer,  Denver  and  Ephrata  Telephone  Company;  Ephrata,  PA. 
WOODROW  W.  WALTEMYER,  Business  Executive;  York,  PA. 

ADMINISTRATION 

President 

JOHN  A.  SYNODINOS,  1988-;  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1959;  M.S.,  Temple 

University,  1977. 
MARY  N.  ESHLEMAN,  1979-;  Executive  Secretary  to  the  President. 

General  College  Officers 

HOWARD  L.  APPLEGATE,  1983-;  Secretary  of  the  College  and  Registrar, 

1989-.  B.A.,  Drew  University,  1957;  M.A.  Syracuse  University,  1960; 

Ph.D.,  1966. 
RICHARD  F.  CHARLES,  1988-;  Vice  President  for  Advancement,  1988-. 

A.B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1953. 
DEBORAH  R.  FULLAM,  1982-;  Assistant  to  the  President  for  Budget  and 

Planning,  1989-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1981;  M.B. A., 

Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Science,  1988. 
ROBERT  E.  HAMILTON,  1986-;  Vice  President  for  Adminstration  and 

Controller,  1989-.  A.B.,  Messiah  College,  1962;  M.Ed.,  Shippensburg 

University,  1966;  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1972. 
GEORGE  R.  MARQUETTE,  1952-;  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs, 

1984-.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 

1951;  Ed. D.,  Temple  University,  1967. 
WILLIAM  J.  McGILL  JR.,  1986-;  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

A.B.,  Trinity  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1958;  Ph.D., 

1961. 
GREGORY  G.  STANSON,  1966-;  Dean  of  Enrollment  Management  Ser- 
vices, 1980-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.Ed.,  University  of 

Toledo,  1966. 


146 


Administrative  Staff 
Academic  Affairs 

WILLIAM  J.  McGILL,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

HOWARD  L.  APPLEGATE,  Registrar. 

ELIZABETH  A.  CALVARIO,  1988-;  Continuing  Education  Academic 
Advisor.  B.S.,  University  of  Southern  Colorado,  1984;  M.B.A.,  Shippens- 
burg  University,  1986. 

BARBARA  JONES  DENISON,  1987-;  Continuing  Education  Academic  Ad- 
visor. B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979;  M.A.,  University  of  York, 
1981;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1985. 

ALICE  S.  DIEHL,  1966-;  Technical  Processes  Librarian.  A.B.,  Smith  Col- 
lege, 1956;  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  M.L.S.  Univer- 
sity of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

DALE  J.  ERSKINE,  1983-;  Director,  Youth  Scholars  Institute,  1983-.  B.A., 
University  of  Maine  at  Portland,  1974;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Buffalo,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1981. 

JOYCE  A.  GUERRISI,  1980-;  Assistant  Registrar,  1989-. 

ELAINE  D.  HAYDEN,  1989-;  Director  of  Continuing  Education.  B.S., 
State  University  of  New  York  College  at  Cortland,  1965;  M.S.,  State 
University  of  New  York  College  at  Brockport,  1973. 

WILLIAM  E.  HOUGH,  III,  1970-;  Librarian  Associate  Professor.  A.B., 
King's  College,  1955;  Th.M.,  Dallas  Theological  Seminary,  1959; 
M.L.S. ,  Columbia  University,  1965. 

DANIEL  B.  MCKINLEY,  1988-;  Director  of  Leadership  Studies  Program. 
B.S.,  United  States  Coast  Guard  Academy,  1968;  M.A.L.S.,  Wesley  an 
University,  1973;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 

DONNA  L.  MILLER,  1986-;  Readers'  Services  Librarian.  B.S.,  Millersville 
University,  1984;  M.L.S.,  Drexel  University,  1986. 

SUZANNE  CALDWELL  RIEHL,  1982-;  Director  of  Special  Music  Pro- 
grams, 1989-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979;  M.M.,  Westminster 
Choir  CoUege,  1982. 

JOHN  J.  UHL,  1980-;  Director  of  Media  Services.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1979. 

VIRGINIA  L.  SOLOMON,  1987-;  Assistant  Director  of  Media  Services. 
A. A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University-New  Kensington.  1976,  B.S..  Slip- 
pery Rock,  1979;  M.A.Ed.,  Western  Carolina  University,  1986. 


147 


Administrative  Affairs 

ROBERT  E.  HAMILTON,  Vice  President  for  Administration  and  Controller. 

HAROLD  L.  FESSLER,  1984-;  Director  of  Maintenance. 

ROBERT  E.  HARNISH,  1967-;  Manager  of  the  College  Store,  B.A., 

Randolph  Macon  College,  1966. 
MARGARET  A.  LAHR,  1988-;  Director  of  Housekeeping. 
GEORGE  F.  LOVELL,  Jr.,  1988-;  Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds. 
WALTER  L.  SMITH,  1961-1969;  197 1-;  Director  of  Special  Services.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1961;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  University,  1967. 
LINDA  S.  STRATTON,  1988-;  Coordinator  of  Mail  Services. 
KEVIN  R.  YEISER,  1982-;  Director  of  Grounds  and  Athletic  Facilities. 
ALLEN  R.  YINGST,  1988-;  Grounds  Supervisor. 

Admissions  and  Financial  Aid 

GREGORY  G.  ST  ANSON,  Dean  of  Enrollment  Management  Services. 
MELISSA  J.  ANDREWS,  1989-;  Admissions  Counselor.  B.A.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1989. 
RUTH  E.  ANDERSEN,  1986-;  Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid,  1988. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1986. 
MARK  A.  BREZITSKI,  1986-;  Admissions  Counselor,  1989.  B.A.,  Ship- 

pensburg  University,  1985. 
WILLIAM  J.  BROWN,  Jr.,  1980-;  Associate  Dean  of  Admissions  1984-  and 

Director  of  Financial  Aid,  1986-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979; 

M.B.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Science,  1989. 
RONALD  K.  GOOD,  1983-;  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions.  B.S.  in  Ed., 

Millers ville  State  University,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1966. 
BARBARA  A.  LEER,  1988-;  Admissions  Counselor.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1987. 
JAMES  P.  MONOS,  Jr.,  1986-;  Admissions  Counselor.  B.S.,  Shippensburg 

University,  1972;  M.Ed.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1978. 
MICHAEL  R.  KOHLER,  1988-;  Admissions  Counselor.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1980;  M.M.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1982. 

Advancement 

RICHARD  F.  CHARLES,  Vice  President  for  Advancement. 

ELLEN  H.  ARNOLD,  1988-;  Director  of  Annual  Giving.  B.A.,  Bucknell 

University,  1964. 
MARY  JEAN  BISHOP,  1987-;  Director  of  Alumni  and  Parents  Programs. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1984;  M.A.,  Millersville  University,  1989. 


148 


C.  PAUL  BRUBAKER,  Jr.,  1989-;  Director  of  Planned  Giving.  B.S., 
Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1952;  MBA,  Wharton  Graduate  Div., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955. 

JOHN  B.  DEAMER,  Jr.,  1986-;  Director  of  Public  Relations,  1989-.  B.A., 
LaSalle  University,  1985. 

TIMOTHY  EBERSOLE,  1986-;  Sports  Information  Director.  B.S.,  Ship- 
pensburg  University,  1983. 

MATTHEW  A.  HUGG,  1987-;  Director  of  Development.  B.S.,  Juniata  Col- 
lege, 1983. 

MONICA  E.  KREISER,  1988-;  Director  of  Special  Events,  Assistant  Direc- 
tor of  Annual  Giving,  1988-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1988. 

INGEBORG  M.  SNOKE,  1987-;  Records  and  Research  Assistant,  1989-. 
B.A.,  Marwritski  Institute,  Germany,  1948. 

DAWN  T.  THREN,  1987-;  Director  of  Publications,  1989-.  B.A., 
Bloomsburg  University,  1986. 

Computer  Services 

ROBERTA.  RILEY,  1976-1978,  Director  of  Computer  Services,  1988-. 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1976. 

ROBERT  J.  DILLANE,  1985-;  Administrative  Coordinator,  Computer  Ser- 
vices, 1986-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1977. 

STEPHEN  SHOOP,  1977-;  Technical  Coordinator,  Computer  Services, 
1986-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1974. 

Financial  Affairs 

DEBORAH  R.  FULL  AM,  Assistant  to  the  President  for  Budget  and 
Planning. 

DANE  A.  WOLFE,  1977-;  Associate  Controller.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1974;  Basic  Certification,  American  Institute  of  Banking,  1976. 

Religious  Affairs 

JOHN  ABERNATHY  SMITH,  1980-;  College  Chaplain  and  Church  Rela- 
tions Officer.  B.A.,  Vanderbih  University,  1961;  M.Div.,  Drew  Univer- 
sity, 1965;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

THOMAS  H.  SMITH,  1988-;  Adjunct  Catholic  Chaplain.  B.A.,  Saint 
Charles  Seminary,  1953. 


149 


Student  Affairs 

GEORGE  R.  MARQUETTE,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs/Dean  of 
Students. 

CAROL  AMUNDSEN,  1989-;  Assistant  Director  of  Student  Activities  and 
Residential  Life.  A. A.,  Wesley  College,  1979;  B.A.,  High  Point  College, 
1981. 

DAVID  A.  CALVARIO,  1987-;  Director  of  Residential  Life,  1989-.  B.S., 
Shippensburg  University,  1982;  M.S.,  1986. 

ROBERT  F.  EARLY,  1971-;  College  Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1949;  M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1952. 

DAVID  C.  EVANS,  1981-;  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement. 
B.A.,  Slippery  Rock  University,  1969;  M.Ed.,  Rutgers  University,  1970. 

VERONICA  FABIAN,  1984-;  Staff  Nurse,  R.N.,  Diploma,  Spencer 
Hospital,  1961. 

RUSSELL  L.  GINGRICH,  197 1-;  College  Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1947;  M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1951. 

ROBERT  M.  KLINE,  1970-;  College  Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1950;  M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1955;  B.A.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1971. 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  1971-;  Director  of  Athletics,  1981-;  Assistant 
Coach,  Basketball,  1986-;  Head  Coach,  Golf,  1989-.  B.A.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1961. 

KATHLEEN  TIERNEY,  1983-;  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics,  Director  of 
Summer  Sports  Camps,  1988-;  Head  Coach,  Women's  Field  Hockey  and 
Softball.  B.S.,  University  of  New  York  at  Brockport,  1979. 

JULIANA  Z.  WOLFE,  1975-1978;  1979-;  Director  of  Health  Center  and 
Head  Nurse.  R.N.,  Diploma,  St.  Joseph's  Hospital,  1963. 

ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973-;  Associate  Dean  of  Students,  1983-.  B.S., 
Lock  Haven  University,  1966;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University,  1970. 

JEAN  W.  ZELEK,  1983-;  Staff  Nurse.  R.N.,  Diploma,  St.  Anthony's 
Hospital,  1952. 

Athletic  Staff 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  Director  of  Athletics. 

JOHN  W.  BARNHART,  1987-;  Assistant  Football  Coach.  B.A.,  Hiram 
College. 

MARK  A  BREZITSKI,  1986-;  Assistant  Football  Coach.  B.A.,  Shippens- 
burg University,  1985. 

LEWIS  H.  COOKE,  Jr.,  1975-;  Equipment  Manager,  1985-. 


150 


TIMOTHY  M.  EBERSOLE,  1986-;  Assistant  Football  Coach.  B.S.,  Ship- 

pensburg  University,  1983. 
PATRICK  J.  PLANNER Y,  1989-;  Men's  Basketball  Coach;  Assistant 

Baseball  Coach.  B.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1980;  M.S.,  1983. 
JODI  LYN  POSTER,  1985-;  Women's  Basketball  and  Track  Coach.  B.S., 

Milliken  University,  1984;  M.S.,  Eastern  Illinois  University,  1985. 
CHRIS  E.  HORST,  1988-;  Assistant  Pield  Hockey  Coach;  B.S.,  West 

Chester  University,  1972,  M.Ed.,  1974. 
THOMAS  E.  JORDAN,  1986-;  Assistant  Football  Coach,  B.S.,  Millersville 

University,  1976. 
LAWRENCE  M.  LARTHEY,  1988-;  Wrestling  Coach.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1972. 
JAMES  P.  MONOS,  Jr.,  1986-;  Football  Coach.  B.S.,  Shippensburg 

University,  1972;  M.Ed.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1978. 
RUSSELL  J.  OWENS,  1988-;  Men's  and  Women's  Swimming  Coach;  Di- 
rector of  the  E.H.  Arnold  Sports  Center.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 

1960. 
WAYNE  PERRY,  1987-;  Men's  and  Women's  Volleyball  Coach.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1978. 
O.  KENT  REED,  197 1-;  Men's  Track  and  Field  Coach;  Men's  and 

Women's  Cross-country  Coach.  B.S.,  Otterbein  College,  1956;  M.A., 

Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1970. 
FRANK  J.  REICH,  1986-;  Assistant  Football  Coach.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  1956. 
EDWARD  C.  SPITTLE,  Jr.,  1985-;  Baseball  Coach. 
HARRY  A.  SHIRK,  Jr.,  1987-;  Soccer  Coach. 
JAMES  E.  STARK,  1986-;  Athletic  Trainer.  B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University, 

1983.  M.Ed.,  Shippensburg  University,  1986. 
KATHLEEN  M.  TIERNEY,  1983-;  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics,  1988; 

Director  of  Summer  Sports  Camps;  Field  Hockey  and  Women's  Softball 

Coach.  B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Brockport,  1979. 


151 


THE  CHRISTIAN  R.  AND  MARY  F.  LINDBACK 
DISTINGUISHED  TEACHING  AWARDS 

The  Lindback  Awards  for  distinguished  teaching  are  supported  by  grants 
from  the  Christian  R.  and  Mary  F.  Lindback  Foundation.  The  Lindback 
Award  recipients,  who  must  be  full-time  members  of  the  Lebanon  Valley 
College  faculty,  are  selected  by  the  President  of  the  College  after  appropriate 
consultation  with  alumni,  students,  faculty  and  staff. 

Previous  A  war  dees: 

1985  Leon  E.  Markowicz,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English 

1986  Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Sociology  and 
Social  Work  and  Leadership  Studies 

1987  Donald  E.  Bryne,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Religion 

1987  Mark  A.  Townsend,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematical  Sciences 

1988  William  H.  Fairlamb,  Mus.  B.,  Professor  of  Music 

1989  Paul  L.  Wolf,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Biology 

THE  NEVELYN  J.  KNISLEY 

AWARD  FOR  INSPIRATIONAL  TEACHING 

In  1988,  Lebanon  Valley  College  created  an  award  for  part-time  and  adjunct 
members  of  the  College  faculty  similar  to  the  philosophy  of  the  Lindback 
Award.  The  first  awardee  was  Nevelyn  J.  Knisley.  After  the  presentation  of 
the  first  award,  the  President  of  the  College  named  this  series  of  awards  for 
Mrs.  Knisley  in  recognition  for  her  twenty-four  years  of  inspired  teaching 
in  music. 

Previous  Awardees: 

1988  Nevelyn  J.  Knisley,  M.F.A.,  Adjunct  Associate 
Professor  of  Music 

1989  Carolyn  B.  Scott,  B.A.,  Lecturer  in  French 


152 


FACULTY 

Active 

MADELYN  J.  ALBRECHT,  1973-;  Associate  Professor  of  Education.  B.A., 
Northern  Baptist  College,  1952;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1958; 
Ph.D.,  1972. 

SHARON  DARMOFALL  ARNOLD,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of 
Sociology.  B.A.,  University  of  Akron,  1964;  M.A.,  1967. 

SUSAN  ATKINSON,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  B.S.,  Ship- 
pensburg  University,  1972;  M.Ed.,  (Elementary  Education)  1973;  M.Ed., 
(Special  Education)  1979;  D.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1987. 

PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,  1970-;  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Heidelberg  Col- 
lege, 1965;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

DONALD  C.  BOONE,  1988-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel  Management. 
B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.B.A.,  1966. 

JAMES  H.  BROUSSARD,  1983-;  Professor  of  History,  Chairperson  of  the 
Department  of  History  and  American  Studies.  A.B.,  Harvard  University, 
1963;  M. A.,  Duke  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

DONALD  EUGENE  BROWN,  1983-;  Professor  of  Political  Science.  B.S., 
Western  Dlinois  University,  1969;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 
Binghamton,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR.,  197 1-;  Professor  of  Religion;  Director  of  the 
American  Studies  Program.  B.A.,  St.  Paul  Seminary,  1963;  M.A., 
Marquette  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1972. 

VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL,  1968-;  Professor  of  Religion  and  Greek.  B.A., 
Oklahoma  City  University,  1952;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University. 
1956;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1967. 

SHARON  F.  CLARK,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of  Management.  Chairper- 
son of  the  Department  of  Management.  B.A.,  University  of  Richmond, 
1969;  J.D.,  1971. 

RICHARD  D.  CORNELIUS,  1985-;  Professor  of  Chemistry;  Chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Chemistry.  B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1969;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Iowa,  1974. 

SALVATORE  CULLARI,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.A., 
Kean  College,  1974;  M.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1976;  Ph.D., 
1981. 

GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN,  1961-;  Professor  of  Music,  Interim  Chairperson 
of  the  Department  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1953;  M.M., 
University  of  Michigan,  1957;  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1971. 

I- 

153 


DONALD  B.  DAHLBERG,  1980-;  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.S., 
University  of  Washington,  1967;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1969;  Ph.D., 
1971. 

MICHAEL  A.  DAY,  1987-;  Associate  Professor  of  Physics,  Director  of  the 
Honors  Program.  B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1969;  M.A.,  1975,  Ph.D., 
1977,  University  of  Nebraska  (Philosophy).  M.S.,  1978,  Ph.D.,  1983, 
University  of  Nebraska  (Physics). 

PHYLIS  DRYDEN,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Atlantic 
Union  College,  1976;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany, 
1985;  Ph.D.,  1988. 

SCOTT  H.  EGGERT,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.F.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee),  1971;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1974; 
D.M.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1982. 

SUSAN  L.  EGNER,  1988-;  Instructor  in  Spanish.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1982;  M. A.,  Middlebury  College,  1987. 

DALE  J.  ERSKINE,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Biology.  Director  of  the 
Youth  Scholars  Institute.  B.A.,  University  of  Maine  at  Portland,  1974; 
M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Oklahoma,  1981. 

WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947-;  Professor  of  Music.  Mus.B.,  cum  laude, 
Philadelphia  Conservatory,  1949. 

ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965-;  Professor  of  English.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1959;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

EILEEN  N.  FRANKLAND,  1986-;  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Social 
Work.  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973;  M.S.W.,  Barry  Univer- 
sity, 1982. 

MICHAEL  D.  FRY,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences. 
B.A.,  Immaculate  Heart  College,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1980. 

PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1959-;  Professor  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1951;  M.S.M.,  Union  Theological  Seminary  School  of  Sacred 
Music,  1953;  A.M.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1967. 

MICHAEL  A.  GRELLA,  1980-;  Professor  of  Education;  Chairperson  of  the 
Department  of  Education.  B.A.,  St.  Mary's  Seminary  and  University, 
1958;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1970;  Ed.D.,  1974. 

KLEMENT  M.  HAMBOURG,  1982-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music. 
A.T.C.M.,  Royal  Conservatory  of  Music,  1946;  L.R.A.M.,  Royal 
Academy  of  Music,  1962;  A.R.C.M.,  Royal  College  of  Music,  1962; 
L.T.C.L.,  Trinity  College  of  Music  (London),  1965;  Fellow,  1966; 
D.M.A.,  University  of  Oregon,  1977. 


154 


CAROLYN  R.  HANES,  1977-;  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and 

Leadership  Studies,  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Sociology  and 

Social  Work.  B.A.,  Central  Michigan  University,  1969;  M.A.,  University 

of  New  Hampshire,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  1971-;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A., 

Western  Washington  State  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Washington  State  Univer- 
sity, 1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
ROBERT  H.  HE  ARSON,  1986-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.  Music, 

University  of  Iowa,  1964;  M.A.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1983. 
JOHN  H.  HEFFNER,  1972-;  Professor  of  PhUosophy.  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Religion  and  Philosophy.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 

1968;  B.A.,  1987;  A.M.,  Boston  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
JEANNE  C.  HEY,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  B.A.,  Bucknell 

University,  1954;  M.B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1982. 
BARRY  L.  HURST,  1982-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics;  Chairperson  of 

the  Department  of  Physics.  B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Delaware,  1982. 
DIANE  M.  IGLESIAS,  1976-;  Professor  of  Spanish;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  B.A.,  Queens  College,  1971;  M.A., 

1974;  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York,  1979. 
RICHARD  A.  ISKOWITZ,  1969-;  Associate  Professor  of  Art;  Chairperson 

of  the  Department  of  Art.  B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1965;  M.F.A., 

1967. 
RICHARD  A.  JOYCE,  1966-;  Associate  Professor  of  History.  A.B..  Yale 

University,  1952;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  College,  1963. 
JOHN  P.  KEARNEY,  1971-;  Professor  of  English.  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  English.  B.A.,  St.  Benedict's  College,  1962;  M.A., 

University  of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 
MICHAEL  R.  KOHLER,  1988-;  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1980;  M.M.  Bowhng  Green  State  University,  1982. 
EDWARD  H.  KREBS,  1976-80;  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics. 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of 

Massachusetts,  1967;  Ph.D.  Michigan  State  University,  1970. 
DAVID  I.  LASKY,  1974-;  Professor  of  Psychology;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Psychology.  A.B.,  Temple  University,  1956;  M.A.,  1958; 

Ph.D.,  1%1. 
ROBERT  W.  LEONARD,  1988-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  B.A., 

Ohio  University,  1977;  M.A.,  St.  Francis  School  of  Industrial  Relations. 

1978,  M.B.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University,  1986. 


155 


DANIEL  B.  MCKINLEY,  1988-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies, 
Director,  Leadership  Studies  Program.  B.S.,  United  States  Coast  Guard 
Academy,  1968;  M.A.L.S.  Wesley  an  University,  1973;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1982. 

FREDERICK  H.  MAIDMENT,  1988;  Associate  Professor  of  Management. 
B.S.,  College  of  Business  &  Public  Administration,  1970;  M.B.A.,  Ber- 
nard M.  Baruch  College,  City  University  of  New  York,  1972;  Ed.D., 
University  of  South  Carolina,  1983. 

LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ,  1971-;  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies.  A.B., 
Duquesne  University,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968; 
Ph.D.,  1972. 

JOERG  W.P.  MAYER,  1970-;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Dipl. 
Math.,  University  of  Giessen,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

OWEN  A.  MOE,  JR.,  1973-;  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.A.,  St.  Olafs  Col- 
lege, 1966;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1971. 

PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,  1969-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.E., 
Kansas  State  College,  1962;  M.S.,  1965. 

JOHN  D.  NORTON,  197 1-;  Professor  of  Political  Science.  Chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Political  Science  and  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1965;  M.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  American 
University,  1973. 

JAN  PEDERSEN,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.A.,  State 
University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1985. 

SIDNEY  POLLACK,  1976-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1970. 

O.  KENT  REED,  197 1-;  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education;  Chair- 
person of  the  Department  of  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Otterbein  College, 
1956;  M.A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1970. 

C.  ROBERT  ROSE,  1981-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.Ed., 
Southern  Illinois  University,  1964;  M.M.,  1966;  D.M.,  Indiana  University, 
1978. 

GAIL  SANDERSON,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.A., 
Hobart  and  William  Smith  Colleges,  1970;  M.B.A.,  Boston  University, 
1977. 

JAMES  W.  SCOTT,  1976-;  Professor  of  German.  B.A.,  Juniata  College, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1971. 

STEPHEN  R.  SEXSMITH,  1988-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  1989. 
A.B.,  Kenyon  College,  1980;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1988. 

STEVEN  M.  SPECHT,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.S., 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Oswego,  1982;  M.A.,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Binghamton,  1987;  Ph.D.,  1988. 

156 


JOELLE  L.  STOPKIE,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  French.  Licence, 
Sorbonne,  1960;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr 
College,  1979. 

DENNIS  W.  SWEIGART,  1972-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965; 
D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1977. 

WARREN  K.  A.,  THOMPSON,  1967-;  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy. 
A.B.,  Trinity  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1963. 

HORACE  W.  TOUSLE Y,  1981-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical 
Sciences;  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  A.B., 
Ripon  College,  1951;  M.S. I.E.  (OR),  University  of  Alabama,  1970. 

MARK  A.  TOWNSEND,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical 
Sciences.  B.S.,  Bethany  Nazarene  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Oklahoma 
University,  1969;  Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1983. 

PERRY  J.  TROUTMAN,  I960-;  Professor  of  Religion.  B.A.,  Houghton 
College,  1949;  M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1952;  Ph.D., 
Boston  University,  1964. 

JOHN  J.  UHL,  1980-;  Lecturer  in  Sound  Recording  Technology  and  Direc- 
tor of  Sound  Recording  Technology  Program.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1979. 

SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK,  1974-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan 
University,  1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1975. 

JACQUELINE  J.  VIVELO,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1965;  M.A.,  1970. 

STEPHEN  E.  WILLIAMS,  1973-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Central  Col- 
lege, 1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Washington 
University,  1971. 

BARBARA  S.  WIRTH,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting,  1988. 
B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1979;  M.B.A.,  1985. 

PAUL  L.  WOLF,  1966-;  Professor  of  Biology;  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Biology.  B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of 
Delaware,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,  1968-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Gettysburg  Col- 
lege, 1963;  M.A.,  Drake  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont. 
1968. 

GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965-;  Associate  Professor  of  English.  A.B..  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1962. 


157 


Emeriti 

RICHARD  C.  BELL,  1966-1987;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 

Chemistry.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1941;  M.Ed.,  Temple  Univer- 
sity, 1955. 
JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959-1976;  Chaplain  Emeritus.  A.B., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1936;  M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary, 

1939;  S.T.M.,  Lutheran  Theological  Seminary,  Philadelphia,  1945; 

S.T.D.,  Temple  University,  1951. 
ELOISE  P.  BROWN,  1961-1987;  Readers'  Services  Librarian  Emerita. 

B.S.L.S.  Simmons  College,  1946. 
D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933-1972;  Director  Emeritus  of  Admissions. 

A.B.,  Ohio  Wesley  an  University,  1926;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1932. 
CHARLES  T.  COOPER,  1965-1979;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 

Spanish.  B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1942;  M.A.,  Middlebury 

College,  1965. 
HILDA  M.  DAMUS,  1963-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  German.  M.A., 

University  of  Berlin  and  Jena,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1945. 
ROBERT  S.  DAVIDON,  1970-1984;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Psychology, 

1985.  A.B.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 
CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Philosophy  and 

Dean  of  the  College  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940; 

M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University, 

1954. 
GLADYS  M.  FENCIL,  1921-1927;  1929-1965,  Registrar  Emerita.  A.B., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1921. 
ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN,  1958-1983;  Professor  Emerita  of  History.  B.S., 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 
JUNE  E.  HERR,  1959-1980;  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Elementary 

Education.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  1954. 
THOMAS  A.  LANESE,  1954-1978;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 

Strings,  Conducting,  and  Theory.  B.Mus.,  Baldwin- Wallace  College, 

1938;  Fellow,  Julliard  Graduate  School;  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of 

Music,  1952. 
JEAN  O.  LOVE,  1954-1985;  Professor  Emerita  of  Psychology.  A.B., 

Erskine  College,  1941;  M.A.,  Winthrop  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  North  Carolina,  1953. 


158 


ANNA  D.  FABER  McVAY,  1954-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  English. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 

1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 
HOWARD  A.  NEIDIG,  1948-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1946; 

Ph.D.,  1948. 
AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL,  1961-1987;  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  A.B., 

Immaculata  College,  1948;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1952;  M.A., 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
J.  ROBERT  O'DONNELL,  1961-1987;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 

Physics.  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University 

of  Delaware,  1953. 
GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963-1988;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 

Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1958;  M.Ed.,  1962. 
SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  1960-1975;  Professor  Emerita  of  Languages. 

A.B.,  Chatham  College,  1928;  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1929; 

Ph.D.,  1938. 
JACOB  L.  RHODES,  1957-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 
ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  1951-1986;  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration;  Vice  President  and  Controller,  Emeritus;  B.S., 

Shippensburg  State  College,  1941;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1947; 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1962;  C.P.M.,  1976. 
MALIN  PH.  SAYLOR,  1961-1980;  Professor  Emerita  of  French,  1985.  Fil 

Kand.,  Universities  of  Upsala  and  Stockholm,  1938. 
RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951;  1953-1984;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Histoiy 

and  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1942;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1962. 
ROBERT  W.  SMITH,  1951-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  English,  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1939;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950. 
JAMES  M.  THURMOND,  1954-1979;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music  Educa- 
tion and  Brass.  Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1931;  A.B.,  American 

University,  1951;  M.A.,  Catholic  University,  1952;  Mus.D.,  Washington 

College  of  Music,  1944. 
C.F.  JOSEPH  TOM,  1954-1989;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics.  B.A., 

Hastings  College,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D..  1963. 
L.  ELBERT  WETHINGTON,  1963-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Religion. 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest,  1944;  B.D.,  Duke  University,  1947;  Ph.D..  1949. 


159 


Adjunct 

BEVERLY  T.  ANDREWS,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Leadership  Studies.  B.A., 
Birmingham-Southern  College,  1969;  M.A.,  East  Texas  State  University, 
1970. 

MICHAEL  J.  ASKEN,  1986-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 
B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  Univer- 
sity, 1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

PAUL  B.  BAKER,  1984-;  Lecturer  in  English.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1979. 

ROBERT  W.  BIDDLE,  Jr.,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Hotel  Management.  B.S., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1977;  M.S.,  1988. 

CAROLE  BITTS,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  English.  B.S.,  Millersville  University. 

MARIE  G.  BONGIOVANNI,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  English.  M.B.A.,  Drexel 
University,  1982. 

TERESA  M.  BOWERS,  1978-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Sus- 
quehanna University,  1973;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1974. 

DAVID  L.  BRODERIC,  1988-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Care 
Management.  M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1975. 

ERWIN  P.  CHANDLER,  1978-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Music. 
B.S.,  Ithaca  College,  1966;  M.M.,  Indiana  University,  1971. 

FRANCIS  T.  DEYO,  1986-;  Lecturer  in  Political  Science.  M. P. A.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1986. 

MICHAEL  A.  DIGENNARO,  1987-;  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  B.S., 
United  States  Military  Academy,  West  Point.  Captain,  United  States  Army, 
Aviation. 

NELSON  L.  EBERSOLE,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Real  Estate. 

JOHN  R.  EBY,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1957. 

JAN  W.  EDWARDS,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Social  Work.  M.A.,  Ohio  Univer- 
sity, 1972. 

JAMES  A.  ERDMAN,  II,  1983-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music. 

TIMOTHY  M.  ERDMAN,  1988-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S., 
Temple  University,  1970. 

DENNIS  N.  ESHLEMAN,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Manage- 
ment. M.B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1977. 

WESLEY  C.  FISHER,  1987-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music. 

V.  CARL  GACONO,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Real  Estate. 
B.S.,  Susquehanna  University,  1953. 

ROBERT  D.  GINGRICH,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Social  Work.  M.S.,  Moravian 
College,  1968. 

160 


RICHARD  J.  GOEDKOOP,  1986-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  English. 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1980. 
JAMES  S.  HUME,  1983-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical 

Sciences.  M.S.,  Virginia  State  College,  1970. 
JAMES  R.  KLOCK,  198 1-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  West 

Virgina  University,  1979. 
NEVELYN  J.  KNISLEY,  1954-1958;  1963;  1970-;  Adjunct  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Music.  Mus.  B.,  Oberlin  Conservatory  of  Music,  1951;  M.F.A., 

Ohio  University,  1953. 
ROBERT  C.  LAU,  1968-;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Music,  1989;  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1965;  M.A.  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1970; 

Ph.D.,  Catholic  University,  1979. 
NELSON  M.  MARTIN,  1987-;  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  M.B.A., 

University  of  Arizona.  Major,  United  States  Army,  Field  Artillery. 
CHARLES  D.  MINTZ,  1984-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Religion. 

M.A.,  Hebrew  Union  College,  1956. 
ROBERT  A.  NOWAK,  1988-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  Mansfield 

State  College,  1973;  M.M.,  University  of  Miami,  1975. 
LAWRENCE  ONCLEY,  1989-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Puget  Sound,  1963;  B.Mus.,  1964;  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University, 

1968;  Ph.D.,  1975. 
EDWARD  PETERS,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Computer  Science.  B.A.,  Lehigh 

University,  1976. 
JOSEPH  E.  PETERS,  1974-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973. 
HOLLY  L.  PRESTON,  1987-;  Lecturer  in  Sociology.  B.S.W..  Shippensburg 

University,  1977;  M.S.W.,  Marywood  College,  1981. 
ELIZABETH  RADFORD,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  History.  B.A.,  Centre  College 

of  Kentucky,  1983;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1985. 
MARIE  E.  RIEGLE,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Art.  M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  1979. 
DAVID  ROGERS,  1986-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 

Ph.D.,  Rosemead  School  of  Psychology,  1985. 
CAROLYN  B.  SCOTT,  1987-;  Lecturer  in  French.  B.A.,  Juniata  College, 

1965. 
DAVID  STAFFORD,  1981-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Combs 

College  of  Music,  1967. 
WILLIAM  F.  STINE,  III,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Sound  Recording  Technology. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969;  M.A.,  West  Chester  University, 

1975. 
THOMAS  M.  STROHMAN,  1977-1983:  1987-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in 

Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1975. 

161 


FORD  S.  THOMPSON,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 
M.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1967. 

ANNA  F.  TILBERG,  1982-;  Lecturer  in  Biology.  B.A.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1969. 

RICHARD  J.  TUSHUP,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Psychology.  A.B.  St.  Vincent 
Seminary;  M.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1977. 

DAVID  W.  WILGUS,  1987-;  Professor  of  Military  Science.  M.A.,  Webster 
University;  Lieutenant  Colonel,  United  States  Army,  Aviation. 

DONALD  WINER,  1987-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Art.  M.A.F.A., 
University  of  Missouri,  1951. 

R.  GORDON  WISE,  1973-;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Art.  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Missouri,  1970. 

Adjuncts  in  Medical  Technology 

Harrisburg  Hospital:  Medical  Director  of  Laboratories,  Him  Kwee,  M.D.; 

Program  Director,  Janice  M.  Fogelman,  M.Ed.,  M.T.  (ASCP). 
Jersey  Shore  Medical  Center:  Medical  Director,  Martin  Krummerman,  M.D.; 

Educational  Coordinator,  Florence  M.  Cook,  M.T.  (ASCP). 
Lancaster  General  Hospital:  Director,  Gerald  Fahs,  M.D.;  Program  Director, 

Nadine  Gladfelter,  M.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP). 
Polyclinic  Medical  Center  of  Harrisburg:  Director,  Julian  Potok,  D.O.; 

Education  Director,  Lynn  L.  Russell,  M.T.  (ASCP),  CLS,  M.A. 
Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center:  Director,  I.  Donald  Stuard,  M.D.; 

Program  Director,  Sharon  Strauss,  CLS  (NCA)  M.T.  (ASCP). 
Sacred  Heart  Hospital:  Director,  Francis  V.  Kostelnik,  M.D.;  Program 

Director,  Sandra  A.  Neiman,  M.T.  (ASCP),  CLS. 

Faculty  and  Administrative  Staff  Support 

CHARLES  R.BEAMESDERFER,  Garber  Science  Center 

MARILYN  E.  BOESHORE,  Alumni  Office 

DONNA  L.  BRICKLEY,  Mathematical  Sciences  Department 

NAOMI  R.  EMERICH,  Advancement  Office 

BEVERLY  J.  GAMBLE,  Music  Department 

JO  LYNN  GERBER,  Advancement  Office 

DORIS  L.  GERLACH,  Library 

NANCY  J.  HARTMAN,  Business  Office 

PAMELA  S.  HILLEGAS,  Athletic  Office 

BARBARA  ICEMAN,  Library 

ALICE  L.  KOHR,  Student  Activities  Office 

G.  ROSALYN  KUJOVSKY,  Library 

PATRICIA  A.  LAUDERMILCH,  Registrar's  Office 

DIANA  L.  LEVENGOOD,  Advancement  Office 

162 


BONITA  K.  LINGLE,  Advancement  Office 
KAREN  R.  MCLUCAS,  Admissions  Office 
H.  GRACE  MORRISSEY,  Religion  and  Philosophy  Department, 

Chaplain's  Office 
GWENDOLYN  W.  PIERCE,  Vice  President  for  Administration  Office 
CHERIE  PORUBIANSKY,  Computer  Services  Office  and  Education 

Department 
NIKI  E.  RAUDENSKI,  E.H.  Arnold  Sports  Center 
CHRISTINE  M.  REEVES,  Vice  President  for  Advancement  Office 
CHARLOTTE  J.  RITTLE,  Management  Department 
SALLY  A.  RIVERA,  Biology,  Psychology,  Sociology  Departments 
MARIAN  C.  ROGERS,  President's  Office  and  Registrar's  Office 
CAROL  L.  SCHAAK,  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  Office 
DEBORAH  M.  SCHEAFFER,  Admissions  Office 
PATRICIA  A.  SCHOOLS,  Career  Planning  and  Placement  Office 
PAMELA  B.  SHELLENBERGER,  Business  Office 
JACQUELINE  F.  SHOWERS,  Business  Office 

BARBARA  A.  SMITH,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty  Office 
LINDA  S.  STRATTON,  Mail  Services 
LINDA  L.  SUMMERS,  College  Store 

BERNICE  K.  TEAHL,  Art,  Chemistry,  and  Physics  Departments 
BONNIE  C.  TENNEY,  Buildings  and  Grounds  Office 
DIANE  E.  WENGER,  English  and  Foreign  Language  Department 


163 


Accreditation 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on 
Higher  Education  of  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges 
and  Schools. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  also  accredited  by  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education,  the  National  Association  of  Schools 
of  Music  and  the  American  Chemical  Society. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved  list  of  the  Regents 
of  the  State  University  of  New  York  and  of  the  American 
Association  of  University  Women. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the  following: 

National  Association  of  Independent  Colleges  and  Universities;  | 

Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Independent  Colleges;  College  | 

Entrance  Examination  Board;  College  Scholarship  Service;  | 

National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association;  Middle  Atlantic  I 

States  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference;  Penn-Mar  Athletic  i 

Conference;  Central  Pennsylvania  Field  Hockey  Association;  | 
Eastern  College  Athletic  Conference. 


164 


INDEX 


Academic  dishonesty  policy,  undergraduate  .   18 
Academic  dishonesty  policy,  graduate  ....   137 

Academic  procedures,  undergraduate   12 

Academic  procedures,  graduate 135 

Accounting  Program 

courses   63 

department   44 

faculty    45 

major   63 

Accreditation  164 

Actuarial  Science  Program 

courses   65 

department   47 

faculty    48 

major   65 

Admissions,  undergraduate  full  time 

students    8 

Admissions,  undergraduate  part  time  and 

continuing  education  students  10 

Admissions,  graduate  students 134 

Administrative  Staff  Directory  147 

Advanced  Placement   14 

Allied  Health  Sciences  Cooperative 

Program   34 

American  Studies  Program 

courses   66 

department   43 

major   65 

Anthropology  courses 126 

Archeology  courses   123 

Art  courses   66 

department   32 

faculty    32 

minor   66 

Attendance  policy  14 

Auditing  policy  13 

Associate  Degrees   11 

Baccalaureate  Degrees   11 

Biochemistry  Program 

courses   68 

major   67 

requirements 67 

Biology  Program 

courses   68 

department   33 

faculty    35 

major   67 

Botany  courses   69 


Business  History  courses  92 

Calendar 

1989-1990    4 

1990-1991    5 

Certificate  Programs 10 

Challenge  examinations  policy   15 

Chemistry  Program 

courses   71 

department   36 

faculty    37 

major    71 

Christian  Education  courses 123 

CLEP    16 

Communications  Program 

courses   81 

department   40 

faculty    40 

major   80 

minor    80 

Computer  Science  Program 

courses   74 

department   47 

faculty    48 

major   73 

minor    74 

Continuing  Education  Center  10 

Courses,  undergraduate 

concurrent    14 

external  14 

repetition  of 13 

descriptions    63 

Courses,  graduate  139 

Credit  for  life  experience 16 

Criminal  Justice  courses   128 

Degrees,  undergraduate   11 

Degrees,  graduate  133 

Dean's  List  18 

Diploma  programs   10 

Dismissal  policy,  undergraduate  19 

Economics  Program 

courses   76 

department    57 

faculty    58 

major   75 

minor   75 

Education  Program 

courses    77 

department   38 


165 


faculty    39 

major   78 

minor   77 

Elementary  Education  Program 

courses   78 

department   38 

faculty    39 

major   78 

minor 77 

Engineering  Cooperative  Program   56 

English  Program 

courses   80 

department   40 

faculty    40 

major   80 

minor   80 

Environmental  Studies  Cooperative 

Program   83 

Faculty  Directory   153 

Finance  courses   97 

Finances,  student   9 

Foreign  Languages  Program 

courses   83 

department   41 

faculty    42 

major   83 

Foreign  Study  Opportunities   21 

Forestry  Cooperative  Programs   33,  83 

French  Program 

courses   84 

department   41 

faculty    42 

major   84 

minor   84 

General  Education  Program 

courses 22,  85 

requirements 22 

General  Studies  Program 

major   85 

requirements 86 

Geography  courses   86 

German  Program 

courses   87 

department   41 

faculty    42 

major   87 

minor 87 

Gerontology  courses 127 

Grade  Point  Average  17 


Grading  system  17 

Graduation  Requirements,  undergraduate  ...  27 

Graduation  Requirements,  graduate  .  .   135,  136 

Greek  courses  , 88 

Health  Care  Management  Program 

courses  76,  99,  127 

major   89 

requirements 89 

Health  Professions  Cooperative  Programs  .  .  89 

History  Program 

courses   90 

department   43 

faculty    43 

major   90 

minor   90 

Honors  Program 

courses   26 

Honors,  departmental  27 

Honors,  graduation   18,  27 

Hotel  Management  Program 

courses   93 

department   44 

faculty    45 

major   93 

minor   93 

Independent  Study  policy 30 

International  Business  Program 

major   95 

Internship  policy  28 

Knisley  Teaching  Awards  152 

Leadership  Studies  Program 

courses 25,  95 

requirements 22,  24,  25 

Lindback  Teaching  Awards 152 

Literature  courses  80 

Management  Program 

courses   96 

department   44 

faculty    45 

major   96 

Map  of  Campus   6 

Marketing  courses   97 

Mathematical  Sciences  Program 

courses   100 

department   46 

faculty    48 

major   99 

minor   99 

Mathematics  courses   99 


166 


MBA  Program 

academic  policies   135 

admission   134 

concurrent  courses  136 

courses   139 

faculty    133 

financial  aid  138 

grading  system 136 

privacy  of  student  records   138 

refund  policy   137 

requirements   135,   139 

review  procedure  136 

time  restriction  policy  137 

transfer  policy   136 

withdrawal  policy   137,  138 

Medical  Technology  Cooperative 

Program  33,  102 

Military  Science  Program 

courses   102 

department   49 

faculty    51 

requirements  102 

Mission  Statement   7 

Music  Program 

courses   104 

department   51 

faculty    53 

major    103 

minor   104 

Music  Education  courses  105 

Non  Traditional  Credit  policy   15 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Cooperative  Program    33 

Off  Campus  Programs 

Study  Abroad 21 

Washington  Semester  21 

Officers,  General  College   146 

Pass/Fail  policy    13 

Payment  plans 9 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon   18 

Philosophy  Program 

courses   Ill 

department   61 

faculty    61 

major    Ill 

minor   Ill 

Physical  Education  Program 

courses   112 

department   56 

faculty    56 


Physics  Program 

courses   113 

department   56 

faculty    57 

major   113 

Placement  examinations,  undergraduate  ....   14 

Political  Science  Program 

courses   115 

department   57 

faculty    58 

major    115 

minor   1 15 

Pre-Law  Program   117 

Privacy  of  Student  Records  138 

Probation,  undergraduate  19 

Probation,  graduate    137 

Psychobiology  Program 

courses   118 

major   118 

Psychology  Program 

courses   120 

department   58 

faculty    59 

major   118 

minor   118 

Readmission  policy    20 

Refund  policy,  undergraduate   9 

Refund  policy,  graduate  137 

Registration,  change  of  policy 13 

Religion  Program 

courses   122 

department   61 

faculty    61 

major   122 

minor   122 

Repetition  of  courses  policy. 

undergraduate 13 

Repetition  of  courses  policy,  graduate  ....   136 

ROTC  Program 

courses   102 

faculty    51 

requirements   49,   102 

Second  Bachelor's  Degree  policy   14 

Secondary  Education  Program 

courses   124 

department   38 

faculty    39 

major    124 

Serviceman's  Opportunity  College  (,SOC)   .  .  20 


167 


Sociology  Program 

courses   126 

department   62 

faculty    62 

major   126 

minor   126 

Social  Work  Program 

courses   125 

department   : 62 

faculty    62 

major   125 

minor   125 

Sound  Recording  Technology  Program 

courses   130 

department   52 

faculty    53 

major   129 

Spanish  Program 

courses   131 

department   41 


faculty    42 

major   131 

minor   131 

Special  Topics  courses 32 

Study  Abroad   21 

Suspension  policy,  undergraduate  19 

Teacher  Certification  for 

Non-matriculated  Students   21 

Teacher  Certification  for 

Matriculated  Students   124 

Thanatology  courses 128 

Transfer  policy,  undergraduate  12 

Transfer  policy,  graduate 136 

Trustees,  Board  of  Directory 142 

Tutorial  Study  courses  32 

Veteran's  Services  20,  135 

Washington  Semester 21 

Withdrawal  procedure,  undergraduate 20 

Withdrawal  procedure,  graduate 137,  138 

Zoology  courses  70 


168 


Lebanon  Valley  College 
101  North  College  Avenue 
Annville,  PA  17003-0501 
Address  Correction  Requested 


Non-Profit  Organization 

U.S.  POSTAGE  PAID 

PERMIT  NO.  9 

Annville,  PA  17003 


Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 
(717)  867-6100 


J